Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 17, 2012

Securities Act File No. 333-             

Investment Company Act File No. 811-21432

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

(check appropriate box or boxes)

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933    [X]

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

   [    ]

Post-Effective Amendment No.

   [    ]

and/or

  
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940    [X]

Amendment No. 9

   [X]

 

 

Reaves Utility Income Fund

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number: 303-623-2577

 

David T. Buhler

Reaves Utility Income Fund

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

  

Philip J. Niehoff, Esq.

Mayer Brown LLP

71 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

(Names and addresses of agents for service)

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. [    ]

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

  [X] when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

[    ] This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].

 

[    ] This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is                      .

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Title of Securities

Being Registered

 

 

Amount Being
Registered

 

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Unit (1)

 

 

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price (1)

 

 

 

Amount of
Registration Fee

 

 

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

 

40,634

 

 

 

$24.61

 

 

 

$1,000,003

 

 

 

$114.60

 

 

Rights to Purchase Common Shares

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

None

 

 

None

 

 

None

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee, based on the average of the high and low sales prices of common shares of Reaves Utility Income Fund on May 15, 2012 ($25.91 per share), as reported on the consolidated reporting system, in accordance with Rule 457(c).
(2) No separate consideration will be received by the Registrant.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 17, 2012

Reaves Utility Income Fund

                     Common Shares of Beneficial Interest Issuable Upon Exercise of

                     Rights to Subscribe for Such Shares

The Reaves Utility Income Fund (the “Fund”) is issuing transferable subscription rights (“Rights”) to its common shareholders of record as of              , 2012 (the “Record Date” and such shareholders, “Record Date Shareholders”). These Rights will allow Record Date Shareholders to subscribe for new common shares of the Fund in an aggregate amount of approximately                      common shares (the “Offer”). For every three Rights received, a Record Date Shareholder may buy one new common share of the Fund plus, in certain circumstances and only if you are a Record Date Shareholder, additional common shares pursuant to an over-subscription privilege. The number of Rights to be issued to a Record Date Shareholder will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by three. Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of the Rights. Accordingly, new common shares may be purchased only pursuant to the exercise of Rights in integral multiples of three.

The Rights are transferable and will be admitted for trading on the NYSE MKT Equities (“NYSE MKT”) under the symbol “UTG RT” during the course of the Offer. The Fund’s common shares are currently listed, and the new common shares issued in this Offer will also be listed, on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “UTG.” On              , 2012, the last reported net asset value per common share was $          , and the last reported sales price per common share on the NYSE MKT was $          .

The Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on              , 2012, unless the Offer is extended as described in this Prospectus (the “Expiration Date”).

The subscription price per common share will be determined based upon a formula equal to 95% of the reported net asset value or market price per common share, whichever is lower on the Expiration Date. Market price per common share will be determined based on the average of the last reported sales prices of a common share on the NYSE MKT for the five trading days preceding the Expiration Date.

Rights holders may not know the subscription price at the time of exercise and will be required initially to pay for both the common shares subscribed for pursuant to the primary subscription and, if eligible, any additional common shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, at the estimated subscription price of $          per common share and, except in limited circumstances, will not be able to rescind their subscription.

Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.

The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of after-tax income and total return consisting primarily of tax-advantaged dividend income and capital appreciation. The Fund pursues this objective by investing at least 80% of its total assets in the securities of domestic and foreign companies involved to a significant extent in providing

 

1


Table of Contents

products, services or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas or water, (ii) telecommunications activities or (iii) infrastructure operations, such as airports, toll roads and municipal services (“Utilities” or the “Utility Industry”). A company will be deemed to be involved in the Utility Industry to a significant extent if at least 50% of its assets, gross income or profits are committed to or derived from activities in the areas described above.

An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors. No assurances can be given that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. Further, the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective, the value of the Fund’s investments and the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies. Because the Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of after-tax yield and total return consisting primarily of dividend and interest income and capital appreciation, the Fund’s ability to invest, and the attractiveness of investing in, equity securities that pay qualified dividend income in relation to other investment alternatives will be affected by changes in federal income tax laws and regulations, including changes in the qualified dividend income provisions. Absent further legislation, higher tax rates will apply to qualified dividend income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Any proposed or actual changes in such rates, therefore, can significantly and adversely affect the after-tax returns of the Fund’s investments in equity securities. Any such changes also could significantly and adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value, as well as the Fund’s ability to acquire and dispose of equity securities at desirable returns and price levels and the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective. The Fund cannot assure you as to the portion, if any, of the Fund’s dividends that will be qualified dividend income.

W.H. Reaves & Co., Inc. (the “Investment Adviser” or “Reaves”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser. As of March 30th, 2012, Reaves had approximately $2.36 billion of assets under management. The Investment Adviser’s address is 10 Exchange Place, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302. The Fund’s address is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, and its telephone number is 800-644-5571.

Exercising your Rights and investing in the Fund involves a high degree of risk and may be considered speculative. Before exercising your Rights and investing in the Fund, you should read the discussion of the material risks in “Risk Factors” in the Prospectus.

SHAREHOLDERS WHO DO NOT EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS MAY, AT THE COMPLETION OF THE OFFER, OWN A SMALLER PROPORTIONAL INTEREST IN THE FUND THAN IF THEY EXERCISED THEIR RIGHTS. AS A RESULT OF THE OFFER, YOU MAY EXPERIENCE DILUTION OR ACCRETION OF THE AGGREGATE NET ASSET VALUE OF YOUR COMMON SHARES DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE FUND’S NET ASSET VALUE PER COMMON SHARE IS ABOVE OR BELOW THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. THE FUND CANNOT STATE PRECISELY THE EXTENT OF ANY DILUTION OR ACCRETION AT THIS TIME BECAUSE THE FUND DOES NOT KNOW WHAT THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE OR NET ASSET VALUE PER COMMON SHARE WILL BE WHEN THE OFFER EXPIRES OR WHAT PROPORTION OF THE RIGHTS WILL BE EXERCISED.

 

     Per common share    Total maximum (3)

Estimated subscription price (1)

   $             $         

Estimated sales load (1)

   None    None

Estimated offering expenses (2)

   $             $         

Estimated net proceeds to Fund (1)

   $             $         

(1) Estimated on the basis of 95% of the reported net asset value or market price per common share, whichever is lower at the close of trading on the NYSE MKT on              , 2012. Market price per common share determined based on the average of the last reported sales prices of a common share on the NYSE MKT for the five trading days preceding              , 2012. See “The Offer The Subscription Price.”

 

2


Table of Contents

(2) Offering expenses payable by the Fund are estimated at approximately $          ,which includes fees to the subscription agent and information agent estimated to be approximately $          in the aggregate inclusive of out of pocket expenses.

(3) Assumes all Rights are exercised at the estimated subscription price per common share. All of the Rights offered may not be exercised.

Assuming all common shares offered are purchased in the Offer, the proportionate interest held by non-exercising shareholders will decrease by                      upon completion of the Offer. As with any common stock, the price of the Fund’s common shares fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. The common shares are currently trading at a premium to their net asset value. Since the inception of the Fund, the common shares have traded at discounts of as much as      %. As described more fully in this Prospectus, Record Date Shareholders who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them are entitled to buy those common shares referred to as “primary over-subscription shares,” that were not purchased by other Rights holders. If enough primary over-subscription shares are available, all such requests will be honored in full. If the requests for primary over-subscription shares exceed the primary over-subscription shares available, the available primary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund.

In addition, the Fund, in its sole discretion, may determine to issue additional common shares in an amount of up to 25% of the common shares issued pursuant to the primary subscription, referred to as “secondary over-subscription shares.” Should the Fund determine to issue some or all of the secondary over-subscription shares, they will be allocated only among Record Date Shareholders who submitted over-subscription requests. Secondary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund.

This Prospectus sets forth concisely the information about the Fund and the Offer that a prospective investor ought to know before investing in the Fund and participating in the Offer. You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the common shares, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information dated              , 2012 (the “Statement of Additional Information”), containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus, which means that it is part of this prospectus for legal purposes. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information (the table of contents of which is on page [          ] of this Prospectus), the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, request other information about the Fund and make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 644-5571 (toll-free) or by writing to ALPS Fund Services, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, or obtain a copy of such documents (and other information regarding the Fund) from the Fund’s website ( www.utilityincomefund.com ) or the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). For additional information all holders of Rights should contact the Information Agent,                      toll free at                      or send written request to the Information Agent at                      .

The Fund’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

3


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

 

 

Prospectus Summary

     5   

Summary of Fund Expenses

     21   

The Offer

     25   

Use of Proceeds

     35   

The Fund

     35   

Investment Objective and Policies

     35   

Use of Leverage

     44   

Risk Factors

     48   

Management of the Fund

     58   

Net Asset Value

     60   

Distributions

     60   

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     62   

Federal Income Tax Matters

     63   

Description of Capital Structure

     65   

Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     70   

Legal Matters

     70   

Reports to Shareholders

     70   

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     71   

Additional Information

     71   

Table of Contents of Statement of Additional Information

     72   

The Fund’s Privacy Policy

     72   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Fund has not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different information or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained or the representations made herein are accurate only as of the date on the cover page of this prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

4


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUM MARY

This is only a summary. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before exercising your Rights and investing in the Fund. You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information, especially the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”

 

The Fund    Reaves Utility Income Fund (the “Fund”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s outstanding common shares are listed on the NYSE MKT Equities (the “NYSE MKT”) under the symbol “UTG.” As of              , 2012, the net assets of the Fund were $          . As of              , 2012, the Fund had outstanding                      common shares. The Fund has no other outstanding securities. See “The Fund.”
The purpose of the offer   

The Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”) has determined that it would be in the best interest of the Fund and its existing shareholders to increase the assets of the Fund so that the Fund may be in a better position to take advantage of investment opportunities that may arise without having to reduce existing Fund holdings. This rights offering seeks to reward existing common shareholders by giving them the opportunity to purchase additional common shares at a price that may be below market and/or net asset value without incurring any commission or charge. The distribution of these rights, which themselves may have intrinsic value, will also give non-participating common shareholders the potential of receiving a cash payment upon the sale of their rights, which may be viewed as partial compensation for the possible dilution of their interests in the Fund as a result of this offer.

 

The Board believes that increasing the size of the Fund may result in certain economies of scale which may lower the Fund’s expenses as a proportion of average net assets because the Fund’s fixed costs can be spread over a larger asset base. There can be no assurance that by increasing the size of the Fund, the Fund’s expense ratio will be lowered. The Board also believes that a larger number of outstanding common shares and a larger number of common shareholders could increase the level of market interest in and visibility of the Fund, and improve the trading liquidity of the Fund’s shares on the NYSE MKT.

Important terms of the offer    The Fund is issuing transferable subscription rights (“Rights”) to its common shareholders of record as of              , 2012 (the “Record Date” and such shareholders, “Record Date Shareholders”). These Rights will allow Record Date Shareholders to subscribe for new common shares of the Fund in an aggregate amount of approximately                      common shares (the “Offer”). For every three Rights received, you may buy one new common share of the Fund plus, in certain circumstances and only if you are a Record Date Shareholder, additional common shares pursuant to an over-subscription privilege. The number of Rights to be issued to each Record Date Shareholder will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by three. Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of the Rights. Accordingly, new common shares may be purchased only pursuant to the exercise of Rights in integral multiples of three.

 

5


Table of Contents
  

The Rights are transferable and will be admitted for trading on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “UTG RT” during the course of the Offer. The Fund’s common shares are currently listed, and the new common shares issued in this Offer will also be listed, on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “UTG.” On              , 2012, the last reported net asset value per common share was $          , and the last reported sales price per common share on the NYSE MKT was $          .

 

The Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on              , 2012, unless the Offer is extended as described in this Prospectus (the “Expiration Date”).

 

The subscription price (“Subscription Price”) per common share will be determined based upon a formula equal to 95% of the reported net asset value or market price per common share, whichever is lower on the Expiration Date. Market price per common share will be determined based on the average of the last reported sales prices of a common share on the NYSE MKT for the five trading days preceding the Expiration Date.

 

Rights holders may not know the subscription price at the time of exercise and will be required initially to pay for both the common shares subscribed for pursuant to the primary subscription and, if eligible, any additional common shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege at the estimated Subscription Price of $          per common share and, except in limited circumstances, will not be able to rescind their subscription. The estimated Subscription Price per common share is based on a formula equal to 95% of the [reported net asset value]/[market price] per common share on              , 2012. [Market price per common share is determined based on the average of the last reported sales prices of a common share on the NYSE MKT for the five trading days preceding              , 2012].

 

Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.

 

The Right to acquire one common share for each three Rights held during the Subscription Period at the Subscription Price will be referred to in the remainder of this Prospectus as the “primary subscription.”

 

The Fund will not be issuing share certificates for the common shares issued pursuant to this Offer. Issuance of common shares will be made electronically via book entry by Computershare Shareowner Services, LLC (“Computershare”), the Fund’s transfer agent.

Over-subscription privilege    Record Date Shareholders who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them are entitled to buy those common shares, referred to as “primary over-subscription shares,” that were not purchased by other Rights holders at the same Subscription Price. If enough primary over-subscription shares are available, all such requests will be honored in full. If the requests for primary over-subscription shares exceed the primary over-subscription shares available, the available primary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund. Common shares acquired pursuant to the primary over-subscription privilege are subject to allotment.

 

6


Table of Contents
  

In addition, the Fund, in its sole discretion, may determine to issue additional common shares in an amount of up to 25% of the common shares issued pursuant to the primary subscription, referred to as “secondary over-subscription shares.” Should the Fund determine to issue some or all of the secondary over-subscription shares, they will be allocated only among Record Date Shareholders who submitted over-subscription requests. Secondary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund.

 

Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Board has the right in its absolute discretion to eliminate the over-subscription privilege with respect to either or both primary over-subscription shares and secondary over-subscription shares if it considers it to be in the best interest of the Fund to do so. The Board may make that determination at any time, without prior notice to Rights holders or others, up to and including the seventh day following the Expiration Date. See “The Offer — Over-Subscription Privilege.”

Method for exercising rights    Rights may be exercised by completing and signing the reverse side of the subscription certificate evidencing the Rights (the “Subscription Certificate”) and mailing it in the envelope provided, or otherwise delivering the completed and signed Subscription Certificate to Computershare (the “Subscription Agent”), together with payment for the common shares as described below under “Payment for Shares.” Rights may also be exercised through a Rights holder’s broker, who may charge the Rights holder a servicing fee in connection with such exercise. See “The Offer — Method for Exercising Rights” and “The Offer — Payment for Shares.”
Sale of Rights   

The Rights are transferable until the completion of the Subscription Period and will be admitted for trading on the NYSE MKT. Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the NYSE MKT will begin three Business Days (defined below) prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last NYSE MKT trading day prior to the completion of the Subscription Period. For purposes of this Prospectus, a “Business Day” means any day on which trading is conducted on the NYSE MKT.

 

The value of the Rights, if any, will be reflected by the market price. Rights may be sold by individual holders or may be submitted to the Subscription Agent for sale. Any Rights submitted to the Subscription Agent for sale must be received by the Subscription Agent on or before              , 2012, two Business Days prior to the completion of the Subscription Period, due to normal settlement procedures.

 

Rights that are sold will not confer any right to acquire any Shares in the primary or secondary over-subscription, and any Record Date Shareholder who sells any Rights will not be eligible to participate in the primary or secondary over-subscription.

 

7


Table of Contents
  

Trading of the Rights on the NYSE MKT will be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates are mailed to Record Date Shareholders, and thereafter will be conducted on a regular way basis until and including the last NYSE MKT trading day prior to the completion of the Subscription Period. Common shares issued pursuant to the Offer will begin trading ex-Rights two Business Days prior to the Record Date.

 

If the Subscription Agent receives Rights for sale in a timely manner, it will use its best efforts to sell the Rights on the NYSE MKT. The Subscription Agent will also attempt to sell any Rights (i) a Rights holder is unable to exercise because the Rights represent the right to subscribe for less than one new common share or (ii) attributable to shareholders whose record addresses are outside the United States or who have an Army Post Office (“APO”) or Fleet Post Office (“FPO”) address. See “Restrictions on Foreign Shareholders” and “The Offer — Foreign Restrictions”.

 

Any commissions will be paid by the selling Rights holders. Neither the Fund nor the Subscription Agent will be responsible if Rights cannot be sold and neither has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the Rights. If the Rights can be sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Subscription Agent on the day such Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses.

 

Shareholders are urged to obtain a recent trading price for the Rights on the NYSE MKT from their broker, bank, financial advisor or the financial press.

 

Banks, broker-dealers and trust companies that hold common shares for the accounts of others are advised to notify those persons who purchase Rights in the secondary market that such Rights will not participate in the over-subscription privilege.

Offering expenses    Offering expenses incurred by the Fund in connection with the Offer are estimated to be $450,000.
Restrictions on foreign shareholders    Subscription Certificates will only be mailed to Record Date Shareholders whose addresses are within the United States (other than an APO or FPO address). Record Date Shareholders whose addresses are outside the United States or who have an APO or FPO address and who wish to subscribe to the Offer either in part or in full should contact the Subscription Agent in writing or by recorded telephone conversation no later than three Business Days prior to the Expiration Date. The Fund will determine whether the Offer may be made to any such Record Date Shareholder. The Offer will not be made in any jurisdiction where it would be unlawful to do so. If the Subscription Agent has received no instruction by the [third] Business Day prior to the Expiration Date or the Fund has determined that the Offer may not be made to a particular Record Date Shareholder, the Subscription Agent will attempt to sell all of such shareholder’s Rights and remit the net proceeds, if any, to such shareholder. If the Rights can be sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Subscription Agent on the day the Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses.

 

8


Table of Contents
Use of proceeds   

The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be approximately $          . This figure is based on an estimated Subscription Price per common share of $          and assumes all new common shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $          are paid.

 

W.H. Reeves & Co., Inc. (the “Investment Adviser” or “Reaves”), the Fund’s investment adviser, anticipates that investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed in approximately [three months]; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Investment Adviser’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as [six months]. Pending such investment, the proceeds will be held in high quality short-term debt securities and instruments.

Important dates to remember   
   Please note that the dates in the table below may change if the Offer is extended.
   Event    Date
   Record Date                 , 2012 
   Subscription Period                 to              , 2012*
   Expiration Date*                 , 2012*
   Payment for Guarantees of Delivery Due                 , 2012*
   Confirmation to Participants                 , 2012*
   * Unless the Offer is extended.   
Investment objective and policies   

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of after-tax income and total return consisting primarily of tax-advantaged dividend income and capital appreciation. The Fund pursues this objective by investing at least 80% of its total assets in the securities of domestic and foreign companies involved to a significant extent in providing products, services or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas or water, (ii) telecommunications activities or (iii) infrastructure operations, such as airports, toll roads and municipal services (“Utilities” or the “Utility Industry”).

 

A company will be deemed to be involved in the Utility Industry to a significant extent if at least 50% of its assets, gross income or profits are committed to or derived from activities in the areas described above. The remaining 20% of its assets may be invested in other securities including stocks, debt obligations and money market instruments, as well as certain derivative instruments in the utility industry or other industries.

 

As used in the prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, the terms “debt securities” and “debt obligations” refer to bonds, debentures and similar long and intermediate term debt investments and

 

9


Table of Contents
 

do not include short-term fixed income securities such as money market instruments in which the Fund may invest temporarily pending the closing of the offering of preferred shares and during periods of abnormal market conditions. The Fund may invest in preferred stocks and bonds of below investment grade quality.

 

Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its total assets in dividend-paying common and preferred stocks of companies in the Utility Industry. In pursuing its objective, the Fund invests primarily in common and preferred stocks that pay dividends that, under current law that is scheduled to expire after 2012, qualify for federal income taxation at rates applicable to long-term capital gains (“tax-advantaged dividends”). The Fund generally invests approximately 90% of its total assets in common stocks and the remaining 10% in preferred stocks. The Fund may invest in debt securities if Reaves deems it advisable to increase income or total return or to reduce risk. The Fund’s investment adviser, Reaves, retains broad discretion to alter the allocation of the Fund’s investments among common stocks, preferred stocks and debt securities in a manner that it believes will best effectuate the Fund’s investment objective.

 

The Fund may invest in the securities of both domestic and foreign issuers, including those located in emerging market countries (i.e., a country not included in the MSCI World Index, a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets).

 

As an alternative to holding foreign-traded securities, the Fund may invest in dollar-denominated securities of foreign companies that trade on U.S. exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market (including depositary receipts, which evidence ownership in underlying foreign securities).

 

There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. Further, the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective, the value of the Fund’s investments and the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies. Because the Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of after-tax yield and total return consisting primarily of dividend and interest income and capital appreciation, the Fund’s ability to invest, and the attractiveness of investing in, equity securities that pay qualified dividend income in relation to other investment alternatives will be affected by changes in federal income tax laws and regulations, including changes in the qualified dividend income provisions. Absent further legislation, higher tax rates will apply to qualified dividend income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Any proposed or actual changes in such rates, therefore, can significantly and adversely affect the after-tax returns of the Fund’s investments in equity securities. Any such changes also could significantly and adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value, as well as the Fund’s ability to acquire and dispose of equity securities at desirable returns and price levels and the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective. The Fund cannot assure you as to the portion, if any, of the Fund’s dividends that will be qualified dividend income.

 

10


Table of Contents
Investment Adviser   

Reaves is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. As of March 30, 2012, Reaves had approximately $2.36 billion of assets under management.

 

Reaves is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.575% of the Fund’s average daily total assets.

 

[A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the continuation of the investment advisory contract of the Fund is available in the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to shareholders for the six months ended April 30, 2012.]

Administrator    ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“ALPS”), located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, serves as administrator to the Fund. Under an administration agreement between ALPS and the Fund, ALPS is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the common shares, and generally managing the business affairs of the Fund. The administration agreement provides that ALPS will pay all expenses incurred by the Fund, with the exception of advisory fees, trustees’ fees, chief compliance officer fees, portfolio transactions expenses, litigation expenses, taxes, costs of preferred shares, costs of borrowings, expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares and extraordinary expenses. ALPS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.265% of the Fund’s average daily total assets.
Use of leverage   

The Fund currently uses leverage through borrowing. More specifically, the Fund has entered into a committed loan facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a commercial bank (“Bank”). As of April 30, 2012, the Fund had outstanding $240,000,000 in principal amount of borrowings from the Credit Facility representing approximately 29% of the Fund’s total assets (including assets attributable to the Fund’s use of leverage). The Bank has the ability to terminate the Credit Facility upon 180-days’ notice or following an event of default.

 

The Fund has no present intention of issuing preferred shares, although it may choose to do so in the future.

 

The Fund also may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes.

 

Leverage creates risks for common shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of, and dividends paid on, the common shares. There is a risk that fluctuations in the dividend rates on any preferred shares issued by the Fund may adversely affect the return to the common shareholders. If the income from the securities purchased with such funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the return on the Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to common shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced.

 

Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio (including investments bought with the proceeds of the leverage program) will be borne entirely by the

 

11


Table of Contents
  

common shareholders. If there is a net decrease (or increase) in the value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the leverage will decrease (or increase) the net asset value per share to a greater extent than if the Fund were not leveraged.

 

The issuance of a class of preferred shares or incurrence of borrowings having priority over the common shares creates an opportunity for greater return per common share, but at the same time such leveraging is a speculative technique in that it will increase the Fund’s exposure to capital risk. Unless the income and appreciation, if any, on assets acquired with leverage proceeds exceed the associated costs of the leverage program (and other Fund expenses), the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of the common shares compared with what it would have been without leverage.

 

The fees received by Reaves and ALPS are based on the total assets of the Fund, including assets represented by leverage. During periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to Reaves for investment advisory services and to ALPS for administrative services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s total assets, including proceeds from borrowings and the issuance of any preferred shares.

 

Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”), the Fund is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of such liquidation value.

 

To qualify for federal income taxation as a “regulated investment company,” the Fund must satisfy certain requirements relating to sources of its income and diversification of its assets, and must distribute in each taxable year at least 90% of its net investment income (including net interest income and net short-term gain). The Fund also will be required to distribute annually substantially all of its income and capital gain, if any, to avoid imposition of a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax.

 

The Fund’s willingness to issue new securities for investment purposes, and the amount the Fund will issue, depends on many factors, the most important of which are market conditions and interest rates.

 

There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.

Risk Factors   

This is a summary of only certain of the risks associated with the Offer and with an investment in the Fund. See “Risk Factors” below.

 

Risk is inherent in all investing. Investing in any investment company security involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no

 

12


Table of Contents
 

return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing you should consider carefully the following risks that you assume when you invest in the Fund’s common shares:

 

Dilution . Shareholders who do not exercise their Rights will, at the completion of the Offer, own a smaller proportional interest in the Fund than if they exercised their Rights. Because the Subscription Price per common share will be below the net asset value per common share on the Expiration Date, you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your common shares if you do not participate in the Offer and you will experience a reduction in the net asset value per common share of your common shares whether or not you participate in the Offer. The Fund cannot state precisely the extent of this dilution (if any) if you do not exercise your Rights because the Fund does not know what the net asset value per common share will be when the Offer expires, or what proportion of the Rights will be exercised.

 

Assuming, for example, that all Rights are exercised, the Subscription Price is $          (based on the Fund’s net asset value and market value as of              , 2012) and the Fund’s net asset value per common share at the expiration of the Offer is $          (based on net asset value as of              , 2012), the Fund’s net asset value per common share (after payment of estimated offering expenses) would be reduced by approximately $          (      %) per common share. See “Risk Factors — Dilution.”

 

If you do not wish to exercise your Rights, you should consider selling them as set forth in this Prospectus. The Fund cannot give any assurance, however, that a market for the Rights will develop or that the Rights will have any marketable value.

 

Investment and Market Risk . An investment in common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in common shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund, which are generally traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter markets. The value of these securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The common shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

 

Non-diversified Status . As a non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act, the Fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in a more limited number of issuers than a diversified fund. An investment in the Fund may, under certain circumstances, present greater risk to an investor than an investment in a diversified company because changes in the financial condition or market assessment of a single issuer may cause greater fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s common shares. The Fund intends to comply with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable to regulated investment companies. See “Risk Factors — Non-Diversified Status.” See also “Taxes” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

13


Table of Contents
 

Issuer Risk . The value of common and preferred stocks may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

 

Income Risk . The income that common shareholders receive from the Fund is based primarily on the dividends and interest it earns from its investments, which can vary widely over the short and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, distribution rates of the Fund’s holdings and common shareholder’s income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income also would likely be affected adversely if prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage.

 

Tax Risk . The Fund’s investment program and the tax treatment of Fund distributions may be affected by Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) interpretations of the Code, future changes in tax laws and regulations, including changes as a result of the “sunset” provisions that currently apply to the favorable tax treatment of tax-advantaged dividends. There can be no assurance that any portion of the Fund’s income distributions will not be fully taxable as ordinary income. The Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective, the value of the Fund’s investments and the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies. Because the Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of after-tax yield and total return consisting primarily of dividend and interest income and capital appreciation, the Fund’s ability to invest, and the attractiveness of investing in, equity securities that pay qualified dividend income in relation to other investment alternatives will be affected by changes in federal income tax laws and regulations, including changes in the qualified dividend income provisions. Absent further legislation, higher tax rates will apply to qualified dividend income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Any proposed or actual changes in such rates, therefore, can significantly and adversely affect the after-tax returns of the Fund’s investments in equity securities. Any such changes also could significantly and adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value, as well as the Fund’s ability to acquire and dispose of equity securities at desirable returns and price levels and the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective. The Fund cannot assure you as to the portion, if any, of the Fund’s dividends that will be qualified dividend income. Further, in order to avoid corporate income tax at the level of the Fund, it must qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Code.

 

Sector/Industry Risk . The “Utility Industry” generally includes companies involved in providing products, services or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas or water, (ii) telecommunications activities or (iii) infrastructure operations, such as airports, toll roads and municipal services. The Fund invests a significant portion of its total assets in securities of utility companies, which may include companies in the electric, gas, water, telecommunications sectors, as well as other companies engaged in other infrastructure operations. This may make the Fund more susceptible to adverse economic, political or regulatory occurrences affecting those sectors. As concentration of the Fund’s investments in a sector increases, so does the potential for fluctuation in the net asset value of common shares.

 

14


Table of Contents
 

Risks that are intrinsic to utility companies include difficulty in obtaining an adequate return on invested capital, difficulty in financing large construction programs during an inflationary period, restrictions on operations and increased cost and delays attributable to environmental considerations and regulation, difficulty in raising capital in adequate amounts on reasonable terms in periods of high inflation and unsettled capital markets, technological innovations that may render existing plants, equipment or products obsolete, the potential impact of natural or man-made disasters, increased costs and reduced availability of certain types of fuel, occasional reduced availability and high costs of natural gas and other fuels, the effects of energy conservation, the effects of a national energy policy and lengthy delays and greatly increased costs and other problems associated with the design, construction, licensing, regulation and operation of nuclear facilities for electric generation, including, among other considerations, the problems associated with the use of radioactive materials, the disposal of radioactive wastes, shutdown of facilities or release of radiation resulting from catastrophic events, disallowance of costs by regulators which may reduce profitability, and changes in market structure that increase competition.

 

Concentration Risk . The Fund’s investments will be concentrated in the Utility Industry. The focus of the Fund’s portfolio on this sector may present more risks than if the Fund’s portfolio were broadly spread over numerous sectors of the economy. A downturn in this sector (or any sub-sectors within it) would have a larger impact on the Fund than on an investment company that does not concentrate solely in this specific sector (or in specific sub-sectors). At times, the performance of companies in the Utility Industry (or a specific sub-sector) may lag the performance of other sectors or the broader market as a whole.

 

Common Stock Risk . The Fund will have substantial exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, the price of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for many reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be sensitive to rising interest rates, as the costs of capital rise and borrowing costs increase.

 

Foreign Securities Risk . Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers, it will be subject to risks not usually associated with owning securities of U.S. issuers. These risks can include fluctuations in foreign currencies, foreign currency exchange controls, social, political and economic instability, differences in securities regulation and trading, expropriation or nationalization of assets, and foreign taxation issues. In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the

 

15


Table of Contents
 

United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of the Fund’s securities. It may also be more difficult to obtain and enforce a judgment against a non-U.S. issuer. Foreign investments made by the Fund must be made in compliance with U.S. and foreign currency restrictions and tax laws restricting the amounts and types of foreign investments. The risks of foreign investing may be magnified for investments in issuers located in emerging market countries.

 

Foreign Currency Risk . Investments in securities that trade in and receive revenues in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. A decline in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will reduce the value of securities held by the Fund and denominated in those currencies. Some foreign governments levy withholding taxes against dividend and interest income. Although in some countries portions of these taxes are recoverable, any amounts not recovered will reduce the income received by the Fund, and may reduce distributions to common shareholders. These risks are generally heightened in emerging market countries.

 

Foreign Government Securities Risk . Some of the Fund’s investments in issuers located outside the United States will be investments in fixed-income securities issued by foreign governments or agencies of foreign governments (such as utility companies or energy companies that have been nationalized by the foreign government) . The ability of a foreign governmental obligor to meet its obligations to pay principal and interest to debtholders generally will be adversely affected by rising foreign interest rates, as well as the level of the relevant government’s foreign currency reserves and currency devaluations. If a governmental obligor defaults on its obligations, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer or guarantor. These risks may be heightened during periods of economic or political instability, and are generally heightened in emerging market countries.

 

Small and Mid-Cap Stock Risk . The Fund may invest its portfolio of equity securities in companies of any market capitalization. The Fund considers small companies to be those with a market capitalization up to $2 billion and medium-sized companies to be those with a market capitalization between $2 billion and $10 billion. The Fund’s investments in small and medium-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic movements in price than its investments in larger, more established companies because the securities of such companies are less well-known, held primarily by insiders or institutional investors or may trade less frequently and in lower volume.

 

Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk . Investments in securities of below investment grade quality, if any, are predominantly speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. While offering a greater potential opportunity for capital appreciation and higher yields, preferred stocks and bonds of below investment grade quality entail greater potential price volatility and may be less liquid than higher-rated securities. Issuers of below investment grade quality preferred stocks and bonds are more likely to default on their payments of dividends/interest and liquidation value/principal owed to the Fund, and such defaults will reduce the Fund’s net asset value and income distributions.

 

16


Table of Contents
 

Interest Rate Risk . Interest rate risk is the risk that preferred stocks paying fixed dividend rates and fixed-rate debt securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When interest rates rise the market value of such securities generally will fall. An investment by the Fund in preferred stocks or fixed-rate debt securities means that the net asset value and price of the common shares may decline if market interest rates rise. Interest rates are currently low relative to historic levels. During periods of declining interest rates, an issuer of preferred stock or fixed-rate debt securities may exercise its option to redeem securities prior to maturity, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended because of slower than expected payments. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security’s duration, and reduce the value of the security. The value of the Fund’s common stock investments may also be influenced by changes in interest rates.

 

Credit Risk . Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a preferred or debt security will become unable to meet its obligation to make dividend, interest and principal payments. In general, lower rated preferred or debt securities carry a greater degree of credit risk. If rating agencies lower their ratings of preferred or debt securities in the Fund’s portfolio, the value of those obligations could decline. In addition, the underlying revenue source for a preferred or debt security may be insufficient to pay dividends, interest or principal in a timely manner.

 

Derivatives Risk . The Fund may acquire put and call options, options on stock indices and enter into stock index futures contracts in connection with its equity investments. If the Fund also invests in debt securities, it may enter into related derivatives transactions such as interest rate futures, swaps and options thereon. Derivatives transactions of the types described above subject the Fund to increased risk of principal loss due to imperfect correlation or unexpected price or interest rate movements. The Fund also will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivatives contracts purchased by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. As a general matter, dividends received on hedged stock positions are characterized as ordinary income and are not eligible for favorable tax treatment. In addition, use of derivatives may give rise to short-term capital gains and other income that would not qualify for payments by the Fund of tax-advantaged dividends.

 

Preferred Stock Risks . The Fund may have exposure to preferred stocks. In addition to credit risk, investments in preferred stocks involve certain other risks. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip distributions (in the case of “non-cumulative” preferred stocks) or defer distributions (in the case of “cumulative” preferred stocks). If the Fund owns a preferred stock that is

 

17


Table of Contents
 

deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes while it is not receiving income on this position. Preferred stocks often contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuers’ call. In the event of redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred stocks typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period, which varies by issue. Preferred stocks are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. government securities, corporate debt or common stock.

 

Debt Securities Risk . In addition to credit risk, investments in debt securities carry certain risks including: redemption risk (debt securities sometimes contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return); limited voting rights (debt securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when interest payments have not been made and the issuer is in default; and liquidity (certain debt securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. government securities or common stocks).

 

Inflation Risk . Inflation risk is the risk that the purchasing power of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions thereon can decline.

 

Illiquid Securities Risk . The Fund may invest in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. The Fund may not be able readily to dispose of such securities at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, the limited liquidity could affect the market price of the securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value.

 

Market Price of Common Shares . The shares of closed-end management investment companies often trade at a discount from their net asset value, and the Fund’s common shares may likewise trade at a discount from net asset value. The trading price of the Fund’s common shares may be less than the public offering price. The returns earned by common shareholders who sell their common shares below net asset value will be reduced.

 

Management Risk . The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. Reaves and the individual portfolio managers apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.

 

18


Table of Contents
 

Market Disruption Risk . The terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001 had a disruptive effect on the securities markets. United States military and related action in Iraq and Afghanistan is ongoing and events in the Middle East could have significant adverse effects on the U.S. economy, financial and commodities markets. Assets of companies, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, could be direct targets, or indirect casualties, of an act of terrorism. The U.S. government has issued warnings that assets of utility companies and energy sector companies, specifically the United States’ pipeline infrastructure, may be the future target of terrorist organizations.

 

Capital Market Risk . Global financial markets and economic conditions are volatile due to a variety of factors, including significant write-offs in the financial services sector and therefore companies may have difficulty raising capital. In particular, as a result of concerns about the general stability of financial markets and specifically the solvency of lending counterparties, the cost of raising capital from the credit markets generally has increased as many lenders and institutional investors have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance debt on existing terms or at all and reduced, or in some cases ceased to provide, funding to borrowers. In addition, lending counterparties under existing revolving credit facilities and other debt instruments may be unwilling or unable to meet their funding obligations. Due to these factors, companies may be unable to obtain new debt or equity financing on acceptable terms or at all. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, companies may not be able to meet their obligations as they come due. Moreover, without adequate funding, companies may be unable to execute their growth strategies, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on their revenues and results of operations.

 

Risks of Investments in Other Investment Companies . The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies to the extent that such an investment would be consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Investments in the securities of other investment companies may involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. By investing in another investment company, the Fund becomes a shareholder of that investment company. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders indirectly bear the Fund’s proportionate share of the fees and expenses paid by the shareholders of the other investment company, in addition to the fees and expenses Fund shareholders directly bear in connection with the Fund’s own operations.

 

Portfolio Turnover Risk . The techniques and strategies contemplated by the Fund might result in a high degree of portfolio turnover. The Fund cannot accurately predict its securities portfolio turnover rate, but anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will not exceed 100% under normal market conditions, although it could be materially higher under certain conditions. Higher portfolio turnover rates could result in corresponding increases in brokerage commissions and generate short-term capital gains taxable as ordinary income.

 

19


Table of Contents
Anti-takeover provisions    The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated September 15, 2003 and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 15, 2003 (the “Declaration of Trust”) includes provisions that could have the effect of inhibiting the Fund’s possible conversion to open-end status and limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Board. In certain circumstances, these provisions might also inhibit the ability of shareholders to sell their common shares at a premium over prevailing market prices. See “Description of Capital Structure — Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”
Distributions    The Fund intends to make a level dividend distribution each month to common shareholders after payment of interest on any outstanding borrowings. The level dividend rate is determined, and may be modified by the Board of Trustees, from time to time. Any net capital gains earned by the Fund are distributed at least annually. Distributions to shareholders are recorded by the Fund on the ex-dividend date. In August 2009, the SEC issued an order approving exemptive relief for the Fund, from Section 19(b) and Rule 19b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Order”). This would allow the Fund to employ a managed distribution plan (the “Managed Distribution Plan”) rather than a level distribution plan The Fund implemented the Managed Distribution Plan for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011. The Board’s most recent approval of the Plan was in September 2011. Common shareholders who elect not to participate in the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee). See “Distributions.”
Dividend reinvestment plan    Common shareholders may elect automatically to reinvest some or all of their distributions in additional common shares under the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. Whenever the Fund declares a dividend or other distribution payable in cash, participants in the dividend reinvestment plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
Common share purchases and tenders    From time to time, the Fund’s Board may consider repurchasing common shares in the open market or in private transactions, or tendering for shares, in an attempt to reduce or eliminate a market value discount from net asset value, if one should occur.
Custodian and Transfer Agent    The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the Fund’s custodian. Computershare serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, dividend paying agent and registrar. See “Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar.”

 

20


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FUND E XPENSES

The following table is intended to assist investors in understanding the fees and expenses (annualized) that an investor in common shares of the Fund would bear, directly or indirectly, as a result of the Offer being fully subscribed and the receipt of net proceeds from the Offer of approximately $          . If the Fund issues fewer common shares in the Offer and the net proceeds to the Fund are less, all other things being equal, the expenses shown would increase.

The table assumes the use of leverage in the form of amounts borrowed by the Fund under a committed loan facility in an amount equal to      % of the Fund’s total assets (including the amounts of any additional leverage obtained through the use of borrowed funds), also taking into account the additional assets to be raised in the Offer, as estimated above. The extent of the Fund’s assets attributable to leverage following the Offer, and the Fund’s associated expenses, are likely to vary (perhaps significantly) from these assumptions. Interest payments on borrowings are included in the total annual expenses of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of

offering price)

  

Sales Load

     None   

Offering Expenses Borne by Common Shareholders(1)

     0.09

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees(2)

     None   

Annual Expenses

 

   Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common
Shares(3)

 

 

Investment Advisory Fees(4)

     0.84

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds (3)

     0.55

Other Expenses (5)

     0.54

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (1)

     1.93

 

(1) The fees and expenses of the Offer will be borne by the Fund and indirectly by all of its common shareholders, including those who do not exercise their Rights. The offering costs to be paid by the Fund are not included in the Annual Expenses table. Offering costs borne by common shareholders will result in a reduction of capital of the Fund.

 

(2) There will be no brokerage charges under the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan with respect to common shares issued by the Fund in connection with the Offer. However, you may pay brokerage charges if you sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. You also may pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with your market purchases pursuant to the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

(3) Assumes the use of leverage in the form of borrowing under the Credit Facility representing 33% of the Fund’s total assets (including any additional leverage obtained through the use of borrowed funds) at an annual interest rate cost to the Fund of 1.33%. See “Use of Leverage — Credit Facility.”

 

(4) See “Management of the Fund — Investment Adviser.”

 

(5) Other Expenses are estimated for the Fund’s current fiscal year, ending on October 31, 2012.

 

21


Table of Contents

Example

The purpose of the following table is to help a holder of common shares understand the fees and expenses that such holder would bear directly or indirectly. The following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares of the Fund, including the estimated costs of the Offer to be borne by the common shareholders of $          , assuming (1) that the Fund’s net assets following the Offer do not increase or decrease, (2) that the Fund incurs total annual expenses of 1.93% of its net assets in years 1 through 10 (assuming borrowing equal to 33% of the Fund’s total assets) and (3) a 5% annual return.

 

     

1 Year

   3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  
  $19.60    $ 60.59       $ 104.12       $ 225.07   

The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or rate of return. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that the estimated “Other Expenses” set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Selected Per Share Data And Ratios

The selected financial data below sets forth per common share operating performance data, total investment return, ratios and supplemental data for each fiscal year since the Fund’s inception. The financial information set forth below for the years ended October 31, 2005 through October 31, 2011 was audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. This financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of the Fund incorporated by reference into this prospectus and the SAI. The financial information set forth below for the period February 24, 2004 (inception) to October 31, 2004 was audited by another independent registered public accounting firm. [The information in the table below for the six month period ended April 30, 2012 is derived from the Fund’s April 30, 2012 Semi-Annual Report, which can be obtained by shareholders and is incorporated by reference into the Statement of Additional Information. This information is unaudited.] See “Financial Statements” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

22


Table of Contents

The table below provides information about income and capital changes for a share of common stock outstanding throughout the years indicated.

 

PER COMMON SHARE OPERATING
PERFORMANCE:
  For the
Year Ended
10/31/11
    For the
Year Ended
10/31/10
    For the
Year Ended
10/31/09
    For the
Year Ended
10/31/08
    For the
Year Ended
10/31/07
   

For the
Year Ended
10/31/06

   

For the
Year Ended
10/31/05

    For the
Period 2/24/04
(inception) to
10/31/04
 
Net asset value per share, beginning of year     $21.75        $15.82        $16.14        $30.32        $26.04        $22.12        $19.29        $19.10   
INCOME/LOSS FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:                

Net investment income

    1.40 (1)        1.56 (1)        1.44        1.35        1.33        0.99        1.05        0.85   

Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments and foreign currency

    2.02        5.98        (0.09)        (12.98)        4.88     

 

4.94

  

 

 

3.29

  

 

 

0.24

  

Distributions to preferred shareholders:                

From net investment income

    (0.02) (2)        (0.16)        (0.16)        (0.47)        (0.40)        (0.50)        (0.32)        (0.06)   

From net realized gains

    0.00               (0.03)               (0.17)                        
Total income from investment operations     3.40        7.38        1.16        (12.10)        5.64        5.43        4.02        1.03   
DISTRIBUTIONS TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS:                

From net investment income

    (1.45)        (1.45)        (1.31)        (1.37)        (1.31)        (1.51)        (1.19)        (0.68)   

From net realized gains

                  (0.17)        (0.71)        (0.05)                        
Total distributions to common shareholders     (1.45)        (1.45)        (1.48)        (2.08)        (1.36)        (1.51)        (1.19)        (0.68)   
CAPITAL SHARE TRANSACTIONS:                
Common share offering costs charged to paid in capital                                                      (0.04)   
Preferred share offering costs and sales load charged to paid in capital                                     

 

  

 

 

  

   

 

(0.12)

(0.16)

  

  

Total capital share transactions                
Net asset value per common share, end of year     $23.70        $21.75        $15.82        $16.14        $30.32        $26.04        $22.12        $19.29   
                                                                 
Market price per common share, end of year     $25.05        $22.19        $15.31        $13.98        $26.26        $22.45        $19.46        $18.00   
                                                                 
Total Investment Return - Net Asset Value (3)     15.99%        48.33%        9.92%        (41.56)%        23.00%        26.75%        21.63%        4.93%   
Total Investment Return - Market Price (3)     20.15%        56.37%        22.81%        (41.55)%        23.57%        24.21%        14.67%        (6.50)%   
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA                

Net assets attributable to common shares, end of year (000s)

    $545,023        $497,917        $359,176        $366,081        $687,653     

 

$590,600

  

 

 

$501.618

  

 

 

$437,480

  

Ratio of expenses to average net assets attributable to common shares (4)

    1.93%        1.51%        1.77%        1.33%        1.30%     

 

1.38%

  

 

 

1.41%

  

 

 

1.64% (8)

  

Ratio of expenses excluding interest expense to average net assets attributable to common shares (4)

    1.27%        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A     

 

N/A

  

 

 

N/A

  

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets attributable to common shares (4)

    6.08%        8.33%        11.47%        5.94%        4.73%     

 

6.42%

  

 

 

6.21%

  

 

 

6.96% (8)

  

Ratio of expenses to average managed assets (5)

    N/A%        0.97%        1.01%        0.94%        0.94%        0.94%        0.95%        1.02% (8)   

Portfolio turnover rate

    34%        53%        86%        32%        34%        43%        55%        63%   

PREFERRED SHARES

               

Liquidation value, end of year, including dividends on preferred shares (000s)

    $– (6)        $240,104        $240,095        $240,267        $240,219     

 

$240,185

  

 

 

$240,171

  

 

 

$240,000 (9)

  

Total shares outstanding (000s)

    (6)        9.6        9.6        9.6        9.6        9.6        9.6        9.6   

Asset coverage per share (7)

    $– (6)        $76,877        $62,424        $63,161        $96,653        $86,539        $77,270        $70,571   

Liquidation preference per share

    $– (6)        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000   

Average market value per share (10)

    $– (6)        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000        $25,000   

BORROWINGS AT END OF PERIOD

               

Aggregate amount outstanding (000s)

    $185,000        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

Asset coverage per $1,000 (000s)

    $3,946        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

(1) Calculated using average common shares outstanding.
(2) Less than $(0.005) per share.
(3) Total investment return is calculated assuming a purchase of a common share at the opening on the first day and a sale at closing on the last day of each period reported. Total investment return excludes any sales charges. Dividends and distributions, if any, are assumed for purposes of this calculation to be reinvested at prices obtained under the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan.
(4) Ratios do not reflect dividend payments to preferred shareholders.
(5) Average managed assets represent net assets applicable to common shares plus liquidation value of preferred shares.
(6) All series of preferred shares issued by the Fund were fully redeemed, at par value, in December 2010.
(7) Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (excluding Preferred Shares) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the number of preferred shares outstanding.

 

(8) Annualized.
(9) Amount does not include dividends on preferred shares.
(10) Based on weekly prices.

 

23


Table of Contents

Information Regarding Senior Securities

The following table sets forth certain unaudited information regarding the Fund’s senior securities as of the end of each of the Fund’s prior fiscal years since the Fund’s inception. The Fund’s senior securities during this time period are comprised of outstanding indebtedness, which constitutes a “senior security” as defined in the 1940 Act, and then-outstanding auction market preferred shares.

Senior Securities Representing Indebtedness (Credit Facility)

 

Fiscal Year

Ended

           Principal  Amount        
        Outstanding (1)        
            Asset Coverage Per        
        $1,000 (2)        

October 31, 2011

   $185,000,000    $3,946

October 31, 2010

   None    N/A

October 31, 2009

   None    N/A

October 31, 2008

   None    N/A

October 31, 2007

   None    N/A

October 31, 2006

   None    N/A

October 31, 2005

   None    N/A

October 31, 2004

   None    N/A

(1) Principal amount outstanding represents the principal amount owed by the Fund to the Bank under the Credit Facility.

 

(2) Asset coverage per $1,000 of debt is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities from the Fund’s total assets, dividing the result by the aggregate amount of the Fund’s senior securities representing indebtedness then outstanding, and multiplying the result by 1,000.

Senior Securities Representing Stock (Auction Market Preferred Shares)

 

Fiscal Year Ended        Total Amount        
Outstanding (1)        
   Asset Coverage        
Per Unit (2)        
   Involuntary        
Liquidating        
Preference Per        
Unit (3)        
   Average Market         
Value Per Unit        

October 31, 2011

   None    N/A    N/A    N/A

October 31, 2010

   $240,000,000    $76,877    $25,000    $25,000

October 31, 2009

   $240,000,000    $62,424    $25,000    $25,000

October 31, 2008

   $240,000,000    $63,161    $25,000    $25,000

October 31, 2007

   $240,000,000    $96,653    $25,000    $25,000

October 31, 2006

   $240,000,000    $86,539    $25,000    $25,000

October 31, 2005

   $240,000,000    $77,270    $25,000    $25,000

October 31, 2004

   $240,000,000    $70,571    $25,000    $25,000

(1) Total amount outstanding represents the aggregate principal amount of auction market preferred shares then outstanding.

 

24


Table of Contents

(2) “Asset coverage per unit” means the ratio that the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by the then-outstanding auction market preferred shares, bears to the aggregate of the involuntary liquidation preference of the then outstanding preferred shares, expressed as a dollar amount per preferred share.

(3) “Involuntary liquidating preference per unit” means the amount to which a then-current holder of auction market preferred shares would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the Fund in preference to the holders of common shares, expressed as a dollar amount per preferred share.

THE OFFER

Terms of the Offer

The Fund is issuing to Record Date Shareholders Rights to subscribe for additional common shares. Each Record Date Shareholder is being issued one transferable Right for each common share owned on the Record Date. The Offer entitles the holder to acquire at the Subscription Price one common share for each three Rights held, rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by three. Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of the Rights. Accordingly, common shares may be purchased only pursuant to the exercise of Rights in integral multiples of three.

In the case of common shares held of record by Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee for the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), or any other depository or nominee, the number of Rights issued to Cede or such other depository or nominee will be adjusted to permit rounding up (to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by three) of the Rights to be received by beneficial owners for whom it is the holder of record only if Cede or such other depository or nominee provides to the Fund on or before the close of business on              , 2012 a written representation to the number of Rights required for such rounding.

Rights may be exercised at any time during the period (the “Subscription Period”), which commences on              , 2012 and ends at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on              , 2012, unless extended by the Fund to a date not later than              , 2012, 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. See “Expiration of the Offer.”

If all of the Rights are exercised in the primary subscription, the Fund will experience a      % increase in common shares outstanding.

In addition, any Record Date Shareholder who fully exercises all Rights initially issued to him is entitled to subscribe for common shares available for Primary Subscription (the “Primary Subscription Shares”) that were not otherwise subscribed for by other Rights holders on the Primary Subscription. In the event that the Fund’s per common share net asset value on the Expiration Date is equal to or less than the Subscription Price, the Fund, in its sole discretion, would also be able to issue additional Shares in an amount of up to 25% of the Primary Subscription Shares (the “Secondary Over-Subscription Shares”) to satisfy over-subscription requests in excess of the available Primary Subscription Shares.

The entitlement to subscribe for unsubscribed Primary Subscription Shares and any Secondary Over-Subscription Shares is available only to those Record Date Shareholders who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them and only on the basis of their Record Date holdings and will be referred to in the remainder of this Prospectus as the “Over-Subscription Privilege.”

For purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares a Record Date Shareholder may acquire pursuant to the Offer, broker-dealers whose common shares are held of record by Cede, nominee for DTC, or by any other depository or nominee, will be deemed to be the holders of the Rights that are issued to Cede or such other depository or nominee on their behalf. Common shares acquired pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege are subject to allotment, which is more fully discussed below under “Over-Subscription Privilege.” Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the Over-Subscription Privilege.

 

25


Table of Contents

The method by which Rights may be exercised and common shares paid for is set forth below in “Method of Exercising Rights” and “Payment for Shares.” A Rights holder will have no right to rescind a purchase after the Subscription Agent has received payment. See “Payment for Shares” below. Common shares issued pursuant to an exercise of Rights will be listed on the NYSE MKT. Common shares issued in connection with the Offer will not be evidenced by share certificates.

For purposes of determining the maximum number of common shares that may be acquired pursuant to the Offer, broker-dealers, trust companies, banks or others whose shares are held of record by Cede or by any other depository or nominee will be deemed to be the holders of the Rights that are held by Cede or such other depository or nominee on their behalf.

The Rights are transferable until the Expiration Date and will be admitted for trading on the NYSE MKT. Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the NYSE MKT will begin [three] Business Days prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last NYSE MKT trading day prior to the Expiration Date due to normal settlement procedures.

Rights that are sold will not confer any right to acquire any common shares in the Over-Subscription Privilege, and any Record Date Shareholder who sells any Rights will not be eligible to participate in the secondary over-subscription (the “Secondary Over-Subscription”). Trading of the Rights on the NYSE MKT will be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates are mailed to Record Date Shareholders and thereafter, will be conducted on a regular way basis until and including the last NYSE MKT trading day prior to the Expiration Date. The method by which Rights may be transferred is set forth below under “Method of Transferring Rights.” The Shares will begin trading ex-Rights [two] Business Days prior to the Record Date.

Nominees who hold the Fund’s common shares for the account of others, such as banks, broker-dealers, or depositories for securities, should notify the respective beneficial owners of such Shares as soon as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners’ intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. Nominees should also notify holders purchasing Rights in the secondary market that such Rights may not participate in the Over-Subscription Privilege. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the nominee will complete the Subscription Certificate and submit it to the Subscription Agent with proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of the common shares or Rights held through such a nominee should contact the nominee and request the nominee to effect transactions in accordance with such beneficial owner’s instructions.

The Fund will not be issuing share certificates for the common shares issued pursuant to this Offer. Issuance of common shares will be made electronically via book entry by Computershare, the Fund’s transfer agent.

ALTHOUGH THE FUND HAS NO PRESENT INTENTION TO DO SO, THE FUND MAY, IN THE FUTURE AND IN ITS DISCRETION, CHOOSE TO MAKE ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OFFERINGS FROM TIME TO TIME FOR A NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES AND ON TERMS WHICH MAY OR MAY NOT BE SIMILAR TO THE OFFER.

Purpose of the Offer

The Board has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its existing shareholders to increase the assets of the Fund available for investment, thereby permitting the Fund to be in a better position to more fully take advantage of investment opportunities that may arise without having to reduce existing Fund holdings. The Offer seeks to reward existing shareholders by giving them the right to purchase additional common shares at a price that may be below market and/or net asset value without incurring any commission charge. The distribution to common shareholders of transferable Rights, which themselves may have intrinsic value, will also afford non-subscribing shareholders the potential of receiving a cash payment upon sale of such Rights, receipt of which may be viewed as partial compensation for the possible dilution of their interests in the Fund.

 

26


Table of Contents

The Investment Adviser will benefit from the Offer because the Investment Adviser’s fee is based on the average daily total assets of the Fund. See “Management of the Fund.” It is not possible to state precisely the amount of additional compensation the Investment Adviser will receive as a result of the Offer because the proceeds of the Offer will be invested in additional portfolio securities, which will fluctuate in value. However, assuming all Rights are exercised at the estimated Subscription Price of $          and that the Fund receives the maximum proceeds of the Offer, the annual compensation to be received by the Investment Adviser would be increased by approximately $          (      %). In determining that the Offer was in the best interest of shareholders, the Board was cognizant of this benefit.

This is the Fund’s first rights offering. The Fund may, in the future and at its discretion, choose to make additional rights offerings from time to time for a number of shares and on terms which may or may not be similar to the Offer. Pursuant to applicable law, the Board is authorized to approve rights offerings without obtaining shareholder approval. The staff of the SEC has interpreted the 1940 Act as not requiring shareholder approval of a rights offering at a price below the then current net asset value so long as certain conditions are met, including a good faith determination by the Board that such offering would result in a net benefit to existing shareholders.

Over-Subscription Privilege

The Board has the right in its absolute discretion to eliminate the Primary Over-Subscription Privilege if it considers it to be in the best interest of the Fund to do so. The Board may make that determination at any time, without prior notice to Rights holders or others, up to and including the [seventh] day following the Expiration Date. If the Primary Over-Subscription Privilege is not eliminated, it will operate as set forth below.

Rights holders who are Record Date Shareholders are entitled to subscribe for additional common shares at the same Subscription Price pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, subject to certain limitations and subject to allotment.

Record Date Shareholders who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them are entitled to buy those common shares that were not purchased by other Rights holders at the same Subscription Price. If enough Primary Over-Subscription Shares are available, all such requests will be honored in full. If the requests for Primary Over-Subscription Shares exceed the Primary Over-Subscription Shares available, the available Primary Over-Subscription Shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund. Shares acquired pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege are subject to allotment.

In addition, the Fund, in its sole discretion, may determine to issue Secondary Over-Subscription Shares in an amount of up to 25% of the Primary Subscription Shares. Should the Board (or a designated committee thereof) determine to issue some or all of the Secondary Over-Subscription Shares, they will be allocated only among Record Date Shareholders who submitted over-subscription requests. Secondary Over-Subscription Shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Fund. Any Secondary Over-Subscription Shares issued by the Fund, collectively with any Primary Subscription Shares not subscribed for through the Primary Subscription, will be referred to in this Prospectus as the “Excess Shares.”

Record Date Shareholders who are fully exercising their Rights during the Subscription Period should indicate, on the Subscription Certificate that they submit with respect to the exercise of the Rights issued to them, how many common shares they are willing to acquire pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the Over-Subscription Privilege.

 

27


Table of Contents

To the extent sufficient common shares are not available to fulfill all over-subscription requests, the Excess Shares will be allocated pro-rata among those Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of the common shares owned on the Record Date. The allocation process may involve a series of allocations in order to assure that the total number of common shares available for over-subscriptions is distributed on a pro rata basis.

The formula to be used in allocating the Excess Shares is as follows: (shareholder’s Record Date share position divided by total record date position of all over-subscribers) multiplied by Excess Shares remaining.

Banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of Rights will be required to certify to the Subscription Agent, before any Over-Subscription Privilege may be exercised with respect to any particular beneficial owner, as to the aggregate number of Rights exercised during the Subscription Period and the number of common shares subscribed for pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege by such beneficial owner and that such beneficial owner’s subscription was exercised in full. Nominee holder over-subscription forms and beneficial owner certification forms will be distributed to banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of rights with the Subscription Certificates. Nominees should also notify holders purchasing Rights in the secondary market that such Rights may not participate in the Over-Subscription Privilege.

The Fund will not offer or sell any common shares that are not subscribed for during the Subscription Period or pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege.

The Subscription Price

The Subscription Price will be determined based upon a formula equal to 95% of the reported net asset value or market price per common share, whichever is lower on the Expiration Date. Market price per common share will be determined based on the average of the last reported sales prices of a common share on the NYSE MKT for the five trading days preceding the Expiration Date. Based on reported net asset value and market price per common share as of              , 2012, the Subscription Price would be $          (the “estimated Subscription Price”).

Because the expiration date of the subscription period will be              , 2012 (unless the Fund extends the Subscription Period), rights holders may not know the Subscription Price at the time of exercise and will be required initially to pay for both the common shares subscribed for pursuant to the Primary Subscription (i.e., the Rights to acquire new common shares during the Subscription Period) and, if eligible, any additional common shares subscribed for pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege at the estimated Subscription Price of $          per common share and, except in limited circumstances, will not be able to rescind their subscription.

The Fund announced the Offer on              , 2012. The net asset value per common share at the close of business on              , 2012 (the last trading date prior to the Fund’s announcement of the Offer), was $          . The last reported sale price of a common share on the NYSE MKT on that date was $          , representing a      % [discount/premium] in relation to the then current net asset value per common share and in relation to the estimated Subscription Price.

Sales by Subscription Agent

Holders of Rights who are unable or do not wish to exercise any or all of their Rights may instruct the Subscription Agent to sell any unexercised Rights. The Subscription Certificates representing the Rights to be sold by the Subscription Agent must be received on or before              , 2012. Upon the timely

 

28


Table of Contents

receipt of the appropriate instructions to sell Rights, the Subscription Agent will use its best efforts to complete the sale and will remit the proceeds of sale, net of commissions, to the holders. The Subscription Agent will also attempt to sell any Rights (i) a Rights holder is unable to exercise because the Rights represent the right to subscribe for less than one new common share or (ii) attributable to shareholders whose record addresses are outside the United States or who have an APO or FPO address.

If the Rights can be sold, sales of the Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Subscription Agent on the day such Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses. The selling Rights holder will pay all brokerage commissions incurred by the Subscription Agent.

The Subscription Agent will automatically attempt to sell any unexercised Rights that remain unclaimed as a result of Subscription Certificates being returned by the postal authorities as undeliverable as of the [fourth] Business Day prior to the Expiration Date. These sales will be made net of commissions on behalf of the nonclaiming Rights holders. Proceeds from those sales will be held by the Fund’s transfer agent, for the account of the nonclaiming Rights holder until the proceeds are either claimed or escheated. There can be no assurance that the Subscription Agent will be able to complete the sale of any of these Rights and neither the Fund nor the Subscription Agent has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the Rights. All of these Rights will be sold at the market price, if any, through an exchange or market trading the Rights.

Common shareholders are urged to obtain a recent trading price for the Rights on the NYSE MKT from their broker, bank, financial advisor or the financial press.

Method of Transferring Rights

The value of the Rights, if any, will be reflected by the market price. Rights may be sold by individual holders or may be submitted to the Subscription Agent for sale. Any Rights submitted to the Subscription Agent for sale must be received by the Subscription Agent on or before              , 2012, [two] Business Days prior to the completion of the Subscription Period, due to normal settlement procedures.

Rights that are sold will not confer any right to acquire any common shares in the Primary or Secondary Over-Subscription, and any Record Date Shareholder who sells any Rights will not be eligible to participate in the Primary or Secondary Over-Subscription.

The Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate may be transferred in whole by endorsing the Subscription Certificate for transfer in accordance with the accompanying instructions. A portion of the Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate (but not fractional Rights) may be transferred by delivering to the Subscription Agent a Subscription Certificate properly endorsed for transfer, with instructions to register the portion of the Rights evidenced thereby in the name of the transferee (and to issue a new Subscription Certificate to the transferee evidencing the transferred Rights). In this event, a new Subscription Certificate evidencing the balance of the Rights will be issued to the Rights holder or, if the Rights holder so instructs, to an additional transferee.

Holders wishing to transfer all or a portion of their Rights (but not fractional Rights) should allow at least [three] Business Days prior to the Expiration Date for (i) the transfer instructions to be received and processed by the Subscription Agent, (ii) a new Subscription Certificate to be issued and transmitted to the transferee or transferees with respect to transferred Rights, and to the transferor with respect to retained Rights, if any, and (iii) the Rights evidenced by the new Subscription Certificates to be exercised or sold by the recipients thereof. Neither the Fund nor the Subscription Agent shall have any liability to a transferee or transferor of Rights if Subscription Certificates are not received in time for exercise or sale prior to the Expiration Date.

 

29


Table of Contents

Except for the fees charged by the Subscription Agent (which will be paid by the Fund as described below), all commissions, fees and other expenses (including brokerage commissions and transfer taxes) incurred in connection with the purchase, sale or exercise of Rights will be for the account of the transferor of the Rights, and none of these commissions, fees or expenses will be paid by the Fund or the Subscription Agent.

The Fund anticipates that the Rights will be eligible for transfer through, and that the exercise of the Offer may be effected through, the facilities of DTC.

Expiration of the Offer

The Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on              , 2012, unless extended by the Fund to a date not later than              , 2012, 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time (the “Expiration Date”). Rights will expire on the Expiration Date and thereafter may not be exercised.

Subscription Agent

The Subscription Agent is                      . The Subscription Agent will receive from the Fund an amount estimated to be $          , comprised of the fee for its services and the reimbursement for certain expenses related to the Offer.

Information Agent

INQUIRIES BY ALL HOLDERS OF RIGHTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO: THE INFORMATION AGENT,                      , TOLL-FREE AT                      OR PLEASE SEND WRITTEN REQUEST TO:                      ; HOLDERS MAY ALSO CONSULT THEIR BROKERS OR NOMINEES.

Method of Exercising Rights

Rights may be exercised by completing and signing the reverse side of the Subscription Certificate and mailing it in the envelope provided, or otherwise delivering the completed and signed Subscription Certificate to the Subscription Agent, together with payment for the Shares as described below under “Payment for Shares.” Rights may also be exercised through a Rights holder’s broker, who may charge the Rights holder a servicing fee in connection with such exercise.

Completed Subscription Certificates must be received by the Subscription Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date (unless payment is effected by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery as described below under “Payment for Shares”). The Subscription Certificate and payment should be delivered to the Subscription Agent at the following addresses:

 

If By Mail:                         

If By Express Mail:

                        

If By Overnight Courier:

                        

Payment for Shares

Holders of Rights who acquire common shares on Primary Subscription or pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege may choose between the following methods of payment:

 

30


Table of Contents

(1) A subscription will be accepted by the Subscription Agent if, prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date, the Subscription Agent has received a written notice of guaranteed delivery from a bank, a trust company, or an NYSE MKT member, guaranteeing delivery of: (i) payment for the common shares subscribed for in the Primary Subscription and additional common shares subscribed for pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege to the Subscription Agent based on the estimated Subscription Price of $          per common share, and (ii) a properly completed and executed Subscription Certificate, which: (1) designates your primary subscription and secondary over-subscription amounts, (2) provides a check (or amount in notice of guaranteed delivery), (3) indicates whether you participate in the Fund’s automatic dividend reinvestment and cash purchase plan and wish to receive a Subscription Certificate, and (4) indicates whether you want to sell or transfer your Rights.

The Subscription Agent will not honor a notice of guaranteed delivery if a properly completed and executed Subscription Certificate and full payment is not received by the Subscription Agent by the close of business on the [third] Business Day after the Expiration Date. The notice of guaranteed delivery may be delivered to the Subscription Agent in the same manner as Subscription Certificates at the addresses set forth above, or may be transmitted to the Subscription Agent by facsimile transmission to fax number ---------; telephone number to confirm receipt                      .

(2) Alternatively, a holder of Rights can send the Subscription Certificate together with payment in the form of a check. To be accepted, the payment, together with the executed Subscription Certificate, must be received by the Subscription Agent at the addresses noted above prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date. The Subscription Agent will deposit all checks received by it prior to the [final due date] into a segregated interest-bearing account pending proration and distribution of the common shares issued pursuant to the Offer. The Subscription Agent will not accept cash as a means of payment for common shares issued pursuant to the Offer.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH BELOW, A PAYMENT PURSUANT TO THIS METHOD MUST BE IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS BY MONEY ORDER OR CHECK DRAWN ON A BANK LOCATED IN THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES, MUST BE PAYABLE TO REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND , AND MUST ACCOMPANY AN EXECUTED SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE TO BE ACCEPTED.

If the aggregate Subscription Price paid by a Record Date Shareholder is insufficient to purchase the number of common shares that the holder indicates are being subscribed for, or if a Record Date Shareholder does not specify the number of common shares to be purchased, then the Record Date Shareholder will be deemed to have exercised first, the Primary Subscription Rights (if not already fully exercised) and second, the Over-Subscription Privilege to the full extent of the payment tendered. If the aggregate Subscription Price paid by such holder is greater than the common shares he has indicated an intention to subscribe, then the Rights holder will be deemed to have exercised first, the Primary Subscription Rights (if not already fully subscribed) and second, the Over-Subscription Privilege to the full extent of the excess payment tendered.

Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Subscription Agent by the Expiration Date, or if the Rights holder has elected to make payment by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery, on the [third] Business Day after the Expiration Date. Whichever of the two methods of payment described above is used, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Shares purchased are subject to collection of checks and actual payment pursuant to any notice of guaranteed delivery.

Within [ten] Business Days following the Expiration Date (the “Confirmation Date”), a confirmation will be sent by the Subscription Agent to each holder of Rights (or, if the common shares are held by Cede or any other depository or nominee, to Cede or such other depository or nominee), showing (i) the number of common shares acquired pursuant to the Primary Subscription, (ii) the number of Excess

 

31


Table of Contents

Shares, if any, acquired pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, (iii) the per common share and total purchase price for the common shares and (iv) any excess to be refunded by the Fund to such holder as a result of payment for common shares pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege which the holder is not acquiring.

Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Subscription Agent on the Expiration Date, or if the Rights holder has elected to make payment by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery, on the [third] Business Day after the Expiration Date. Any excess payment to be refunded by the Fund to a holder of Rights, or to be paid to a holder of Rights as a result of sales of Rights on his behalf by the Subscription Agent or exercises by Record Date Shareholders of their Over-Subscription Privileges, and all interest accrued on the holder’s excess payment will be mailed by the Subscription Agent to the holder within [fifteen] Business Days after the Expiration Date. Interest on the excess payment will accrue through the date that is [one] Business Day prior to the mail date of the reimbursement check. If any Rights holder exercises its right to acquire Shares pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, any excess payment which would otherwise be refunded to the Rights holder will be applied by the Fund toward payment for common shares acquired pursuant to exercise of the Over-Subscription Privilege, if any.

A Rights holder will have no right to rescind a purchase after the Subscription Agent has received payment either by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery or a check.

If a holder of Rights who acquires common shares pursuant to the Primary Subscription or the Over-Subscription Privilege does not make payment of any amounts due, the Fund reserves the right to take any or all of the following actions: (i) find other purchasers for such subscribed-for and unpaid-for common shares; (ii) apply any payment actually received by it toward the purchase of the greatest whole number of common shares which could be acquired by such holder upon exercise of the Primary Subscription or the Over-Subscription Privilege; (iii) sell all or a portion of the common shares purchased by the holder, in the open market, and apply the proceeds to the amounts owed; and (iv) exercise any and all other rights or remedies to which it may be entitled, including, without limitation, the right to set off against payments actually received by it with respect to such subscribed common shares and to enforce the relevant guaranty of payment.

Nominees who hold common shares for the account of others, such as brokers, dealers or depositories for securities, should notify the respective beneficial owners of the common shares as soon as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners’ intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the record holder of the Rights should complete Subscription Certificates and submit them to the Subscription Agent with the proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of common shares or Rights held through such a nominee should contact the nominee and request the nominee to effect transactions in accordance with the beneficial owner’s instructions. Banks, broker-dealers and trust companies that hold common shares for the accounts of others are advised to notify those persons that purchase Rights in the secondary market that such Rights may not participate in the Over-Subscription Privilege .

THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THE SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY AND FOLLOWED IN DETAIL. DO NOT SEND SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES TO THE FUND.

The method of delivery of Subscription Certificates and payment of the aggregate Subscription Price to the Subscription Agent will be at the election and risk of the Rights holders, but, if sent by mail, it is recommended that the certificates and payments be sent by registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, and that a sufficient number of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the Subscription Agent and clearance of payment prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date. Because uncertified personal checks may take at least [five] Business Days or more to clear, you are strongly urged to pay, or arrange for payment, by means of a certified or cashier’s check or money order.

 

32


Table of Contents

All questions concerning the timeliness, validity, form and eligibility of any exercise of Rights will be determined by the Fund, whose determinations will be final and binding. The Fund, in its sole discretion, may waive any defect or irregularity, or permit a defect or irregularity to be corrected within such time as it may determine, or reject the purported exercise of any Right. Subscriptions will not be deemed to have been received or accepted until all irregularities have been waived or cured within such time as the Fund determines in its sole discretion. Neither the Fund nor the Subscription Agent will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in connection with the submission of Subscription Certificates or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Rights holders who have exercised their rights will have no right to rescind their subscription after receipt by the subscription agent of the completed Subscription Certificate together with payment for common shares, except as described under “Notice of net asset value decline.”

Foreign Restrictions

Subscription Certificates will only be mailed to Record Date Shareholders whose addresses are within the United States (other than an APO or FPO address). Record Date Shareholders whose addresses are outside the United States or who have an APO or FPO address and who wish to subscribe to the Offer either in part or in full should contact the Subscription Agent in writing or by recorded telephone conversation no later than [three] Business Days prior to the Expiration Date. The Fund will determine whether the Offer may be made to any such Record Date Shareholder. If the Subscription Agent has received no instruction by the [third] Business Day prior to the Expiration Date or the Fund has determined that the Offer may not be made to a particular shareholder, the Subscription Agent will attempt to sell all of such shareholder’s Rights and remit the net proceeds, if any, to such shareholder. If the Rights can be sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Subscription Agent on the day the Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses.

Notice of Net Asset Value Decline

In accordance with SEC regulatory requirements, the Fund has undertaken to suspend the Offer until the Fund amends this Prospectus if, after the effective date of the Fund’s registration statement relating to this Offer, the Fund’s net asset value declines more than 10% from the Fund’s net asset value as of that date. If this occurs, the Expiration Date will be extended and the Fund will notify Record Date Shareholders of the decline and permit them to cancel their exercise of Rights.

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Offer under the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (“Treasury regulations”), and other applicable authorities in effect as of the date of this Prospectus that are generally applicable to Record Date Shareholders and other Rights holders who are “United States persons” within the meaning of the Code, and does not address any foreign, state, local or other tax consequences. These authorities may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect, or subject to new legislative, administrative or judicial action. record date shareholders and other rights holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences, including U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other tax consequences, relevant to their particular circumstances.

The Fund believes that the value of a Right will not be includible in the income of a Record Date Shareholder at the time the Right is issued, and the Fund will not report to the IRS that a Record Date Shareholder has income as a result of the issuance of the Right; however, there is no guidance directly on point concerning certain aspects of the Offer. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the receipt of the Rights by Record Date Shareholders will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

33


Table of Contents

The basis of a Right issued to a Record Date Shareholder will be zero, and the basis of the common share with respect to which the Right was issued (the “Old Common Share”) will remain unchanged. The Record Date Shareholder only is required to allocate the basis of the Old Common Share and the Right in proportion to their respective fair market values on the date of distribution if (i) either (a) the fair market value of the Right on the date of distribution is at least 15% of the fair market value of the Old Common Share on that date, or (b) the Record Date Shareholder affirmatively elects (in the manner set out in Treasury regulations) to allocate to the Right a portion of the basis of the Old Common Share and (ii) the Right does not expire unexercised in the hands of the Record Date Shareholder ( i.e. , the Record Date Shareholder either exercises or sells the Right following its issuance).

No loss will be recognized by a Record Date Shareholder if a Right distributed to such Record Date Shareholder expires unexercised in the hands of such Record Date Shareholder.

The basis of a Right purchased in the market will generally be its purchase price. If a Right that has been purchased in the market expires unexercised, the holder will recognize a loss equal to the basis of the Right.

Any gain or loss on the sale of a Right or, in the case of Rights purchased in the market, any loss from a Right that expires unexercised, will be a capital gain or loss if the Right is held as a capital asset (which in the case of Rights issued to Record Date Shareholders will depend on whether the Old Common Share is held as a capital asset), and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period of the Right exceeds (or is deemed to exceed) one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation. The holding period of a Right issued to a Record Date Shareholder will include the holding period of the Old Common Share.

No gain or loss will be recognized by a Rights holder upon the exercise of a Right, and the basis of any share acquired upon exercise of the right (the “New Common Share”) will equal the sum of the basis, if any, of the Right and the subscription price for the New Common Share. When a Rights holder exercises a Right, the Rights holder’s holding period in the New Common Shares does not include the time during which the Rights holder held the unexercised Right; the holding period for the New Common Shares will begin no later than the date following the date of exercise of the Right.

 

You should consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding, disposing of and exercising Rights, and of allowing Rights to expire, in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

Employee Plan Considerations

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and the Code contain certain fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions applicable to rights holders that are employee benefit plans subject to ERISA or Section 4915 of the Code, including corporate savings and 401(k) plans, Keogh Plans of self-employed individuals and Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRA”) (each, a “Benefit Plan” and collectively, “Benefit Plans”). Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties for noncompliance, fiduciaries of Benefit Plans and other retirement plans should consult with their counsel and advisors regarding the consequences of their exercise or transfer of Rights under ERISA and the Code.

As described above, existing shareholders who do not fully exercise their Rights will, at the completion of the Offer, own a smaller proportional interest in the Fund than they owned prior to the Offer. The exercise of Rights will require the future funding of cash. See “The Offer — Subscription Price.” Benefit Plans, should be aware that additional contributions of cash to the Benefit Plan necessary in order to fund the exercise of Rights may be treated as Benefit Plan contributions and, when taken together with

 

34


Table of Contents

contributions previously made, may subject a Benefit Plan to excise taxes for excess or nondeductible contributions. In the case of Benefit Plans qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, and certain other retirement plans, additional cash contributions could cause the maximum contribution limitations of Section 415 of the Code or other qualification rules to be violated. Benefit Plans contemplating making additional cash contributions to the Benefit Plan to fund the exercise of Rights should consult with their counsel prior to making such contributions.

Benefit Plans and other tax exempt entities, including governmental plans, should also be aware that if they borrow in order to finance their exercise of Rights, they may become subject to the tax on unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) under Section 511 of the Code. If any portion of an IRA is used as security for a loan, the portion so used is also treated as distributed to the IRA depositor.

US E OF PROCEEDS

The Fund estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be $          , based on the estimated Subscription Price per common share of $          , assuming all Primary Subscription Shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $450,000 are paid.

The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high-quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed within [three months]; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Fund’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as [six months].

THE F UND

The Fund is a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on September 15, 2003 pursuant to the Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the state of Delaware. The Fund’s principal office is located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203 and its telephone number is (800) 644-5571 (toll-free).

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLIC IES

General

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of after-tax income and total return consisting primarily of tax-advantaged dividend income and capital appreciation. The Fund pursues this objective by investing at least 80% of its total assets in the securities of domestic and foreign companies involved to a significant extent in providing products, services or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas or water, (ii) telecommunications activities or (iii) infrastructure operations, such as airport, toll roads and municipal services (“Utilities” or the “Utility Industry”). A company will be deemed to be involved in the Utility Industry to a significant extent if at least 50% of its assets, gross income or profits are committed to or derived from activities in the areas described above. The remaining 20% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in other securities including stocks, debt obligations, money market securities and money market mutual funds, as well as certain derivative instruments in the Utility Industry or other industries. Moreover, should extraordinary conditions affecting the Utility Industry or securities markets as a whole warrant, the Fund may temporarily be primarily invested in money market securities or money market mutual funds. When the Fund is invested in these instruments for temporary or defensive purposes, it may not achieve its investment objective.

 

35


Table of Contents

The Fund generally invests approximately 90% of its total assets in common stocks and the remaining 10% in preferred stocks. The Fund may invest in debt securities if deemed advisable by Reaves to increase income or total return or reduce risk. Under normal market conditions at least 80% of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the Utility Industry but Reaves retains broad discretion to allocate investments among common stocks, preferred stocks and debt securities in the manner it believes will best achieve the Fund’s investment objective. The Fund may invest in securities of both domestic and foreign issuers.

The Fund seeks dividend income that qualifies for favorable federal income tax treatment. Under current federal income tax law, tax-advantaged dividends received by individual shareholders are taxed at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates, which reach a maximum of 15%. Tax-advantaged dividends generally include dividends from domestic corporations and dividends from foreign corporations that meet certain specified criteria. The Fund generally can pass the tax treatment of tax-advantaged dividends it receives through to its common shareholders. For the Fund to receive tax-advantaged dividend income, the Fund must hold stock paying an otherwise tax-advantaged dividend for more than 60 days during the 120-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date (or more than 90 days during the associated 180-day period, in the case of certain preferred stocks). In addition, the Fund cannot be obligated to make related payments (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) with respect to substantially similar or related property. Similar provisions apply to each common shareholder’s investment in the Fund. In order for otherwise tax-advantaged dividends from the Fund received by a common shareholder to be taxable at long-term capital gains rates, the common shareholder must hold his or her Fund shares for more than 60 days during the 120-day period surrounding the ex-dividend date. The provisions of the Code applicable to tax-advantaged dividends are effective through 2012. Thereafter, higher tax rates will apply unless further legislative action is taken.

In addition to investing in stocks that pay tax-advantaged dividends, the Fund may also invest a portion of its assets in stocks and other securities that generate fully taxable ordinary income. For any year, so long as the Fund’s fully taxable ordinary income and net realized short-term gains are offset by expenses of the Fund, all of the Fund’s income distributions would be characterized as tax-advantaged dividends. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s income distributions will be tax-advantaged.

The Fund may seek to enhance the level of tax-advantaged dividend income it receives by engaging in dividend capture trading. In a dividend capture trade, the Fund would sell a stock that it held past its ex-dividend date to purchase another stock paying a dividend before the next dividend of the stock being sold. By entering into such trades, the Fund could augment the amount of dividend income it receives over the course of a year. In order for dividends to qualify as tax-advantaged dividends, the Fund must comply with the holding period requirements described herein. The use of dividend capture strategies will expose the Fund to increased trading costs and potential for capital loss.

The investment policy of the Fund of investing at least 80% of the Fund’s total assets in common and preferred stocks and debt instruments of companies involved to a substantial extent in the Utility Industry may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Common shareholders will, however, receive at least 60 days prior notice of any change in this policy.

Under normal circumstances the Fund may invest in securities of issuers located in countries other than the United States and may invest in such foreign securities without limitation. Investing in securities of foreign issuers, which generally are denominated in foreign currencies, may involve certain risk and opportunity considerations not typically associated with investing in domestic companies and could cause the Fund to be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates and revaluations of currencies.

The Fund’s investment objective may not be changed without shareholder approval. In addition, certain investment policies and restrictions of the Fund may not be changed without shareholder approval. See “Additional Investment Information and Restrictions” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

36


Table of Contents

Investment Strategy

The Fund invests primarily in dividend-paying common and preferred stocks that are producing what Reaves considers to be attractive current levels of tax-advantaged dividend income. Common stock investments are generally made if Reaves believes there is potential for growth of income and capital appreciation over time. Preferred stock investments take into consideration Reaves’ assessment of the interest rate sensitivity of the investments. The Fund may invest in debt securities where Reaves determines that such investments are advisable to increase income or total return or to reduce risk.

Reaves’ underlying investment belief is that stocks of companies with conservative capital structures, a solid balance sheet, a strong earnings outlook, secure and growing dividends and good relative market valuations will tend to outperform the market over the long term. A team of professionals at Reaves apply this investment approach in managing the Fund’s investment portfolio and allocating its investments among common and preferred stocks and other types of securities. Different groups within the team with specialized expertise in the Utility Industry and other market sectors are assigned responsibility for day-to-day management of different portions of the portfolio.

In making investment decisions, the portfolio managers utilize the expertise of and information provided by Reaves’ staff of research analysts. The analysts screen the equity universe and apply quantitative and qualitative analysis to identify mid-cap and large cap companies in the Utility Industry and other market sectors that meet Reaves’ general investment standards, provide critical products and services and pay above average dividends. The analysts also look for and evaluate informally on a daily basis and more formally at weekly meetings a variety of factors, including a company’s earnings and cash flow capabilities, dividend prospects and tax treatment of dividends, strength of business franchises and estimates of net value. In selecting investments from among companies recommended by the analysts, the portfolio managers also consider positive catalysts that may unlock market value, such as industry consolidation, management and regulatory change and other developments that may result in future broad market recognition. Many of the considerations entering into the analysts’ recommendations and the portfolio managers’ decisions are subjective.

The Fund’s portfolio is actively managed and securities may be bought or sold on a daily basis. Investments are added to the portfolio if they satisfy value-based criteria or contribute to the portfolio’s risk profile. Investments are removed from the portfolio if they exceed full value, add inefficient risk or the initial investment thesis fails. In general, stocks with lower than market volatility, correlation and similar characteristics are preferred in an equity investment process that focuses on bottom-up stock selection.

Securities of the Utility Industry

The Fund generally invests at least 80% of its total assets in the securities of domestic and foreign companies involved to a significant extent in providing products, services or equipment for (i) the generation or distribution of electricity, gas or water, (ii) telecommunications activities or (iii) infrastructure operations, such as airports, toll roads and municipal services. Utilities securities are currently the highest yielding equity sector and have experienced less volatile historic returns relative to the broader stock market. Because of their historically low correlation to the broader equity market, bond market and other types of investments, utilities securities can provide effective diversification to an overall investment portfolio.

Certain segments of the industry and individual companies within such segments may not perform as well as the industry as a whole. Many utility companies historically have been subject to risks of increases in fuel and other operating costs, high interest costs on borrowings needed for capital improvement programs and costs associated with compliance with and changes in environmental and

 

37


Table of Contents

other governmental regulations Rates of return on investment of certain utility companies are subject to approval by government regulators. There can be no assurance that changes in regulatory policies or accounting standards will not negatively affect utility companies’ earnings or dividends. Costs incurred by utilities, such as fuel and purchased power costs, often are subject to immediate market action resulting from such things as political or military forces operating in geographic regions where oil production is concentrated or global or regional weather conditions, such as droughts, while the rates of return of utility companies generally are subject to review and limitation by state public utility commissions, which often results in a lag or an absence of correlation between costs and return. It is also possible that costs may not be offset by return. Certain utilities may have exposure to unregulated operations which may have a higher risk profile than traditional utility operations. These include the marketing and trading of commodities including electricity and gas, as well as the ownership and operation of unregulated, “merchant” generation. The marketing and trading of commodities involve a variety of risks, principally exposure to commodity prices and access to capital. During the 2008-2009 financial crisis a number of industry participants came under severe duress as they struggled to maintain access to capital markets. Merchant generation is a highly cyclical industry with a high degree of operating leverage – that is, a small change in the price of power can have a significant impact on profitability. Over the last five years merchant generators, especially those generating electricity from nuclear reactors and coal plants, have been materially weakened by the decline in power prices which has been a direct result of the decline in natural gas prices caused by the development of significant new gas reserves in the United States and Canada. Further, many of the plants that utilize coal as a fuel could face increased expense complying with environmental regulations that they may or may not be able to recover in the market.

Portfolio Investments

Common Stocks

Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in an issuer. The Fund has substantial exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than fixed-income securities over the long term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, the price of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for many reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be sensitive to rising interest rates, as the costs of capital rise and borrowing costs increase.

Preferred Stocks

Preferred stock, like common stock, represents an equity ownership in an issuer. Generally, preferred stock has a priority of claim over common stock in dividend payments and upon liquidation of the issuer. Unlike common stock, preferred stock does not usually have voting rights. Preferred stock in some instances is convertible into common stock.

Although they are equity securities, preferred stocks have certain characteristics of both debt and common stock. They are debt-like in that their promised income is contractually fixed. They are common stock-like in that they do not have rights to precipitate bankruptcy proceedings or collection activities in the event of missed payments. Furthermore, they have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.

In order to be payable, dividends on preferred stock must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors or trustees. In addition, distributions on preferred stock may be subject to deferral and thus may not be automatically payable. Income payments on some preferred stocks are cumulative, causing

 

38


Table of Contents

dividends and distributions to accrue even if not declared by the board of directors or trustees or otherwise made payable. Other preferred stocks are non-cumulative, meaning that skipped dividends and distributions do not continue to accrue. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. The Fund may invest in non-cumulative preferred stock, although Reaves would consider, among other factors, their non-cumulative nature in making any decision to purchase or sell such securities.

Shares of preferred stock have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market values of preferred stock may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting the issuers’ industries or sectors. They may also be affected by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in the tax status of the security and by actual and anticipated changes or ambiguities in tax laws, such as changes in corporate and individual income tax rates and in the dividends received deduction or the characterization of dividends as tax-advantaged as described herein.

Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by preferred stock may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on the stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem preferred stock, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the stock is not redeemable. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher dividend-paying preferred stocks may be reduced and the Fund may be unable to acquire securities paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.

Corporate Bonds and Other Debt Securities

If deemed advisable by Reaves to increase income or total return or to reduce risk, the Fund may also invest in corporate bonds, debentures and other debt securities of companies in the Utility Industry or other industries and sectors. Debt securities in which the Fund may invest may pay fixed or variable rates of interest. Bonds and other debt securities generally are issued by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain debt securities are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade. The foregoing credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of securities already owned by the Fund in the event of a change in assessment of credit quality or the removal of a rating.

The Fund may invest in corporate bonds including below investment grade quality (e.g., rated below BBB by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”), below Baa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) , or unrated securities that Reaves considers to be their equivalent), commonly known as “junk bonds” (“Non-Investment Grade Bonds”). Investments in Non-Investment Grade Bonds generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy. Non-Investment Grade Bonds are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. In addition, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of Non-Investment Grade Bonds may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality securities.

Non-Investment Grade Bonds may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in Non-Investment Grade Bond prices because the advent of recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal

 

39


Table of Contents

and interest payments on its debt obligations. If an issuer of Non-Investment Grade Bonds defaults, in addition to risking payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In the case of Non-Investment Grade Bonds structured as zero-coupon, step-up or payment-in- kind securities, their market prices will normally be affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than securities which pay interest currently and in cash. Reaves seeks to reduce these risks through diversification, credit analysis and attention to current developments in both the economy and financial markets.

The secondary market on which Non-Investment Grade Bonds are traded may be less liquid than the market for investment grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the net asset value of the Shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of Non-Investment Grade Bonds, especially in a thinly traded market. When secondary markets for Non-Investment Grade Bonds are less liquid than the market for investment grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is no reliable, objective data available. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly and the Fund may have greater difficulty selling these securities. The Fund will be more dependent on Reaves’ research and analysis when investing in Non-Investment Grade Bonds. Reaves seeks to minimize the risks of investing in all securities through in-depth credit analysis and attention to current developments in interest rate and market conditions.

A general description of the ratings of securities by S&P, Fitch and Moody’s is set forth in Appendix A to the Statement of Additional Information. Such ratings represent these rating organizations’ opinions as to the quality of the securities they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon may have the same yield. For these reasons, the use of credit ratings as the sole method of evaluating Non-Investment Grade Bonds can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety or principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of Non-Investment Grade Bonds. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated. Reaves does not rely solely on credit ratings when selecting securities for the Fund, and develops its own independent analysis of issuer credit quality.

In the event that a rating agency or Reaves downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue, the Fund is not required to dispose of such security. In determining whether to retain or sell a downgraded security, Reaves may consider such factors as Reaves’ assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. However, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of Non-Investment Grade Bonds may be more complex than for issuers of high quality debt securities.

Warrants

The Fund may invest in equity and index warrants of domestic and international issuers. Equity warrants are securities that give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to subscribe for equity issues of the issuing company or a related company at a fixed price either on a certain date or during a set period. Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss.

Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

 

40


Table of Contents

Convertible Securities and Bonds with Warrants Attached

The Fund may invest in preferred stocks and fixed-income obligations that are convertible into common stocks of domestic and foreign issuers, and bonds issued as a unit with warrants to purchase equity or fixed income securities. Convertible securities in which the Fund may invest, comprised of both convertible debt and convertible preferred stock, may be converted at either a stated price or at a stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Because of this feature, convertible securities generally enable an investor to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock. Convertible securities often provide higher yields than the underlying equity securities, but generally offer lower yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. The value of convertible securities fluctuates in relation to changes in interest rates like bonds, and, in addition, fluctuates in relation to the underlying common stock.

Bonds with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. Bonds may also be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional fixed income securities at the same coupon rate. A decline in interest rates would permit the Fund to buy additional bonds at a favorable rate or to sell the warrants at a profit. If interest rates rise, the warrants would generally expire with no value.

Investment Techniques

The Fund may from time to time employ certain investment techniques, including those described below and under “Investment Techniques” in the Statement of Additional Information, in an effort to hedge against fluctuations in the price of portfolio securities, enhance total return or provide a substitute for the purchase or sale of securities. Some of these investment techniques (e.g., purchases of put and call options, options on stock indices and stock index futures and entry into certain credit derivative transactions and short sales, as each are described in the Statement of Additional Information), are intended to be hedges against or substitutes for investments in equity investments. Other investment techniques (e.g., the purchase of interest rate futures and entry into transactions involving interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps and certain credit derivatives, as described below or in the Statement of Additional Information) are intended to be hedges against or substitutes for investments in debt securities. In general, Reaves may choose to use these techniques related to investments in debt securities where Reaves determines that such techniques are advisable to increase income or total return or to reduce risk.

The Fund’s ability to utilize any of the techniques described below may be limited by restrictions imposed on its operations in connection with obtaining and maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code, compliance with the 1940 Act and applicable SEC staff guidance, or obtaining and maintaining an exemption from registration with the CFTC. Currently, Reaves has claimed an exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator pursuant to CFTC regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and, therefore, Reaves is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. However, on February 9, 2012, the CFTC adopted final rules under the CEA that modify certain exclusions and exemptions used by operators and investment advisers of investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, like the Fund. As a result, certain exemptions and exclusions may cease to be available to investment advisers and operators of such companies, including Reaves. Further, the Fund may modify its derivatives usage and practices to the extent necessary for the Fund and/or Reaves to qualify for such an exclusion or exemption.

Many of the instruments and techniques described below and in the Statement of Additional Information could constitute a form of potential leverage and as such are subject to the risks described

 

41


Table of Contents

below, under “Use of Leverage,” and in the Statement of Additional Information With respect to these instruments and techniques, the Fund generally segregates or earmarks liquid securities in an amount necessary to support its obligations under that instrument or technique, or otherwise covers or enters into offsetting positions relevant to the instrument or technique in an effort to counter the impact of any potential leveraging. Segregating or earmarking securities rather than cash may itself have a leveraging effect on the Fund.

Importantly, the Fund is permitted, but is not required to, utilize the instruments and techniques described below and in the Statement of Additional Information . Accordingly, at any given time, the Fund’s portfolio might not be hedged against, or managed to mitigate, risk, and Reaves might choose not to seek to increase income through the use of these instruments or techniques. In addition, certain provisions of the Code, or other applicable laws, may limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into or otherwise utilize these instruments and techniques.

Interest Rate Swaps and Options Thereon (“Swaptions”)

The Fund may enter into interest rate swap agreements and may purchase and sell put and call options on such swap agreements, commonly referred to as swaptions. The Fund would generally enter into such transactions for the purpose of hedging some or all of its interest rate exposure in its holdings of preferred securities and debt securities. Interest rate swap agreements and swaptions are highly specialized investments for which liquid secondary markets (such as the regulated exchanges on which securities are traded) do not exist. New regulatory requirements mandated for these instruments under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) are being formulated and implemented by the CFTC. The effects of new regulation on the markets and trading counterparties for these instruments are uncertain.

An interest rate swap is an agreement between two parties where one party agrees to pay a contractually stated fixed income stream, usually denoted as a fixed percentage of an underlying “notional” amount, in exchange for receiving a variable income stream, usually based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, and denoted as a percentage of the underlying notional amount. From the perspective of a fixed rate payer, if interest rates rise, the payer will expect a rising level of income since the payer is a receiver of floating rate income. This would cause the value of the swap contract to rise in value, from the payer’s perspective, because the discounted present value of its obligatory payment stream is diminished at higher interest rates, all at the same time it is receiving higher income. Alternatively, if interest rates fall, the reverse occurs and it simultaneously faces the prospects of both a diminished floating rate income stream and a higher discounted present value of his fixed rate payment obligation. For purposes of completing the analysis, these value changes all work in reverse from the perspective of a fixed rate receiver.

A swaption is an agreement between two parties where one party purchases the right from the other party to enter into an interest rate swap at a specified date and for a specified “fixed rate” yield (or “exercise” yield). In a pay-fixed swaption, the holder of the swaption has the right to enter into an interest rate swap as a payer of fixed rate and receiver of variable rate, while the writer of the swaption has the obligation to enter into the other side of the interest rate swap. In a receive-fixed swaption, the holder of the swaption has the right to enter into an interest rate swap as a receiver of fixed rate and a payer of variable rate, while the writer of the swaption has the obligation to enter into the opposite side of the interest rate swap.

A pay-fixed swaption is analogous to a put option on Treasury securities in that it rises in value as interest rate swap yields rise. A receive-fixed swaption is analogous to a call option on Treasury securities in that it rises in value as interest rate swap yields decline. As with other options on securities, indices, or futures contracts, the price of any swaption will reflect both an intrinsic value component, which may be zero, and a time premium component. The intrinsic value component represents what the value of the swaption would be if it were immediately exercisable into the underlying interest rate swap. The intrinsic value component measures the degree to which an option is in-the-money, if at all. The time premium represents the difference between the actual price of the swaption and the intrinsic value.

 

42


Table of Contents

It is customary market practice for swaptions to be “cash settled” rather than an actual position in an interest rate swap being established at the time of swaption expiration. For reasons set forth more fully below, Reaves expects to enter strictly into cash settled swaptions, i.e. , where the exercise value of the swaption is determined by reference to the market for interest rate swaps then prevailing.

Temporary Investments

During unusual market circumstances, the Fund may invest temporarily in cash, money market securities, money market mutual funds or cash equivalents, which may be inconsistent with the Fund’s investment objective. Cash equivalents are highly liquid, short-term securities such as commercial paper, time deposits, certificates of deposit, short-term notes and short-term U.S. Government obligations.

Portfolio Turnover

Reaves may sell securities to realize capital losses that can be used to offset capital gains (but not tax-advantaged dividends or other ordinary income) or in connection with dividend recapture strategies. Use of these strategies will increase portfolio turnover. Although the Fund cannot accurately predict its portfolio turnover rate, it may exceed 100% from time to time (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity of one year or less). A high turnover rate (100% or more) necessarily involves greater expenses to the Fund and may result in realization of net short-term capital gains.

Illiquid Securities

The Fund may invest in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or are otherwise illiquid. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, such as commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”), and securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A thereunder. Section 4(2) and Rule 144A securities may, however, be treated as liquid by Reaves pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board, which require consideration of factors such as trading activity, availability of market quotations and number of dealers willing to purchase the security. If the Fund invests in Rule 144A securities, the level of portfolio illiquidity may be increased to the extent that eligible buyers become uninterested in purchasing such securities.

It may be difficult to sell such securities at a price representing their fair value until such time as such securities may be sold publicly. Where registration is required, a considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when it would be permitted to sell. Thus, the Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell. The Fund may also acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities. Such restrictions might prevent their sale at a time when such sale would otherwise be desirable.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the Fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed upon time (normally within seven days) and price, which reflects an interest payment. The Fund may enter into such agreements when it is able to invest the cash acquired at a rate higher than the cost of the agreement, which would increase earned income.

When the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, any fluctuations in the market value of either the securities transferred to another party or the securities in which the proceeds may be

 

43


Table of Contents

invested would affect the market value of the Fund’s assets. As a result, such transactions may increase fluctuations in the market value of the Fund’s assets. While there is a risk that large fluctuations in the market value of the Fund’s assets could affect net asset value, this risk is not significantly increased by entering into reverse repurchase agreements, in the opinion of Reaves. Because reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be the practical equivalent of borrowing funds, they constitute a form of leverage. If the Fund reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement at a rate lower than the cost of the agreement, entering into the agreement will lower the Fund’s yield.

Dividend Capture Trading

The Fund may seek to enhance the level of dividend income it receives by engaging in dividend capture trading. In a dividend capture trade, the Fund would sell a stock that it held past its ex-dividend date to purchase another stock paying a dividend before the next dividend of the stock being sold. By entering into such trades, the Fund could augment the amount of dividend income it receives over the course of a year. The use of dividend capture strategies will expose the Fund to increased trading costs and the potential for capital loss.

USE OF LE VERAGE

The Fund currently uses leverage primarily through borrowing. More specifically, the Fund has entered into the Credit Facility, as described above and as described in more detail below. The Fund has no present intention of issuing preferred shares, although it may do so in the future. The Fund may add leverage to its portfolio from time to time by utilizing reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or other forms of borrowings, such as bank loans or commercial paper. The Fund may also enter into other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage including, among others, credit default or interest rate swap contracts, options contracts, futures and forward contracts and other derivative or potentially leveraged transactions described above, loans of portfolio securities, short sales and when-issued, delayed delivery and other forward commitment transactions.

The Fund generally does not use leverage if Reaves anticipates that it would result in a lower return to common shareholders for any significant amount of time. The Fund also may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions, which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities.

Following completion of the Offer, the Fund may increase the amount of its leverage outstanding. The Fund may do so by engaging in additional borrowings, including through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, in order to maintain the Fund’s desired leverage ratio at that time, taking into account the additional assets raised through the issuance of common shares in the Offer. The Fund may also add leverage through the use of credit default or interest rate swaps and other derivative transactions and/or the other techniques noted above. There is no assurance, however, that the Fund will determine to add leverage following the Offer, as the Fund intends to utilize leverage opportunistically and may choose to increase or decrease its use of leverage over time and from time to time based on the Investment Adviser’s assessment of market conditions and other factors. In addition, if the Fund determines to add leverage following the Offer, it is not possible to predict with accuracy the precise amount of leverage that would be added, in part, because it is not possible to predict the number of common shares that ultimately will be subscribed for in the Offer. Leverage creates risks for holders of the common shares, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of the common shares. There is a risk that fluctuations in the dividend rates on any preferred shares may adversely affect the return to the holders of the common shares. If the income from the securities purchased with such funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the return on the Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to common shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced. Reaves in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it deems such action to be appropriate in the circumstances.

 

44


Table of Contents

Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio (including investments bought with the proceeds of the preferred shares offering or borrowing program) will be borne entirely by the common shareholders. If there is a net decrease (or increase) in the value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the leverage will decrease (or increase) the net asset value per share to a greater extent than if the Fund were not leveraged.

The fees received by Reaves and ALPS are based on the total assets of the Fund, including assets represented by leverage. During periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to Reaves for investment advisory services and to ALPS for administrative services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s total assets, including proceeds from borrowings and the issuance of any preferred shares. As discussed under “Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Shares,” the Fund’s issuance of any preferred shares may alter the voting power of common shareholders.

Capital raised through leverage will be subject to dividend or interest payments, which may exceed the income and appreciation on the assets purchased. The issuance of preferred shares or entering into a borrowing program involves expenses and other costs and may limit the Fund’s freedom to pay dividends on common shares or to engage in other activities. The issuance of a class of preferred shares or incurrence of borrowings having priority over the Fund’s common shares creates an opportunity for greater return per common share, but at the same time such leveraging is a speculative technique in that it will increase the Fund’s exposure to capital risk. Unless the income and appreciation, if any, on assets acquired with leverage proceeds exceed the associated costs of such preferred shares or borrowings (and other Fund expenses), the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of the Fund’s common shares compared with what it would have been without leverage.

The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any preferred shares issued by the Fund and by borrowing program covenants. These guidelines and covenants may impose asset coverage or Fund composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will significantly impede Reaves from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares ( i.e. , such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If preferred shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem preferred shares, from time to time, to maintain coverage of any preferred shares of at least 200%. Common shareholders elect each of the Trustees of the Fund. However, if the Fund issues preferred shares, the holders of the preferred shares will elect two of the Trustees of the Fund. In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on its preferred shares for two years, preferred shareholders would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees until the dividends are paid.

To qualify for federal income taxation as a “regulated investment company,” the Fund must satisfy certain requirements relating to the sources of its income and diversification of its assets, and must distribute in each taxable year at least 90% of its net investment income (including net interest income and net short-term gain). The Fund also will be required to distribute annually substantially all of its income and capital gain, if any, to avoid imposition of a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax.

 

45


Table of Contents

The Fund’s willingness to issue new securities for investment purposes, and the amount the Fund will issue, will depend on many factors, the most important of which are market conditions and interest rates. Successful use of a leveraging strategy may depend on Reaves’ ability to predict correctly interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.

The Fund’s use of leverage creates special risks not associated with unleveraged funds having similar investment objectives and policies. These include the possibility of higher volatility of the Fund’s net asset value and the asset coverage of the Fund’s indebtedness. There is a risk that fluctuations in the dividend rates on any preferred shares issued by the Fund may adversely affect the return to the common shareholders. If the income from the securities purchased with such funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the return on the Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to common shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced.

Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio (including investments bought with the proceeds of the leverage program) will be borne entirely by the common shareholders. If there is a net decrease in the value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the use of leverage will likely cause a greater decrease in the net asset value per common share and the market value per common share than if the Fund were not leveraged.

Use of Leverage through the Credit Facility The Fund has entered into a financing package that includes a Committed Facility Agreement (the “Agreement”) with a commercial bank (“Bank”) that allowed the Fund to borrow up to $240,000,000 (“Maximum Commitment”) and a Lending Agreement, as defined below. Borrowings under the Agreement are secured by assets of the Fund that are held by the Fund’s custodian in a separate account (the “pledged collateral”). The Fund may, with 180 days notice, reduce the Maximum Commitment to a lesser amount. Interest is charged at the three month LIBOR (London Inter-bank Offered Rate) plus 1.10% on the amount borrowed and 1.00% on the undrawn balance. The Fund also paid an arrangement fee of 0.25% on the Maximum Commitment, upon closing date. The total arrangement fee of $600,000 was amortized over the initial six month period ended June 8, 2011. The Fund renewed the Agreement on May 2, 2012, for a renewal fee of 0.25% of the Maximum Commitment.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011, the average amount borrowed under the Agreement and the average interest rate for the amount borrowed were $234,405,488 and 1.33%, respectively. As of October 31, 2011, the amount of such outstanding borrowings is $185,000,000. The interest rate applicable to the borrowings on October 31, 2011 was 1.35%. As of October 31, 2011, the amount of pledged collateral was $394,009,112. For the six month period ended April 30, 2012, the average amount borrowed under the Agreement and the average interest rate for the amount borrowed were $208,269,231 and 1.34%, respectively. As of April 30, 2012, the amount of such outstanding borrowings is $240,000,000. The interest rate applicable to the borrowings on April 30, 2012 was 1.34%. As of April 30, 2012, the amount of pledged collateral was $519,774,188.

The Lending Agreement is a separate side-agreement between the Fund and the Bank pursuant to which the Bank may borrow a portion of the pledged collateral (the “Lent Securities”) in an amount not to exceed the outstanding borrowings owed by the Fund to the Bank under the Agreement. The Lending Agreement is intended to permit the Fund to significantly reduce the cost of its borrowings under the Agreement. The Bank has the ability to reregister the Lent Securities in its own name or in another name other than the Fund to pledge, re-pledge, sell, lend or otherwise transfer or use the collateral with all attendant rights of ownership. The Fund may designate any security within the pledged collateral as ineligible to be a Lent Security, provided there are eligible securities within the pledged collateral in an amount equal to the outstanding borrowing owed by the Fund. During the period in which the Lent Securities are outstanding, the Bank must remit payment to the Fund equal to the amount of all dividends, interest or other distributions earned or made by the Lent Securities. The Fund receives income from the Bank based on the value of the Lent Securities.

 

46


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the Lending Agreement, the Lent Securities are marked to market daily, and if the value of the Lent Securities exceeds the value of the then-outstanding borrowings owed by the Fund to the Bank under the Agreement (the “Current Borrowings”), the Bank must, on that day, either (1) return Lent Securities to the Fund’s custodian in an amount sufficient to cause the value of the outstanding Lent Securities to equal the Current Borrowings; or (2) post cash collateral with the Fund’s custodian equal to the difference between the value of the Lent Securities and the value of the Current Borrowings. If the Bank fails to perform either of these actions as required, the Fund will recall securities, as discussed below, in an amount sufficient to cause the value of the outstanding Lent Securities to equal the Current Borrowings. The Fund can recall any of the Lent Securities and the Bank must, to the extent commercially possible, return such security or equivalent security to the Fund’s custodian no later than three business days after such request. If the Fund recalls a Lent Security pursuant to the Lending Agreement, and the Bank fails to return the Lent Securities or equivalent securities in a timely fashion, the Bank remains liable to the Fund’s custodian for the ultimate delivery of such Lent Securities, or equivalent securities, and for any buy-in costs that the executing broker for the sales transaction may impose with respect to the failure to deliver. The Fund also has the right to apply and set-off an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the then-current fair market value of such Lent Securities against the Current Borrowings. As of April 30, 2012 and October 31, 2011, the values of securities on loan were $230,637,538 and $173,649,658, respectively.

Effects of Leverage — As of April 30, 2012, the Fund had $240,000,000 in principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility. As of that date, the interest rate on the Fund’s then outstanding indebtedness of $240,000,000 in principal amount was 1.34%. As of that date, the Fund must experience an annual return of 0.39% on its portfolio in order to the cover interest payments on the Fund’s outstanding indebtedness.

Fluctuations in interest rates on the Fund’s indebtedness will affect the dividend to holders of common shares. Holders of common shares receive all net income from the Fund remaining after payment of interest on the Fund’s indebtedness and generally are entitled to a pro rata share of net realized capital gains, if any. Further, in the event the Fund were ever to be liquidated, the holder(s) of the Fund’s indebtedness would be entitled to receive repayment of outstanding principal plus accumulated and unpaid interest thereon before any distribution is made to the Fund’s common shareholders.

As of April 30, 2012, the total amount of leverage through the Credit Facility constituted approximately 29% of the Fund’s total assets. The use of leverage has provided holders of common stock with a higher dividend than such holders would have otherwise received. However, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to continue to realize such a higher net return on its investment portfolio. Changes in certain factors could cause the relationship between the interest paid on the Fund’s indebtedness to increase relative to the dividend and interest rates on the portfolio securities in which the Fund may be invested. Under such conditions the benefit of leverage to holders of common shares will be reduced and the Fund’s use of leverage could result in a lower rate of return to holders of common shares than if the Fund were not leveraged. The 1940 Act generally requires the Fund to maintain an asset coverage of 300% on its outstanding indebtedness. If the Fund’s asset coverage declines below the required levels (as a result of market fluctuations or otherwise), the Fund may be required to sell a portion of its investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Assuming that the Fund’s borrowings will represent approximately 29% of the Fund’s total assets after the Expiration Date and that the Fund will pay dividends or incur interest expense at a combined average annual rate of 1.34% (based on the applicable interest rates on borrowings as of April 30, 2012), the income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of expenses) would have to exceed 0.39% in order to cover such interest expense. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates, used for illustration. The amount of leverage used by the Fund as well as actual interest expenses on borrowings by the Fund may vary.

 

47


Table of Contents

The purpose of the following table is to assist investors in understanding the effects of leverage on a return to common shareholders, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio) of minus 10% to plus 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio total returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Fund. Further, the assumed investment portfolio total returns are after (net of) all of the Fund’s expenses other than expenses associated with leverage); but such leverage expenses are deducted when determining the common share return.

 

Assumed annual portfolio return
(net of expenses)
           
    -10.00     -5.00     0.00     5.00     10.00
Corresponding annual return to common shareholder  (1)             
    -14.73     -7.65     -0.56     6.53     13.62

(1) This return is composed of two elements: common share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the Fund’s net distributable income after paying interest on the Fund’s borrowings) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns.

In addition to the possible future issuance of preferred shares, the Fund may use a variety of additional strategies that would be viewed as potentially adding leverage to the portfolio, subject to any applicable rating agency limitations. These include the sale of credit default swap contracts and the use of other derivative instruments and, prior to the issuance of preferred shares, reverse repurchase agreements. By adding additional leverage, these strategies have the potential to increase returns to common shareholders, but also involve additional risks. Additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the strategies were not used. However, to the extent that the Fund enters into offsetting transactions or owns positions covering its obligations, the leveraging effect is expected to be minimized or eliminated.

During the time in which the Fund is utilizing leverage, the fees paid to Reaves and the Administrator for services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize leverage because the fees paid are calculated based on the Fund’s average daily total assets. Common shareholders bear the cost of the Fund’s fees and expenses.

RISK FA CTORS

This section of the Prospectus discusses certain risk factors associated with an investment in the Fund and certain risks associated with the Offer.

Investing in the Fund involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing you should consider carefully the following risks that you assume when you invest in the Fund’s common shares.

 

48


Table of Contents

Dilution

As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s common shares fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. The common shares are currently trading at a premium to their net asset value. However, since the inception of the Fund, the common shares have traded at discounts of as much as (29.49)%. Common shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount from their net asset values. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities and may be greater for shareholders expecting to sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time following completion of this Offer. The net asset value of the common shares will be reduced immediately following this Offer as a result of the payment of certain offering costs.

If you do not exercise all of your Rights, you may own a smaller proportional interest in the Fund when the Offer is over. In addition, you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value per share of your common shares if you do not participate in the Offer and will experience a reduction in the net asset value per share whether or not you exercise your Rights, because the Subscription Price per common share is below the Fund’s net asset value per common share on the Expiration Date, because:

 

   

the new common shares are being sold at less than their current net asset value.

 

   

you will indirectly bear the expenses of the Offer.

 

   

the number of common shares outstanding after the Offer will have increased proportionately more than the increase in the amount of the Fund’s net assets.

Furthermore, if you do not participate in the Over-Subscription Privilege, your percentage ownership may also be diluted. The Fund cannot state precisely the amount of any dilution because it is not known at this time what the subscription price or net asset value per common share will be on the Expiration Date or what proportion of the Rights will be exercised. The likely impact of the Offer on net asset value per common share is shown by the following example, assuming a $          estimated Subscription Price per common share:

Example (assumes that net asset value per share is above Subscription Price per share) (1)

 

NAV

     $                

Subscription Price

     $                

Reduction in NAV ($) (2)

     $                

Reduction in NAV (%)

                   

 

(1) The example assumes the full Primary Subscription and Secondary Over-Subscription Privilege are exercised. Actual amounts may vary due to rounding.

 

(2) Assumes $450,000 in estimated offering expenses.

If you do not wish to exercise your Rights, you should consider selling them as set forth in this Prospectus. Any cash you receive from selling your Rights should serve as partial compensation for any possible dilution of your interest in the Fund. The Fund cannot give assurance, however, that a market for the Rights will develop or that the Rights will have any marketable value.

The Fund’s largest shareholders, Record Date Shareholders of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund, could increase their percentage ownership in the Fund through the exercise of the Primary Subscription and Over-Subscription Privilege.

 

49


Table of Contents

Leverage Risk

See “Use of Leverage” above.

Investment and Market Risk

An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested. An investment in common shares represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund, which are generally traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter markets. The value of these securities, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The common shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

Non-Diversified Status

As a non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not limited in the proportion of its assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer, and accordingly, may invest a greater portion of its assets in a more limited number of issuers than a diversified fund. However, the Fund intends to conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment company for purposes of the Code, which generally will relieve the Fund of any liability for federal income tax to the extent its earnings are distributed to shareholders. See “Taxes” in the Statement of Additional Information. To so qualify, among other requirements, the Fund will limit its investments so that at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) or of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses.

Because the Fund, as a non-diversified investment company, may invest in a smaller number of individual issuers than a diversified investment company, an investment in the Fund may, under certain circumstances, present greater risk to an investor than an investment in a diversified company because changes in the financial condition or market assessment of a single issuer may cause greater fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s common shares.

Issuer Risk

The value of common and preferred stocks may decline for a number of reasons, which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

Income Risk

The income that common shareholders receive from the Fund is based primarily on the dividends and interest it earns from the Fund’s investments, which can vary widely over the short and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, distribution rates of the Fund’s preferred stock holdings and any bond holdings and common shareholder’s income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income also would likely be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage.

Tax Risk

The Fund’s investment program and the tax treatment of Fund distributions may be affected by IRS interpretations of the Code, future changes in tax laws and regulations, including changes as a result

 

50


Table of Contents

of the “sunset” provisions that currently apply to the favorable tax treatment of tax-advantaged dividends. There can be no assurance that any portion of the Fund’s income distributions will not be fully taxable as ordinary income.

The value of the Fund’s investments, the Fund’s net asset value and the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies. Because the Fund’s investment objective is to provide a high level of after-tax yield and total return consisting primarily of dividend and interest income and capital appreciation, the attractiveness of investing, and the Fund’s ability to invest, in equity securities that pay qualified dividend income in relation to other investment alternatives will be affected by changes in federal income tax laws and regulations, including changes in the qualified dividend income provisions. Absent further legislation, higher tax rates will apply to qualified dividend income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Any proposed or actual changes in such rates, therefore, can significantly and adversely affect the after-tax returns of the Fund’s investments in equity securities. These changes also could significantly and adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value, the Fund’s ability to acquire and dispose of equity securities at desirable returns and price levels and the Fund’s ability to pursue its investment objective. The Fund cannot assure you as to the portion, if any, of the Fund’s dividends that will be qualified dividend income.

Additionally, the Fund may not be a suitable investment for IRAs, for other tax-exempt or tax-deferred accounts or for investors who are not sensitive to the federal income tax consequences of their investments. For an individual holder of common shares to receive qualified dividend income from the Fund, the shareholder, in addition to other requirements, must have held his or her common shares for more than 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before the ex-dividend date. Consequently, short-term investors in the Fund will not realize the benefits of qualified dividend income.

Sector/Industry Risk

The Fund invests a significant portion of its total assets in securities of utility companies, which may include companies in the electric, gas, water, telecommunications sectors, as well as other companies engaged in other infrastructure operations. This may make the Fund particularly susceptible to adverse economic, political or regulatory occurrences affecting those sectors. As concentration of the Fund’s investments in a sector increases, so does the potential for fluctuation in the net asset value of common shares.

Risks that are intrinsic to utility companies include difficulty in obtaining an adequate return on invested capital, difficulty in financing large construction programs during an inflationary period, restrictions on operations and increased cost and delays attributable to environmental considerations and regulation, difficulty in raising capital in adequate amounts on reasonable terms in periods of high inflation and unsettled capital markets, technological innovations that may render existing plants, equipment or products obsolete, the potential impact of natural or man-made disasters, increased costs and reduced availability of certain types of fuel, occasional reduced availability and high costs of natural gas and other fuels, the effects of energy conservation, the effects of a national energy policy and lengthy delays and greatly increased costs and other problems associated with the design, construction, licensing, regulation and operation of nuclear facilities for electric generation, including, among other considerations, the problems associated with the use of radioactive materials, the disposal of radioactive wastes, shutdown of facilities or release of radiation resulting from catastrophic events, disallowance of costs by regulators which may reduce profitability, and changes in market structure that increase competition.

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any given regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. We cannot assure you that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases or that such increases will be adequate to permit the payment of dividends on common stocks issued by utility company. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain issuers of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may own or operate

 

51


Table of Contents

nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climatic conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Utility companies in the United States and in foreign countries are generally subject to regulation. In the United States, most utility companies are regulated by state and/or federal authorities. Such regulation is intended to ensure appropriate standards of service and adequate capacity to meet public demand. Generally, prices are also regulated in the United States and in foreign countries with the intention of protecting the public while ensuring that the rate of return earned by utility companies is sufficient to allow them to attract capital in order to grow and continue to provide appropriate services. We cannot assure you that such pricing policies or rates of return will continue in the future.

The nature of regulation of the utility industry continues to evolve both in the United States and in foreign countries. In recent years, changes in regulation in the United States increasingly have allowed utility companies to provide services and products outside their traditional geographic areas and lines of business, creating new areas of competition within the industry. In some instances, utility companies are operating on an unregulated basis. Because of trends toward deregulation and the evolution of independent power producers as well as new entrants to the field of telecommunications, non-regulated providers of utility services have become a significant part of their respective industry sectors. Reaves believes that the emergence of competition and deregulation will result in certain utility companies being able to earn more than their traditional regulated rates of return, while others may be forced to defend their core business from increased competition and may become less profitable. Reduced profitability, as well as new uses of funds (such as for expansion, operations or stock buybacks) could result in cuts in dividend payout rates. Reaves seeks to take advantage of favorable investment opportunities that may arise from these structural changes. Of course, we cannot assure you that favorable developments will occur in the future.

Foreign utility companies are also subject to regulation, although such regulations may or may not be comparable to those in the United States. Foreign utility companies may be more heavily regulated by their respective governments than utilities in the United States and, as in the United States, generally are required to seek government approval for rate increases. In addition, many foreign utilities use fuels that may cause more pollution than those used in the United States, which may require such utilities to invest in pollution control equipment to meet any proposed pollution restrictions. Foreign regulatory systems vary from country to country and may evolve in ways different from regulation in the United States.

The Fund’s investment policies are designed to enable it to capitalize on evolving investment opportunities throughout the world. For example, the rapid growth of certain foreign economies will necessitate expansion of capacity in the utility industries in those countries. Although many foreign utility companies currently are government-owned, thereby limiting current investment opportunities for the Fund, Reaves believes that, in order to attract significant capital for growth, foreign governments are likely to seek global investors through the privatization of their utility industries. Privatization, which refers to the trend toward investor ownership of assets rather than government ownership, is expected to occur in newer, faster-growing economies and in mature economies. Of course, we cannot assure you that such favorable developments will occur or that investment opportunities in foreign markets will increase or that regulatory structures will remain stable over time.

The revenues of domestic and foreign utility companies generally reflect the economic growth and development in the geographic areas in which they do business. Reaves will take into account anticipated economic growth rates and other economic developments when selecting securities of utility companies.

 

52


Table of Contents

Certain segments of the utility industry, and individual utility companies within such segments may not perform as well as the utility industry as a whole. Many utility companies have historically been subject to risks of increases in fuel and other operating costs, high interest costs on borrowings needed for capital improvement programs and costs associated with compliance with and changes in environmental and other governmental regulations. In particular, regulatory changes with respect to nuclear and conventionally fueled power generating and transmission facilities could increase costs or impair the ability of utility companies to operate and utilize such facilities, thus reducing the companies’ earnings or resulting in losses. Rates of return on investment of certain utility companies are subject to review by government regulators. Changes in regulatory policies or accounting standards may negatively affect the earnings or dividends of utility companies. Costs incurred by utilities, such as fuel and purchased power costs, often are subject to immediate market action resulting from such things as political or military forces operating in geographic regions where oil production is concentrated or global or regional weather conditions, such as droughts, while the rates of return of utility companies generally are subject to review and limitation by state and/or national public utility commissions, which results ordinarily in a lag or an absence of correlation between costs and return. It is also possible that costs may not be offset by return. Utility companies have, in recent years, been affected by increased competition, which could adversely affect the profitability or viability of such utilities. Electric utilities may also be subject to increasing economic pressures due to deregulation of generation, transmission and other aspects of their business. Telecommunications companies have been subject to risks associated with increasing levels of competition, technology substitution (i.e. wireless, broadband and voice over Internet protocol, or VoIP), industry overcapacity, consolidation and regulatory uncertainty.

Concentration Risk

The Fund’s investments will be concentrated in utility companies in the electric, gas, water, telecommunications and infrastructure sectors. The focus of the Fund’s portfolio on the utility industry and these specific sectors within it may present more risks than if the Fund’s portfolio were broadly spread over numerous sectors of the economy. A downturn in the utilities sector or one or more of these sub-sectors would have a larger impact on the Fund than on an investment company that does not concentrate solely in the utilities industry or in these specific sectors. At times, the performance of companies in the utilities industry or these specific sectors within it may lag the performance of other sectors or the broader market as a whole. As concentration in a sector increases, so does the potential for fluctuation in the net asset value of common shares.

Common Stock Risk

The Fund will have substantial exposure to common stocks. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, the price of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for many reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be sensitive to rising interest rates, as the costs of capital rise and borrowing costs increase.

Foreign Securities Risk

Investments in securities of non-U.S. issuers are subject to risks not usually associated with owning securities of U.S. issuers. These risks can include fluctuations in foreign currencies, foreign currency exchange controls, social, political and economic instability, differences in securities regulation and trading, expropriation or nationalization of assets, and foreign taxation issues. In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result

 

53


Table of Contents

in appreciation or depreciation of the Fund’s securities. It may also be more difficult to obtain and enforce a judgment against a non-U.S. issuer. Foreign investments are subject to U.S. and foreign currency restrictions and tax laws restricting the amounts and types of foreign investments.

The risks of foreign investing may be magnified for investments in issuers located in emerging market countries. Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, emerging market countries may have relatively unstable governments, may present the risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets, and may have less protection of property rights than more developed countries. The economies of emerging market countries may be based on only a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates. Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

Foreign Currency Risk

Investments in securities that trade in and receive revenues in foreign currencies are subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. A decline in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will reduce the value of securities held by the Fund and denominated in those currencies. Some foreign governments levy withholding taxes against dividend and interest income. Although in some countries portions of these taxes are recoverable, any amounts not recovered will reduce the income received by the Fund, and may reduce distributions to common shareholders. These risks are generally heightened in emerging market countries.

Foreign Government Securities Risk

Some of the Fund’s investments in issuers located outside the United States will be investments in fixed-income securities issued by foreign governments or agencies of foreign governments (such as utility companies or energy companies that have been nationalized by the foreign government) . The ability of a foreign governmental obligor to meet its obligations to pay principal and interest to debtholders generally will be adversely affected by rising foreign interest rates, as well as the level of the relevant government’s foreign currency reserves and currency devaluations. If a governmental obligor defaults on its obligations, a Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer or guarantor. These risks may be heightened during periods of economic or political instability, and are generally heightened in emerging market countries.

Small and Mid-Cap Stock Risk

The Fund may invest its portfolio of equity securities in companies of any market capitalization. The Fund considers small companies to be those with a market capitalization up to $2 billion and medium-sized companies to be those with a market capitalization between $2 billion and $10 billion. The Fund’s investments in small and medium-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic movements in price than its investments in larger, more established companies because the securities of such companies are less well-known, held primarily by insiders or institutional investors or may trade less frequently and in lower volume. Furthermore, small and medium-sized companies are more likely to experience greater or more unexpected changes in their earnings and growth prospects. Such companies often have limited financial resources or may depend on a few key employees, and the products or technologies of such companies may be at a relatively early stage of development or not fully tested.

 

54


Table of Contents

Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk

Investments in securities of below investment grade quality, if any, are predominantly speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. While offering a greater potential opportunity for capital appreciation and higher yields, preferred stocks and bonds of below investment grade quality entail greater potential price volatility and may be less liquid than higher-rated securities. Issuers of below investment grade quality preferred stocks and bonds are more likely to default on their payments of dividends/interest and liquidation value/principal owed to the Fund, and such defaults will reduce the Fund’s net asset value and income distributions.

The prices of these lower quality preferred stocks and bonds are more sensitive to negative developments than higher rated securities. Adverse business conditions, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or an economic downturn, generally lead to a higher non-payment rate. In addition, such a security may lose significant value before a default occurs as the market adjusts to expected higher non-payment rates. The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade. The foregoing credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of securities already owned by the Fund in the event of a change in assessment of credit quality or the removal of a rating.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that preferred stocks paying fixed dividend rates and fixed-rate debt securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When interest rates rise the market value of such securities generally will fall. An investment by the Fund in preferred stocks or fixed-rate debt securities means that the net asset value and price of the common shares may decline if market interest rates rise. Interest rates are currently low relative to historic levels. During periods of declining interest rates, an issuer of preferred stock or fixed-rate debt securities may exercise its option to redeem securities prior to maturity, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call risk. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended because of slower than expected payments. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security’s duration, and reduce the value of the security. This is known as extension risk. The value of the Fund’s common stock investments may also be influenced by changes in interest rates.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a preferred or debt security will become unable to meet its obligation to make dividend, interest and principal payments. In general, lower rated preferred or debt securities carry a greater degree of credit risk. If rating agencies lower their ratings of preferred or debt securities in the Fund’s portfolio, the value of those obligations could decline. In addition, the underlying revenue source for a preferred or debt security may be insufficient to pay dividends, interest or principal in a timely manner.

Because the primary source of income for the Fund is the dividend, interest and principal payments on the preferred or debt securities in which it invests, any default by an issuer of a preferred or debt security could have a negative impact on the Fund’s ability to pay dividends on common shares. Even if the issuer does not actually default, adverse changes in the issuer’s financial condition may negatively affect its credit rating or presumed creditworthiness. These developments would adversely affect the market value of the issuer’s obligations or the value of credit derivatives if the Fund has sold credit protection.

Derivatives Risk

Derivative transactions (such as futures contracts and options thereon, options, and swaps) will subject the Fund to increased risk of principal loss due to imperfect correlation or unexpected price or interest rate movements. The Fund also will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivatives contracts purchased by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to

 

55


Table of Contents

perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract (including return of any collateral posted by the Fund) in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

As a general matter, dividends received on hedged stock positions are characterized as ordinary income and are not eligible for favorable tax treatment. In addition, use of derivatives may give rise to short-term capital gains and other income that would not qualify for payments by the Fund of tax-advantaged dividends.

Preferred Securities Risk

In addition to credit risk, investments in preferred securities carry certain risks including:

 

   

Deferral Risk—Fully taxable or hybrid preferred securities typically contain provisions that allow an issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for up to 20 consecutive quarters. Traditional preferreds also contain provisions that allow an issuer, under certain conditions to skip (in the case of “noncumulative” preferreds) or defer (in the case of “cumulative preferreds”), dividend payments. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes while it is not receiving any income.

 

   

Redemption Risk—Preferred securities typically contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return.

 

   

Limited Voting Rights—Preferred securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period, which varies by issue.

 

   

Subordination—Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments.

 

   

Liquidity—Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. government securities, corporate debt, or common stocks.

Debt Securities Risk

In addition to credit risk, investments in debt securities carry certain risks including:

 

   

Redemption Risk—Debt securities sometimes contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of tax or security law changes in addition to call features at the option of the issuer. In the event of a redemption, the Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return.

 

   

Limited Voting Rights—Debt securities typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when interest payments have not been made and the issuer is in default.

 

   

Liquidity—Certain debt securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. government securities or common stocks.

 

56


Table of Contents

Inflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the purchasing power of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions thereon can decline.

Illiquid Securities Risk

The Fund may invest in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. The Fund may not be able readily to dispose of such securities at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, the limited liquidity could affect the market price of the securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value.

Market Price of Common Shares

The shares of closed-end management investment companies often trade at a discount from their net asset value, and the Fund’s common shares may likewise trade at a discount from net asset value. The trading price of the Fund’s common shares may be less than the public offering price. The returns earned by common shareholders who sell their common shares below net asset value will be reduced.

Management Risk

The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. Reaves and the individual portfolio managers apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.

Market Disruption Risk

The terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001 had a disruptive effect on the securities markets. United States military and related action in Iraq and Afghanistan is ongoing and events in the Middle East could have significant adverse effects on the U.S. economy, financial and commodities markets. Assets of companies, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, could be direct targets, or indirect casualties, of an act of terrorism. The U.S. government has issued warnings that assets of utility companies and energy sector companies, specifically the United States’ pipeline infrastructure, may be the future target of terrorist organizations.

Capital Market Risk

Global financial markets and economic conditions are volatile due to a variety of factors, including significant write-offs in the financial services sector and therefore companies may have difficulty raising capital. In particular, as a result of concerns about the general stability of financial markets and specifically the solvency of lending counterparties, the cost of raising capital from the credit markets generally has increased as many lenders and institutional investors have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance debt on existing terms or at all and reduced, or in some cases ceased to provide, funding to borrowers. In addition, lending counterparties under existing revolving credit facilities and other debt instruments may be unwilling or unable to meet their funding obligations. Due to these factors, companies may be unable to obtain new debt or equity financing on acceptable terms or at all. If funding is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, companies may not be able to meet their obligations as they come due. Moreover, without adequate funding, companies may be unable to execute their growth strategies, complete future acquisitions, take advantage of other business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on their revenues and results of operations.

 

57


Table of Contents

Risks of Investments in Other Investment Companies

The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies to the extent that such an investment would be consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Investments in the securities of other investment companies may involve duplication of advisory fees and certain other expenses. By investing in another investment company, the Fund becomes a shareholder of that investment company. As a result, the Fund’s shareholders indirectly bear the Fund’s proportionate share of the fees and expenses paid by the shareholders of the other investment company, in addition to the fees and expenses Fund shareholders directly bear in connection with the Fund’s own operations.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of inhibiting the Fund’s possible conversion to open-end status and limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or the Board. In certain circumstances, these provisions might also inhibit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices. See “Description of Capital Structure — Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”

Portfolio Turnover Risk

The techniques and strategies contemplated by the Fund might result in a high degree of portfolio turnover. The Fund cannot accurately predict its securities portfolio turnover rate, but anticipates that its annual portfolio turnover rate will not exceed 100% under normal market conditions, although it could be materially higher under certain conditions. Higher portfolio turnover rates could result in corresponding increases in brokerage commissions and generate short-term capital gains taxable as ordinary income.

MANAGEMEN T OF THE FUND

Trustees And Officers

The Board is responsible for the overall management of the Fund, including supervision of the duties performed by Reaves. There are six trustees of the Fund, one of which is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act). The name and business address of the trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the Statement of Additional Information.

Investment Adviser

W.H. Reaves & Co., Inc., located at 10 Exchange Place, Jersey City, New Jersey 07302, serves as investment adviser to the Fund.

Reaves is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Reaves is also a broker-dealer, registered with the SEC, and a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange and FINRA, Inc. Reaves began conducting business in 1961 and had approximately $2.36 billion under management as of March 30, 2012.

Since 1977, its principal advisory business has been providing investment management services to institutional investors such as corporations, corporate pension funds, employee savings plans, foundations, and endowments. In the course of its business as a registered broker-dealer, Reaves regularly effects transactions in equity securities for its investment advisory clients. While Reaves generally will not act as executing broker for the Fund, it may execute trades for the Fund’s account from time to time.

 

58


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement between Reaves and the Fund, Reaves has agreed to provide a continuous investment program for the Fund, including investment research and management with respect to the assets of the Fund. Reaves is entitled to receive management fees of 0.575% of the average daily total assets of the Fund. [A discussion regarding the basis for the Board approving the continuance of this agreement is available in the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to shareholders for the six months ended April 30, 2012.]

The following individuals are the Fund’s portfolio managers:

William A. Ferer

William A. Ferer has been a portfolio manager and analyst for Reaves since 1987. He was a Vice President of Reaves from 1987 to November 1997, an Executive Vice President of Reaves from November 1997 to February 2003, and has been President of Reaves since February 2003. He has worked as a securities analyst since 1971.

Ronald J. Sorenson

Ronald J. Sorenson was a Vice President of Reaves from 1991 to November 2002, and an Executive Vice President of Reaves from November 2002 until September 2005. In September 2005 he was named Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman. In February 2011 his title was changed to Chairman, Chief Executive Officer. He has been a portfolio manager for Reaves since 1991. For three years prior to 1991, he was a partner and portfolio manager of PVF Inc., an investment advisory firm. For two years prior to that, Mr. Sorenson was the Chairman of the Board and chairman of the investment committee of The American Life Insurance Company of New York. Mr. Sorenson has acted as President of RWS Energy Services, Chief Financial Officer of Emerging Market Services A.G., Controller of Triad Holding Corporation S.A., and was a CPA for Arthur Young & Co. (an accounting firm).

Administrator

ALPS, located at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, serves as administrator to the Fund. Under an administration agreement between ALPS and the Fund, ALPS is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the common shares, and generally managing the business affairs of the Fund. The administration agreement provides that ALPS will pay all expenses incurred by the Fund, with the exception of advisory fees, trustees’ fees, chief compliance officer fees, portfolio transactions expenses, litigation expenses, taxes, costs of preferred shares, costs of borrowings, expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares and extraordinary expenses. ALPS is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.265% of the Fund’s average daily total assets.

Fund Expenses

Reaves and ALPS are each obligated to pay expenses associated with providing the services contemplated by the agreements to which they are parties, including compensation of and office space for their respective officers and employees connected with investment and economic research, trading and investment management and administration of the Fund. Reaves and ALPS are each obligated to pay the fees of any Trustee of the Fund who is affiliated with it. ALPS will pay all expenses incurred by the Fund, with the exception of advisory fees, trustees’ fees, chief compliance officer fees, portfolio transactions expenses, litigation expenses, taxes, costs of preferred shares, costs of borrowings, expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares and extraordinary expenses.

The Advisory Agreement authorizes Reaves to select brokers or dealers (including affiliates) to arrange for the purchase and sale of Fund securities, including principal transactions. Any commission, fee or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker or dealer is paid in compliance with the Fund’s procedures adopted in accordance with Rule 17e-1 of the 1940 Act.

 

59


Table of Contents

The fees and expenses of the Offer will be paid by the Fund and are estimated at $450,000.

NET A SSET VALUE

The net asset value per common share (“NAV”) of the Fund is determined no less frequently than daily, on each day that the NYSE MKT is open for trading, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE MKT (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time). ALPS calculates the Fund’s NAV by dividing the value of the Fund’s total assets (the value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received), less the Fund’s total liabilities (including dividends payable, any borrowings by the total number of common shares outstanding. Valuations of securities or other assets in the Fund’s portfolio may be provided by a third party pricing service.

For purposes of determining the net asset value of the Fund’s common shares, equity securities that are traded on an exchange are valued at the closing sale or official closing price reflected on that exchange on the business day as of which such value is being determined. If there has been no sale of equity securities on such day, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the securities are valued at the mean of the closing bid and asked prices on such day. If no bid or asked prices are quoted on such day, then the security is valued by such method as the Board shall determine in good faith to reflect its fair market value. Equity securities traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the closing sale or official closing price as reflected by the exchange representing the principal market for such securities. Readily marketable equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the mean of the current bid and asked prices. Investments in non-exchange traded funds are fair valued at their respective net asset values.

The market price for debt obligations is generally the price supplied by an independent third-party pricing service approved by the Board), which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more brokers-dealers that make a market in the security. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value.

Securities for which market quotations or valuations are not available are valued at fair value in good faith by or at the direction of the Board. Various factors may be reviewed in order to make a good faith determination of a security’s fair value. These factors may include, but are not limited to, the type and cost of the security; the fundamental analytical data relating to the investment; an evaluation of the forces which influence the market in which the security is sold, including the liquidity and depth of the market; information as to any transactions or offers with respect to the security; price, yield and the extent of public or private trading in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies.

DISTRIBUT IONS

The Board’s most recent approval of the Managed Distribution Plan was in September 2011. The Managed Distribution Plan provides for the Fund to make a monthly distribution to holders of its common shares at a rate determined by the Board from time to time, subject to the right of the Board to suspend, modify, or terminate the Managed Distribution Plan without notice at any time. As of [March 5, 2012], the distribution rate was [0.125] per common share.

Under the Managed Distribution Plan, the Fund will distribute all available investment income to shareholders, consistent with the Fund’s primary investment objective. If and when sufficient investment income is not available on a monthly basis, the Fund will distribute long-term capital gains and/or return

 

60


Table of Contents

capital to its shareholders. Whenever any portion of any Fund distribution is derived from a source other than net investment income, Section 19(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19a-1 thereunder require the Fund to furnish shareholders with a written statement disclosing what portion of the payment per share is derived from net investment income, net short-term capital gains, net long-term capital gains and return of capital.

Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder generally make it unlawful for any registered investment company to make long-term capital gains distributions more than once each year. Rule 19b-1 limits the number of capital gains dividends, as defined in section 852(b)(3)(C) of the Code (“distributions”), that a fund may make with respect to any one taxable year to one, plus a supplemental “clean up” distribution made pursuant to section 855 of the Code not exceeding 10% of the total amount distributed for the year, plus one additional capital gain dividend made in whole or in part to avoid the excise tax under section 4982 of the Code.

Funds that have adopted a Managed Distribution Plan often seek exemptive relief from the SEC, permitting them to distribute long-term capital gains more than once a year. On August 11, 2009, the SEC granted the Fund’s request for an order under Section 6(a) of the 1940 Act, exempting the Fund from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1 thereunder and permitting the Fund to make periodic distributions of long-term capital gains with respect to its outstanding common shares as frequently as twelve times each year, and as frequently as distributions are specified by or in accordance with the terms of any outstanding preferred shares of the Fund. Even though the Fund has received this exemptive relief from the SEC, a return of capital could occur if the Fund were to distribute more than the aggregate of its income and net realized capital gains.

A return of capital distribution does not necessarily reflect the Fund’s investment performance and should not be confused with “yield” or “income”. Rather, a return of capital distribution represents a reduction of a shareholder’s principal investment in the Fund. To the extent that the Fund uses capital gains and/or returns of capital to supplement its investment income, shareholders should not draw any conclusions about the Fund’s investment performance from the amount of the Fund’s distributions or from the terms of the Managed Distribution Plan.

The characterization of the Fund’s distributions in statements furnished pursuant to Section 19(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19a-1 thereunder based on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and may differ from the treatment of those distributions for tax purposes. The determination of the character of all Fund distributions for tax purposes (specifying which portion is ordinary income, qualifying dividend income, short-or long-term capital gains, or return of capital) is made each year-end and is reported to shareholders on Form 1099-DIV. Return of capital is not taxable to shareholders in the year it is paid. Rather, shareholders are required to reduce the cost basis of their shares by the amount of the return of capital so that, when the shares are ultimately sold, they will have properly accounted for the return of capital. Such an adjustment may cause a shareholder’s gain to be greater, or loss to be smaller, depending on the sales proceeds received.

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Managed Distribution Plan without prior notice to shareholders if it deems such action to be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. For example, the Board might take such action if the Managed Distribution Plan had the effect of shrinking the Fund’s assets to a level that was determined to be detrimental to Fund shareholders. The suspension or termination of the Managed Distribution Plan could have the effect of creating a trading discount (if the Fund’s common shares are trading at or above net asset value) or widening an existing trading discount.

Common shareholders may elect automatically to reinvest some or all of their distributions in additional common shares under the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” While there are any borrowings or preferred shares outstanding, the Fund may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares in certain circumstances. See “Description of Capital Structure.”

 

61


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINV ESTMENT PLAN

Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting Computershare (the “Plan Administrator”), all dividends declared on common shares will be automatically reinvested by the Plan Administrator for shareholders in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional common shares. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by Computershare as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by contacting Computershare, as dividend disbursing agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan, please contact your broker.

The Plan Administrator will open an account for each common shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever the Fund declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Fund (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the NYSE MKT or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price plus estimated brokerage commissions per common share is equal to or greater than the net asset value per common share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the net asset value per common share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the closing market value on the payment date, the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the closing market price per common share on the payment date. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated brokerage commissions, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open-Market Purchases. In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any Dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such Dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired in Open-Market Purchases. It is contemplated that the Fund will pay monthly income Dividends. Therefore, the period during which Open-Market Purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each Dividend through the date before the next “ex-dividend” date which typically will be approximately ten days. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open-Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at the net asset value per common share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per common share; the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the payment date.

 

62


Table of Contents

The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

In the case of common shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan. Plan participants holding common shares subject to the Plan in a brokerage account may not be able to transfer those shares to another broker and continue to participate in the Plan.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Fund. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends. See “Federal Income Tax Matters.” Participants that request a sale of common shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to brokerage commissions.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator, Computershare Shareowner Services, LLC, P.O. Box 358035, Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8035, (866)  230-0315.

FEDERAL INCO ME TAX MATTERS

The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a common shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of common shares of the Fund, and reflects provisions of the Code, existing Treasury regulations, rulings published by the IRS, and other applicable authority, as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund. For more detailed information regarding tax considerations, see the Statement of Additional Information. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular investors. In addition, income earned through an investment in the Fund may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes.

The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year for taxation as a regulated investment company eligible for treatment under the provisions of Subchapter M of the Code. In order for the Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company, it must meet an income and asset diversification test each year. If the Fund so qualifies and satisfies certain distribution requirements, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions.

The Fund intends to make monthly distributions of either net investment income or capital gains. The Fund also intends to distribute annually any remaining net investment income, net short-term capital gain (which are taxable as ordinary income) and any net capital gain that have not been distributed as part of the monthly distributions. Unless a shareholder is ineligible to participate or elects otherwise, all distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional common shares of the Fund pursuant to the

 

63


Table of Contents

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all dividends are generally taxable whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested pursuant to the Plan in additional shares of the Fund. Distributions of the Fund’s net capital gains (“capital gain dividends”), if any, are taxable to common shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time common shares have been held by common shareholders. Distributions, if any, in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a holder’s common shares and, after that basis has been reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to the common shareholder (assuming the common shares are held as a capital asset). See below for a summary of the maximum tax rates applicable to capital gains (including capital gain dividends). A corporation that owns Fund shares generally will not be entitled to the dividends received deduction with respect to all the dividends it receives from the Fund. Fund dividend payments that are attributable to qualifying dividends received by the Fund from certain domestic corporations may be designated by the Fund as being eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Certain income distributions paid by the Fund to individual taxpayers are taxed at rates equal to those applicable to net long-term capital gains (15%, or zero for certain individuals in lower tax brackets). This tax treatment applies only if certain holding period requirements are satisfied by the common shareholder and the dividends are attributable to qualified dividends received by the Fund itself. For this purpose, “qualified dividends” means dividends received by the Fund from United States corporations and qualifying foreign corporations, provided that the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividends. Dividends received by the Fund from real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are qualified dividends eligible for this lower tax rate only in limited circumstances. These special rules relating to the taxation of ordinary income dividends from regulated investment companies generally apply to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. Thereafter, the Fund’s dividends, other than capital gain dividends, will be fully taxable at ordinary income tax rates unless further Congressional legislative action is taken.

A dividend paid by the Fund to a common shareholder will not be treated as qualified dividend income of the common shareholder if (1) the dividend is received with respect to any share held for fewer than 61 days during the 120-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property or (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest.

The Fund will inform common shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year.

Selling common shareholders will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the common shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares sold and the amount received. If the common shares are held as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss. The maximum tax rate applicable to net capital gains recognized by individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers is (i) the same as the maximum ordinary income tax rate for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for one year or less or (ii) 15% for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for more than one year (as well as certain capital gain dividends) (zero for certain individuals in lower tax brackets). Any loss on a disposition of common shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received with respect to those common shares. For purposes of determining whether common shares have been held for six months or less, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the common shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property, or through certain options or short sales. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange of common shares will be disallowed to the extent those common shares are replaced by other common

 

64


Table of Contents

shares within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the common shares (whether through the reinvestment of distributions, which could occur, for example, if the common shareholder is a participant in the Plan (as defined below) or otherwise). In that event, the basis of the replacement common shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

An investor should be aware that, if common shares are purchased shortly before the record date for any taxable dividend (including a capital gain dividend), the purchase price likely will reflect the value of the dividend and the investor then would receive a taxable distribution likely to reduce the trading value of such common shares, in effect resulting in a taxable return of some of the purchase price. Taxable distributions to individuals and certain other non-corporate common shareholders, including those who have not provided their correct taxpayer identification number and other required certifications, may be subject to “backup” federal income tax withholding at the fourth lowest rate of tax applicable to a single individual (in 2012, 28%).

An investor should also be aware that the benefits of the reduced tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income may be impacted by the application of the alternative minimum tax to individual shareholders.

Recently enacted legislation generally imposes a tax of 3.8% on the “net investment income” of certain individuals, trusts and estates for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Among other items, net investment income generally includes gross income from both ordinary income dividends as well as capital gains dividends. 

The foregoing briefly summarizes some of the important federal income tax consequences to common shareholders of investing in common shares, reflects the federal tax law as of the date of this prospectus, and does not address special tax rules applicable to certain types of investors, such as corporate and foreign investors. Investors should consult their tax advisers regarding other federal, state or local tax considerations that may be applicable in their particular circumstances, as well as any proposed tax law changes.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The Fund is an unincorporated statutory trust established under the laws of the state of Delaware by an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 15, 2003 and filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 15, 2003 (the “Declaration of Trust”). The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees of the Fund may authorize separate classes of shares of beneficial interest. The Trustees have authorized an unlimited number of common shares. The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of common shareholders in compliance with the requirements of the NYSE MKT.

Common Shares

The Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional common shares of beneficial interest, no par value. Each common share represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets of the Fund with each other common share in the Fund. Holders of common shares will be entitled to the payment of dividends when, as and if declared by the Board. The 1940 Act or the terms of any borrowings or preferred shares may limit the payment of dividends to the holders of common shares. Each whole common share shall be entitled to one vote as to matters on which it is entitled to vote pursuant to the terms of the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC. Upon liquidation of the Fund, after paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities of the Fund and the liquidation preference with respect to any outstanding preferred shares, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees may distribute the remaining assets of the Fund among the holders of the common shares. The Declaration of Trust provides that common shareholders are not liable for any liabilities of the Fund. Although shareholders of an unincorporated statutory trust established under Delaware law, in certain

 

65


Table of Contents

limited circumstances, may be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund as though they were general partners, the provisions of the Declaration of Trust described in the foregoing sentence make the likelihood of such personal liability remote.

While there are any borrowings or preferred shares outstanding, the Fund may not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares, unless at the time of such declaration, (i) all accrued dividends on preferred shares or accrued interest on borrowings have been paid and (ii) the value of the Fund’s total assets (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution), less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund not represented by senior securities, is at least 300% of the aggregate amount of such securities representing indebtedness and at least 200% of the aggregate amount of securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (expected to equal the aggregate original purchase price of the outstanding preferred shares plus redemption premium, if any, together with any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared and on a cumulative basis). In addition to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund may be required to comply with other asset coverage requirements as a condition of the Fund obtaining a rating of the preferred shares from a rating agency. These requirements may include an asset coverage test more stringent than under the 1940 Act. This limitation on the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its common shares could in certain circumstances impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for taxation as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. The Fund intends, however, to the extent possible to purchase or redeem preferred shares or reduce borrowings from time to time to maintain compliance with such asset coverage requirements and may pay special dividends to the holders of the preferred shares in certain circumstances in connection with any such impairment of the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company. Depending on the timing of any such redemption or repayment, the Fund may be required to pay a premium in addition to the liquidation preference of the preferred shares to the holders thereof.

The Fund has no present intention of offering additional common shares, except as described herein. Other offerings of its common shares, if made, will require approval of the Board. Any additional offering will not be sold at a price per common share below the then current net asset value (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions) except in connection with an offering to existing common shareholders or with the consent of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding common shares. The common shares have no preemptive rights.

The Fund generally will not issue common share certificates. However, upon written request to the Fund’s transfer agent, a share certificate will be issued for any or all of the full common shares credited to an investor’s account. Common share certificates that have been issued to an investor may be returned at any time.

The common shares are listed on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “UTG” and began trading on the NYSE MKT on February 24, 2004. The average weekly trading volume of the common shares on the NYSE MKT during the period from November 1, 2010 through October 31, 2011 was 71,809 common shares. Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund’s common shares have traded in the market at both premiums to and discounts from net asset value. The following table shows, for each fiscal quarter since the quarter ended January 31, 2010; (i) high and low net asset values per common share, (ii) the high and low sale prices per common share, as reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system, and (iii) the percentage by which the common shares traded at a premium over, or discount from, the high and low net asset values per common share. The Fund’s net asset value per common share is determined on a daily basis.

 

66


Table of Contents

Quarter Ended

  

Market Price

  

Net Asset Value at

  

Market Premium

(Discount)

to Net Asset Value at

      

High

  

Low

  

Market

High

  

Market

Low

  

Market

High

  

Market

Low

2012    April 30    $28.22    $25.09    $24.09    $24.04    17.14%    4.37%
   January 31    27.73    24.50    23.83    23.04    16.37%    6.34%
2011    October 31    25.65    19.92    24.02    19.81    6.79%    0.56%
   July 31    25.83    23.03    24.71    23.85    4.53%    (3.44)%
   April 30    24.00    21.32    24.30    21.76    (1.23)%    (2.02)%
   January 31    23.76    21.28    22.58    21.43    5.23%    (0.70)%
2010    October 31    22.58    20.17    21.62    19.19    4.44%    5.11%
   July 31    20.50    14.00    19.37    17.98    5.83%    (22.14)%
   April 30    20.70    17.92    19.00    17.90    8.95%    0.11%
   January 31    19.41    15.07    18.62    15.83    4.24%    (4.80)%

On May 9, 2012, the net asset value per common share was $24.50, trading prices ranged between $26.12 and $26.50 (representing a premium to net asset value of 6.61% and 8.16%, respectively) and the closing price per common share was $26.14 (representing a premium to net asset value of 6.70%).

Preferred Shares

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with preference rights, including preferred shares (the “preferred shares”), having no par value, in one or more series, with rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the common shareholders. The Board presently has no intention authorizing the issuance of preferred shares by the Fund. Historically, the Fund issued auction market preferred shares in 2004. In December 2010, as approved by the Board, all such shares were redeemed at their liquidation value of $25,000 per share, plus accrued dividends. The aggregate amount of the 9,600 preferred shares redeemed was $240,000,000, plus accrued dividends. Financing for the redemption of the preferred shares was obtained through the Credit Facility.

Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund must, immediately after the issuance of any preferred shares, have an “asset coverage” of at least 200%. Asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liability and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness of the Fund, if any, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of the preferred shares. If the Fund seeks a rating of the preferred shares, asset coverage requirements, in addition to those set forth in the 1940 Act, may be imposed. The liquidation value of the preferred shares is expected to equal their aggregate original purchase price plus redemption premium, if any, together with any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (on a cumulative basis), whether or not earned or declared. The terms of the preferred shares, including their dividend rate, voting rights, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be determined by the Board (subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Declaration of Trust) if and when it authorizes the preferred shares. The Fund may issue preferred shares that provide for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate at relatively short intervals through an auction or remarketing procedure, although the terms of the preferred shares may also enable the Fund to lengthen such intervals. At times, the dividend rate as redetermined on the Fund’s preferred shares may approach or exceed the Fund’s return after expenses on the investment of proceeds from the preferred shares and the Fund’s leverage structure would result in a lower rate of return to common shareholders than if the Fund were not so structured.

 

67


Table of Contents

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund, the terms of any preferred shares may entitle the holders of preferred shares to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus redemption premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not earned or declared and on a cumulative basis) before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the preferred shareholders would not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund.

Holders of preferred shares, if and when issued, shall be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s Trustees, voting as a class. Under the 1940 Act, if at any time dividends on the preferred shares are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends thereon, the holders of all outstanding preferred shares, voting as a class, will be allowed to elect a majority of the Fund’s Trustees until all dividends in default have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. In addition, if required by the rating agency rating the preferred shares or if the Board determines it to be in the best interests of the common shareholders, issuance of the preferred shares may result in more restrictive provisions than required by the 1940 Act being imposed. In this regard, holders of the preferred shares may be entitled to elect a majority of the Board in other circumstances, for example, if one payment on the preferred shares is in arrears.

Outstanding Securities

As of May 9, 2012, the Fund’s common shares were the only outstanding securities issued by the Fund. As of the same date, the Fund had 23,100,304 common shares outstanding.

 

(1)   (2)   (3)   (4)
     
Title of Class   Amount Authorized           Amount Held by Fund or for          

Amount Outstanding        

Exclusive of Amount Shown        

under (3)        

            its account           As of May 9, 2012        
     

Common shares of beneficial interest

 

  Unlimited

 

  None

 

  23,100,304

 

Repurchase of Common Shares and Other Discount Measures

Because shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset values, the Board has determined that from time to time it may be in the interest of common shareholders for the Fund to take corrective actions. The Board, in consultation with Reaves and ALPS, will review at least annually the possibility of open market repurchases and/or tender offers for the common shares and will consider such factors as the market price of the common shares, the net asset value of the common shares, the liquidity of the assets of the Fund, effect on the Fund’s expenses, whether such transactions would impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company or result in a failure to comply with applicable asset coverage requirements, general economic conditions and such other events or conditions, which may have a material effect on the Fund’s ability to consummate such transactions. There are no assurances that the Board will, in fact, decide to undertake either of these actions or if undertaken, that such actions will result in the Fund’s common shares trading at a price, which is equal to or approximates their net asset value. In recognition of the possibility that the common shares might trade at a discount to net asset value and that any such discount may not be in the interest of common shareholders, the Board, in consultation with Reaves, from time to time may review possible actions to reduce any such discount.

 

68


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

The Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of the Board, and could have the effect of depriving common shareholders of an opportunity to sell their common shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire control of the Fund, which attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Fund and interfering with the normal operation of the Fund. The Board is divided into three classes, with the term of one class expiring at each annual meeting of common shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board. A Trustee may be removed from office without cause only by a written instrument signed or adopted by two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or by a vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the class of shares of the Fund that elected such Trustee and are entitled to vote on the matter.

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Fund may not merge with another entity, or sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of at least two-thirds of the Trustees and 75% of the affected shareholders.

In addition, the Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares of each class of the Fund, voting as a class, then entitled to vote to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5%-or-greater holders of the Trust’s outstanding shares and their affiliates or associates, unless two-thirds of the Board have approved by resolution a memorandum of understanding with such holders (prior to the time any such person became a 5%-or-greater shareholder), in which case normal voting requirements would be in effect. For purposes of these provisions, a 5%-or-greater holder of outstanding shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Fund. The transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: (i) the merger or consolidation of the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund with or into any Principal Shareholder; (ii) the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan or pursuant to any offering in which such Principal Shareholder acquires securities that represent no greater a percentage of any class or series of securities being offered than the percentage of any class of shares beneficially owned by such Principal Shareholder immediately prior to such offering or, in the case of securities, offered in respect of another class or series, the percentage of such other class or series beneficially owned by such Principal Shareholder immediately prior to such offering); (iii) the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period); (iv) the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period) or (v) the purchase by the Fund, or any entity controlled by the Fund, of any common shares from any Principal Shareholder or any person to whom any Principal Shareholder transferred common shares.

The Board has determined that provisions with respect to the Board and the 80% voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of common shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.

 

69


Table of Contents

Conversion to Open-End Fund

The Fund may be converted to an open-end management investment company at any time if approved by each of the following: (i) a majority of the Trustees then in office, (ii) the holders of not less than 75% of the Trust’s outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon and (iii) by such vote or votes of the holders of any class or classes or series of shares as may be required by the 1940 Act. The composition of the Fund’s portfolio likely would prohibit the Fund from complying with regulations of the SEC applicable to open-end management investment companies. Accordingly, conversion likely would require significant changes in the Fund’s investment policies and liquidation of a substantial portion of the relatively illiquid portion of its portfolio. Conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company also would require the redemption of any outstanding preferred shares and could require the repayment of borrowings, which would eliminate the leveraged capital structure of the Fund with respect to the common shares. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE MKT or other national securities exchange or market system. The Board believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company. Shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Fund expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but intends to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Fund were converted to an open-end management investment company, it is likely that new common shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286, is the custodian of the Fund and maintains custody of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets. Computershare serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, dividend paying agent and registrar. ALPS maintains the Fund’s general ledger and computes net asset value per share daily.

LEG AL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares under Delaware law will be passed upon by [                      ], [address]. Certain legal matters in connection with the Offer will be passed upon for the Fund by Mayer Brown LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Mayer Brown LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of [                      ].

R EPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

Additional information about the Fund has been filed with the SEC and is available upon request and without charge. A Statement of Additional Information, dated              , 2012, containing additional information about the Fund has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review the table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information below.

You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, request the Fund’s most recent annual and semiannual reports, request other information about the Fund and make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 644-5571 or by writing to the Fund at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203. You may also obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. by calling (202) 551-8090. The SEC charges a fee for copies.

The Fund’s most recent annual and semiannual reports are available, free of charge, on the Fund’s website (www.utilityincomefund.com). You can obtain the same information, free of charge, from the SEC’s web site (www.sec.gov).

 

70


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Deloitte & Touche LLP is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and audits the Fund’s financial statements.

CONTROL PERSONS

As of the date of this prospectus, there are no persons who control the Fund. For purposes of the foregoing statement, “control” means (1) the beneficial ownership, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, of more than 25% of the voting securities of a company; (2) the acknowledgment or assertion by either the controlled or controlling party of the existence of control; or (3) an adjudication under Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, which has become final, that control exists.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement that the Fund has filed with the SEC. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations. The Statement of Additional Information can be obtained without charge by calling (800) 644-5571.

Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other documents referred to are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

 

71


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Statement of Additional Information dated as of              , 2012 (“Statement of Additional Information”), has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information may be obtained without charge by writing to the Fund at its address at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203 or by calling the Fund toll-free at (800) 644-5571. The Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information is as follows:

 

     Page

 

 
Additional Investment Information and Restrictions      B-2   
Trustees and Officers      B-14   
Investment Advisory and Other Services      B-26   
Additional Information About Net Asset Value      B-29   
Portfolio Trading      B-30   
Taxes      B-33   
Other Information      B-37   
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      B-37   
Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar      B-37   
Financial Statements      B-38   
Appendix A: Credit Ratings      B-39   

THE FUND’S PRIV ACY POLICY

The Fund is committed to ensuring your financial privacy. This notice is being sent to comply with privacy regulations of the SEC. The Fund has in effect the following policy with respect to nonpublic personal information about its customers:

 

   

Only such information received from you, through application forms or otherwise, and information about your Fund transactions will be collected.

 

   

None of such information about you (or former customers) will be disclosed to anyone, except as permitted by law (which includes disclosure to employees necessary to service your account).

 

   

Policies and procedures (including physical, electronic and procedural safeguards) are in place that are designed to protect the confidentiality of such information.

For more information about the Fund’s privacy policies call (800) 644-5571 (toll-free).

 

72


Table of Contents

 

 

Reaves Utility Income Fund

[    ] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

Upon Exercise of [    ] Rights to Subscribe for Such Shares

 

 

PROSPECTUS

[                    ]

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. The Fund may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MAY 17, 2012

Reaves Utility Income Fund

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

(800) 644-5571

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE

 

 
Additional Investment Information and Restrictions      B-2   
Trustees and Officers      B-14   
Investment Advisory and Other Services      B-26   
Additional Information About Net Asset Value      B-29   
Portfolio Trading      B-30   
Taxes      B-33   
Other Information      B-37   
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      B-37   
Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar      B-37   
Financial Statements      B-38   
Appendix A: Credit Ratings      B-39   

This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by the prospectus of the Reaves Utility Income Fund (the “Fund”) dated [            ], 2012, as may be supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”), which is incorporated herein by reference. This Statement of Additional Information should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus, a copy of which may be obtained without charge by contacting your financial intermediary or calling the Fund at (800) 644-5571.

Capitalized terms used in this Statement of Additional Information and not otherwise defined have the meanings given them in the Prospectus.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT INFORMATION AND RESTRICTIONS

Primary investment strategies are described in the Prospectus. The following is a description of the various investment policies that may be engaged in, whether as a primary or secondary strategy, and a summary of certain attendant risks. W.H. Reaves & Co., Inc. (“Reaves” or the “Adviser”) may not buy any of the following instruments or use any of the following techniques unless it believes that doing so will help to achieve the Fund’s investment objective.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments (which are instruments that derive their value from another instrument, security, index or currency) may be purchased or sold to enhance return (which may be considered speculative), to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, market conditions or currency exchange rates, or as a substitute for the purchase or sale of securities or currencies. Such transactions may be in the U.S. or abroad and may include the purchase or sale of futures contracts on indices and options on stock index futures, the purchase of put options and the sale of call options on securities held, equity swaps and the purchase and sale of currency futures and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. Transactions in derivative instruments involve a risk of loss or depreciation due to: unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, indices, the other financial instruments’ prices or currency exchange rates; the inability to close out a position; default by the counterparty; imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge; tax constraints on closing out positions; and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The loss on derivative instruments (other than purchased options) may substantially exceed an investment in these instruments. In addition, the entire premium paid for purchased options may be lost before than can be profitably exercised. Transaction costs are incurred in opening and closing positions. Derivative instruments may sometimes increase or leverage exposure to a particular market risk, thereby increasing price volatility. Over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative instruments, equity swaps and forward sales of stocks involve an enhanced risk that the issuer or counterparty will fail to perform its contractual obligations. Some derivative instruments are not readily marketable or may become illiquid under adverse market conditions. In addition, during periods of market volatility, a commodity exchange may suspend or limit trading in an exchange-traded derivative instrument, which may make the contract temporarily illiquid and difficult to price. Commodity exchanges may also establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or futures option can vary from the previous day’s settlement price. Once the daily limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. This may prevent the closing out of positions to limit losses. The staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) takes the position that certain OTC derivatives, and assets used as cover for certain OTC derivatives, are illiquid. The ability to terminate OTC derivative transactions may depend on the cooperation of the counterparties to such contracts. For thinly traded derivative instruments, the only source of price quotations may be the selling dealer or counterparty. In addition, certain provisions of the Code limit the use of derivative instruments. There can be no assurance that the use of derivative instruments will be advantageous.

Foreign exchange traded futures contracts and options thereon generally may be used only if Reaves determines that trading on such foreign exchange does not entail risks, including credit and liquidity risks, that are materially greater than the risks associated with trading on exchanges regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

See also “Certain Investment Techniques” and “Hedging Strategy” below.

Certain Investment Techniques

The Fund may from time to time employ certain investment techniques, including those described below and under “Investment Techniques” in the Prospectus, in an effort to hedge against fluctuations in the price of portfolio securities, enhance total return or provide a substitute for the purchase or sale of securities. Some of these techniques, such as purchases of put and call options, options on stock indices

 

B-2


Table of Contents

and stock index futures and entry into certain credit derivative transactions and short sales, are intended to be hedges against or substitutes for investments in equity investments. Other techniques such as the purchase of interest rate futures and entry into transactions involving interest rate swaps, options on interest rate swaps and certain credit derivatives are intended to be hedges against or substitutes for investments in debt securities. In general, Reaves may choose to use these techniques related to investments in debt securities where Reaves determines that such techniques are advisable to increase income or total return or to reduce risk.

The Fund’s ability to utilize any of these investment techniques may be limited by restrictions imposed on its operations in connection with obtaining and maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code, compliance with the 1940 Act and applicable SEC staff guidance, or obtaining and maintaining an exemption from registration with the CFTC. Currently, Reaves has claimed an exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator pursuant to CFTC regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and, therefore, Reaves is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. However, on February 9, 2012, the CFTC adopted final rules under the CEA that modify certain exclusions and exemptions used by operators and investment advisers of investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, like the Fund. As a result, certain exemptions and exclusions may cease to be available to investment advisers and operators of such companies, including Reaves. Further, the Fund may modify its derivatives usage and practices to the extent necessary for the Fund and/or Reaves to qualify for such an exclusion or exemption.

Many of these investment techniques could constitute a form of potential leverage and as such are subject to the risks described below, and under “Risk Factors” and “Use of Leverage” in the Prospectus With respect to these investment techniques, the Fund generally segregates or earmarks liquid securities in an amount necessary to support its obligations under that instrument or technique, or otherwise covers or enters into offsetting positions relevant to the instrument or technique in an effort to counter the impact of any potential leveraging. Segregating or earmarking securities rather than cash may itself have a leveraging effect on the Fund.

Importantly, the Fund is permitted, but is not required to, utilize the instruments and techniques described below and in the Prospectus . Accordingly, at any given time, the Fund’s portfolio might not be hedged against, or managed to mitigate, the risks discussed below, and Reaves might choose not to seek to increase income through the use of these instruments or techniques. In addition, certain provisions of the Code, or other applicable laws, may limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into or otherwise utilize these instruments and techniques.

As a general matter, dividends received on hedged stock positions are characterized as ordinary income and are not eligible for favorable tax treatment. In addition, use of derivatives may give rise to short-term capital gains and other income that would not qualify for payments by the Fund of tax-advantaged dividends.

Options on Securities

In an effort to hedge against adverse market shifts, the Fund may utilize up to 5% of its total assets to purchase put and call options on securities. In addition, the Fund may seek to increase its income or may hedge a portion of its portfolio investments through writing ( i.e. , selling) covered put and call options. A put option embodies the right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to purchase from the option holder an underlying security or its equivalent at a specified price at any time during the option period. In contrast, a call option gives the purchaser the right to buy the underlying security or its equivalent covered by the option or its equivalent from the writer of the option at the stated exercise price.

The Fund would receive a premium when it writes put and call options, which increases the Fund’s return on the underlying security in the event the option expires unexercised or is closed out at a profit. By writing a call, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of

 

B-3


Table of Contents

the underlying security above the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as the writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the Fund is required to purchase the underlying security and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the security’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the Fund’s acquisition cost of the security, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the difference, if any, between the call price paid to the Fund and the Fund’s acquisition cost of the security. Thus, in some periods the Fund might receive less total return and in other periods greater total return from its hedged positions than it would have received from leaving its underlying securities unhedged.

The Fund may purchase and write options on securities that are listed on national securities exchanges or are traded over the counter, although it expects, under normal circumstances, to effect such transactions on national securities exchanges.

As a holder of a put option, the Fund would have the right to sell the securities underlying the option and as the holder of a call option, the Fund would have the right to purchase the securities underlying the option, in each case at their exercise price at any time prior to the option’s expiration date. The Fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing sale transactions. In entering into a closing sale transaction, the Fund would sell an option of the same series as the one it has purchased. The ability of the Fund to enter into a closing sale transaction with respect to options purchased and to enter into a closing purchase transaction with respect to options sold depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected if and when the Fund so desires. The Fund’s ability to terminate option positions established in the over-the-counter market may be more limited than in the case of exchange-traded options and may also involve the risk that securities dealers participating in such transactions would fail to meet their obligations to the Fund. Similarly, because foreign security exchanges are generally not as liquid as U.S. exchanges, it may be more difficult for the Fund to terminate any options positions that are listed solely on a foreign securities exchange.

In purchasing a put option, the Fund would generally seek to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying security, while in purchasing a call option, the Fund would generally seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the option will expire worthless. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying security must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs. Because option premiums paid by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the instruments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could cause the Fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuations than would be the case if the Fund did not invest in options.

A put option on a security generally may be written only if Reaves intends to acquire the security. Call options written on securities generally are covered by ownership of the securities subject to the call option or an offsetting option. As the writer of a put option, the Fund may be compelled by the purchaser of the put option to purchase from the option holder an underlying security or its equivalent at a specified price at any time during the option period. Upon exercise of a put option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the Fund is required to purchase the underlying security and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. In purchasing a call option, the Fund will seek to benefit from an increase

 

B-4


Table of Contents

in the market price of the underlying security. If an option is purchased and not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or below the exercise price during the life of the option, the option will expire worthless.

As the writer of a covered call option, during the option’s life the Fund gives up the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but the Fund retains the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline.

The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. There is no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position. If trading were suspended in an option the Fund purchased, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, the Fund would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.

Options on Stock Indices

The Fund may utilize up to 5% of its total assets to purchase put and call options on domestic stock indices in an effort to hedge against risks of market-wide price movements affecting its assets. In addition, the Fund may write covered put and call options on stock indices. A stock index measures the movement of a certain group of stocks by assigning relative values to the common stocks included in the index. Options on stock indices are similar to options on securities. Because no underlying security can be delivered, however, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer, in cash, a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the exercise date. The advisability of using stock index options to hedge against the risk of market-wide movements generally depends on the extent of diversification of the Fund’s investments and the sensitivity of its investments to factors influencing the underlying index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options as a hedging technique generally depends upon the extent to which price movements in the Fund’s securities investments correlate with price movements in the stock index selected. In addition, any successful use by the Fund of options on stock indices is subject to the ability of Reaves to predict correctly changes in the relationship of the underlying index to the Fund’s portfolio holdings. No assurance can be given that Reaves’ judgment in this respect will be correct.

Interest Rate Swaps, Swaptions, and Credit Derivatives (General)

The pricing and valuation terms of bilaterally-negotiated interest rate swaps (described in the Prospectus), swaptions (also described in the Prospectus_ and credit derivatives are not standardized and, unless the contract is cleared, there is no clearinghouse whereby a party to the agreement can enter into an offsetting position to close out a contract. Interest rate swaps, swaptions, and credit derivatives are usually (1) between an institutional investor and a broker-dealer firm or bank or (2) between institutional investors. In addition, a substantial portion of all swaps are entered into on documentation developed by the International Swaps & Derivatives Association (“ISDA”). ISDA represents participants in the privately negotiated derivatives industry. Regulatory and private sector efforts are underway to mandate and encourage the central clearing of standardized derivatives contracts.

It is expected that, under any applicable rating agency guidelines, if the Fund issues any preferred shares, the Fund will be authorized to enter into swaptions and to purchase credit default swaps without limitation but will be subject to limitation on entering into interest rate swap agreements or selling credit protection. Certain rating agency guidelines may be changed from time to time and it is expected that those relating to interest rate swaps, swaptions, and credit derivatives would be able to be revised by

 

B-5


Table of Contents

the Board, without shareholder vote of the common shares or the Fund’s preferred shares (if any), so long as the relevant rating agency(ies) has given written notice that such revisions would not adversely affect the rating of any of the Fund’s preferred shares then in effect.

The Fund’s use of any interest rate and credit swaps and swaptions is currently limited as follows: (1) swaps and swaptions must be U.S. dollar denominated and used for hedging purposes only; (2) no more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets, at the time of purchase, may be invested in time premiums paid for swaptions; (3) swaps and swaptions must conform to the standards of the ISDA Master Agreement; and (4) the counterparty must be a bank, broker-dealer firm, swap dealer, security-based swap dealer, derivatives clearing organization or clearing agency that, in each case, is regulated under the laws of the United States of America that is (a) on a list approved by the Board, (b) with capital of at least $100 million, and (c) which is rated investment grade by both Moody’s and S&P. These criteria can be modified by the Board at any time in its discretion.

The market value of the Fund’s investments in credit derivatives and/or premiums paid therefor as a buyer of credit protection generally will not exceed 10% of the Fund’s total assets, and the notional value of the credit exposure to which the Fund is subject when it sells credit derivatives generally will not exceed 33 1 /3 % of the Fund’s total assets.

The Fund is generally subject to initial and subsequent mark-to-market collateral requirements. These requirements help insure that the party who is a net obligor at current market value has pledged for safekeeping, for the benefit of the counterparty or its agent, sufficient collateral to cover any losses should the obligor become incapable, for whatever reason, of fulfilling its commitments under the swap or swaption agreements. This is analogous, in many respects, to the collateral requirements in place on regular futures and options exchanges. The Fund is responsible for monitoring the market value of all derivative transactions to insure that they are properly collateralized.

If Reaves determines it is advisable for the Fund to enter into such transactions, the Fund will institute procedures for valuing interest rate swap, swaption, or credit derivative positions to which it is party. Interest rate swaps, swaptions, and credit derivatives are valued in the first instance by the counterparty to the swap or swaption in question. Such valuation is then be compared with the valuation provided by a broker-dealer or bank that is not a party to the contract. In the event of material discrepancies, the Fund has procedures in place for valuing the swap or swaption, subject to the direction of the Board, which include reference to (1) third-party information services, such as Bloomberg, and (2) comparison with Reaves’ valuation models.

The use of interest rate swaps, swaptions, and credit derivatives is subject to risks and complexities beyond what might be encountered in standardized, exchange traded options and futures contracts. Such risks include operational risks, valuation risks, credit risks, and/or counterparty risk ( i.e. , the risk that the counterparty cannot or will not perform its obligations under the agreement). In addition, at the time the interest rate swap, swaption, or credit derivative reaches its scheduled termination date, or is terminated early, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Fund.

While the Fund may intend to utilize interest rate swaps, swaptions, and credit derivatives for hedging purposes, their use might result in poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. If, for example, the Fund had insufficient cash, it might have to sell or pledge a portion of its underlying portfolio of securities in order to meet daily mark-to-market collateralization requirements at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. There may be an imperfect correlation between the Fund’s portfolio holdings and swaps, swaptions, or credit derivatives entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. Further, the Fund’s use of swaps, swaptions, and credit derivatives to reduce risk involves costs and will be subject to Reaves’ ability to predict correctly changes in interest rate relationships, volatility, credit quality or other factors. No assurance can be given that Reaves’ judgment in this respect will be correct.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

Credit Derivatives

The Fund may enter into credit derivative transactions, in an effort to either hedge credit exposure or gain exposure to an issuer or group of issuers more economically than can be achieved by investing directly in preferred or debt securities. Credit derivatives fall into two broad categories: credit default swaps and market spread swaps, both of which can reference either a single issuer or obligor or a portfolio of preferred and/or debt securities. In a credit default swap, which is the most common form of credit derivative, the purchaser of credit protection makes a periodic payment to the seller (swap counterparty) in exchange for a payment by the seller should a referenced security or loan, or a specified portion of a portfolio of such instruments, default during the life of the swap agreement. If there were a default event as specified in the swap agreement, the buyer either (i) would receive from the seller the difference between the par (or other agreed-upon) value of the referenced instrument(s) and the then-current market value of the instrument(s) or (ii) have the right to make delivery of the reference instrument to the counterparty. If there were no default, the buyer of credit protection would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. Market spread swaps are based on relative changes in market rates, such as the yield spread between a preferred security and a benchmark Treasury security, rather than default events.

In a market spread swap, two counterparties agree to exchange payments at future dates based on the spread between a reference security (or index) and a benchmark security (or index). The buyer (fixed-spread payer) would receive from the seller (fixed-spread receiver) the difference between the market rate and the reference rate at each payment date, if the market rate were above the reference rate. If the market rate were below the reference rate, then the buyer would pay to the seller the difference between the reference rate and the market rate. The Fund may utilize market spread swaps to “lock in” the yield (or price) of a security or index without having to purchase the reference security or index. Market spread swaps may also be used to mitigate the risk associated with a widening of the spread between the yield or price of a security in the Fund’s portfolio relative to a benchmark Treasury security. Market spread options, which are analogous to swaptions, give the buyer the right but not the obligation to buy (in the case of a call) or sell (in the case of a put) the referenced market spread at a fixed price from the seller. Similarly, the seller of a market spread option has the obligation to sell (in the case of a call) or buy (in the case of a put) the referenced market spread at a fixed price from the buyer. Credit derivatives are highly specialized investments for which liquid secondary markets (such as the regulated exchanges on which securities are traded) do not exist. New regulatory requirements mandated for these instruments under the Dodd-Frank Act are being formulated and implemented by the CFTC and the SEC. The effects of new regulation on the markets and trading counterparties for these instruments are uncertain.

Short Sales

The Fund may sell a security short if it owns at least an equal amount of the security sold short or another security convertible or exchangeable for an equal amount of the security sold short without payment of further compensation (a short sale against-the-box). In a short sale against-the-box, the short seller is exposed to the risk of being forced to deliver stock that it holds to close the position if the borrowed stock is called in by the lender, which would cause gain or loss to be recognized on the delivered stock. The Fund expects normally to close its short sales against-the-box by delivering newly acquired stock.

The ability to use short sales against-the-box strategies as a tax-efficient management technique with respect to holdings of appreciated securities is limited to circumstances in which the hedging transaction is closed out within thirty days of the end of the Fund’s taxable year and the underlying appreciated securities position is held unhedged for at least the next sixty days after the hedging transaction is closed. Not meeting these requirements would trigger the recognition of gain on the

 

B-7


Table of Contents

underlying appreciated securities position under the federal tax laws applicable to constructive sales. Dividends received on securities with respect to which the Fund is obligated to make related payments (pursuant to short sales or otherwise) will be treated as fully taxable ordinary income. Purchasing securities to close out a short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. Short-selling exposes the Fund to unlimited risk with respect to that security due to the lack of an upper limit on the price to which an instrument can rise.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

The Fund may enter into interest rate and stock index futures contracts and may purchase and sell put and call options on such futures contracts. The Fund may enter into such transactions for hedging and other appropriate risk-management purposes or in an effort to increase return.

An interest rate futures contract is a standardized contract for the future delivery of a specified security (such as a U.S. Treasury Bond or U.S. Treasury Note) or its equivalent at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. A stock index futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the beginning and at the end of the contract period. The Fund may only enter into futures contracts traded on regulated commodity exchanges.

Parties to a futures contract must make “initial margin” deposits to secure performance of the contract. There are also requirements to make “variation margin” deposits from time to time as the value of the futures contract fluctuates.

The Fund may either accept or make delivery of cash or the underlying instrument specified at the expiration of an interest rate futures contract or cash at the expiration of a stock index futures contract or, prior to expiration, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to futures contracts are effected on the exchange on which the contract was entered into (or a linked exchange).

The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on interest rate futures contracts and stock index futures contracts in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments and may enter into closing purchase transactions with respect to options written by the Fund in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected at any particular time or at all. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations on exchanges on which the Fund conducts its futures and options transactions may prevent the prompt liquidation of positions at the optimal time, thus subjecting the Fund to the potential of greater losses.

An option on an interest rate futures contract or stock index futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser of the option the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a stock index futures contract or interest rate futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs).

With respect to options purchased by the Fund, there are no daily cash payments made by the Fund to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net asset value of the Fund.

While the Fund may intend to enter into certain futures contracts and options on futures contracts for hedging purposes, the use of such futures contracts and options on futures contracts might result in a

 

B-8


Table of Contents

poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. If, for example, the Fund had insufficient cash, it might have to sell a portion of its underlying portfolio of securities in order to meet daily variation margin requirements on its futures contracts or options on futures contracts at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so. There may be an imperfect correlation between the Fund’s portfolio holdings and futures contracts or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. Further, the Fund’s use of futures contracts and options on futures contracts to reduce risk involves costs and will be subject to Reaves’ ability to predict correctly changes in interest rate relationships or other factors. No assurance can be given that Reaves’ judgment in this respect will be correct.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

New issues of preferred and debt securities may be offered on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed delivery basis, which means that delivery and payment for the security normally take place within a certain period of time (e.g., 45 days) after the date of the commitment to purchase. The payment obligation and the dividends that will be received on the security are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. The Fund would make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued, forward or delayed delivery basis only with the intention of acquiring the securities, but may sell these securities before the settlement date if Reaves deems it advisable. No additional when-issued, forward or delayed delivery commitments would be made if more than 20% of the Fund’s total assets would be so committed.

Securities purchased on a when-issued, forward or delayed delivery basis may be subject to changes in value based upon the public’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, forward or delayed delivery basis may expose the Fund to risk because they may experience these fluctuations prior to their actual delivery. The Fund would not accrue income with respect to a debt security it has purchased on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed delivery basis prior to its stated delivery date but would accrue income on a delayed delivery security it has sold. Purchasing or selling securities on a when-issued, forward or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the yield available in the market when the delivery takes place actually may be higher than that obtained in the transaction itself.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The value of foreign assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency rates and exchange control regulations. Currency exchange rates can also be affected unpredictably by intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks, or the failure to intervene, or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. Foreign currency exchange transactions may be conducted on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or through entering into derivative currency transactions. Currency futures contracts are exchange-traded and change in value to reflect movements of a currency or a basket of currencies. Settlement must be made in a designated currency.

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are individually negotiated and privately traded so they are dependent upon the creditworthiness of the counterparty. Such contracts may be used when a security denominated in a foreign currency is purchased or sold, or when the Fund anticipates receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments on such a security. A forward contract can then “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend or interest payment, as the case may be. Additionally, when Reaves believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of dollars, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the securities held that are denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract

 

B-9


Table of Contents

amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge against long-term currency changes. The Fund may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency (or basket of currencies) to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if Reaves determines that there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies (or the basket of currencies and the underlying currency). Use of a different foreign currency magnifies exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Fund may use forward contracts to shift exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. Short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the dollar value of only a portion of portfolio assets.

Currency transactions are subject to the risk of a number of complex political and economic factors applicable to the countries issuing the underlying currencies. Furthermore, unlike trading in many other types of instruments, there is no systematic reporting of last sale information with respect to the foreign currencies underlying the derivative currency transactions. As a result, available information may not be complete. In an over-the-counter trading environment, there are no daily price fluctuation limits. There may be no liquid secondary market to close out options purchased or written, or forward contracts entered into, until their exercise, expiration or maturity. There is also the risk of default by, or the bankruptcy of, the financial institution serving as a counterparty.

Corporate Bonds And Other Debt Securities

The Fund may invest in corporate bonds including below investment grade quality, commonly known as “junk bonds” (“Non-Investment Grade Bonds”). Investments in Non-Investment Grade Bonds generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy. Non-Investment Grade Bonds are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. In addition, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of Non-Investment Grade Bonds may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality securities.

Non-Investment Grade Bonds may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in Non-Investment Grade Bond prices because the advent of recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. If an issuer of Non-Investment Grade Bonds defaults, in addition to risking payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. In the case of Non-Investment Grade Bonds structured as zero-coupon, step-up or payment-in-kind securities, their market prices will normally be affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than securities which pay interest currently and in cash. Reaves seeks to reduce these risks through diversification, credit analysis and attention to current developments in both the economy and financial markets.

The secondary market on which Non-Investment Grade Bonds are traded may be less liquid than the market for investment grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the net asset value of the Shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of Non-Investment Grade Bonds, especially in a thinly traded market. When secondary markets for Non-Investment Grade Bonds are less liquid than the market for investment grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is no reliable, objective data available. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly and the Fund may have greater difficulty selling these securities. The Fund will be more dependent on Reaves’ research and

 

B-10


Table of Contents

analysis when investing in Non-Investment Grade Bonds. Reaves seeks to minimize the risks of investing in all securities through in-depth credit analysis and attention to current developments in interest rate and market conditions.

A general description of the ratings of securities by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLP, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) is set forth in Appendix A to this Statement of Additional Information. Such ratings represent these rating organizations’ opinions as to the quality of the securities they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon may have the same yield. For these reasons, the use of credit ratings as the sole method of evaluating Non-Investment Grade Bonds can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety or principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of Non-Investment Grade Bonds. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated. Reaves does not rely solely on credit ratings when selecting securities for the Fund, and develops its own independent analysis of issuer credit quality.

In the event that a rating agency or Reaves downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue, the Fund is not required to dispose of such security. In determining whether to retain or sell a downgraded security, Reaves may consider such factors as Reaves’ assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. However, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of Non-Investment Grade Bonds may be more complex than for issuers of high quality debt securities.

Temporary Investments

The Fund may invest temporarily in cash, money market funds or cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are highly liquid, short-term securities such as commercial paper, certificates of deposit, short-term notes and short-term U.S. Government obligations.

Foreign Securities

The Fund may invest in foreign securities from time to time. If the Fund invests in securities of foreign issuers, it may be subject to risks not usually associated with owning securities of U.S. issuers. For example, the value of foreign securities is affected by changes in currency rates, foreign tax laws (including withholding tax), government policies (in this country or abroad), relations between nations and trading, settlement, custodial and other operational risks. In addition, the costs of investing abroad are generally higher than in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than markets in the United States. As an alternative to holding foreign-traded securities, the Fund may invest in dollar-denominated securities of foreign companies that trade on U.S. exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market (including depositary receipts, which evidence ownership in underlying foreign securities).

Because foreign companies are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a domestic company. Volume and liquidity in most foreign debt markets is less than in the United States and securities of some foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, broker-dealers and listed companies than in the United States. Mail service between the United States and foreign countries may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Payment for securities before delivery

 

B-11


Table of Contents

may be required. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments, which could affect investments in those countries. Moreover, individual foreign economics may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Foreign securities markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as those in the United States, and securities of some foreign issuers (particularly those located in developing countries) may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies.

The Fund may purchase American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of foreign issuers and are alternatives to purchasing directly the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, they continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities. These risks include foreign exchange risk as well as the political and economic risks of the underlying issuer’s country. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be sponsored or unsponsored. Unsponsored receipts are established without the participation of the issuer. Unsponsored receipts may involve higher expenses, they may not pass-though voting or other shareholder rights, and they may be less liquid.

Hedging Strategy

Certain of the investment techniques that the Fund may employ for hedging or, under certain circumstances, to increase income will expose the Fund to risks.

There are economic costs of hedging reflected in the pricing of futures, swaps, options, and swaption contracts which can be significant, particularly when long-term interest rates are substantially above short-term interest rates. The desirability of moderating these hedging costs is a factor (but not the only factor) in Reaves’s choice of hedging strategies (and whether to employ a hedging strategy at all). In addition, the Fund may select individual investments based upon their potential for appreciation without regard to the effect on current income in an attempt to mitigate the impact on the Fund’s assets of the expected normal cost of hedging.

There may be an imperfect correlation between changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings and hedging positions entered into by the Fund, which may prevent the Fund from achieving an intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, the Fund’s success in using hedge instruments will be subject to Reaves’s ability to predict correctly changes in the relationships of such hedge instruments to the Fund’s portfolio holdings, and we cannot assure you that Reaves’s judgment in this respect will be accurate. Consequently, any use of hedging transactions might result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund, whether or not adjusted for risk, than if the Fund had not hedged its portfolio holdings.

Investment Restrictions

The following investment restrictions of the Fund are designated as fundamental policies and as such cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities, which as used in this Statement of Additional Information means the lesser of (a) 67% of the shares of the Fund present or represented by proxy at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented at the meeting or (b) more than 50% of outstanding shares of the Fund. As a matter of fundamental policy the Fund may not:

 

  (1) Borrow money, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and the rules promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time, or interpretations or modifications thereof by the SEC, the staff of the SEC or any other authority with appropriate jurisdiction;

 

B-12


Table of Contents
  (2) Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, other than (a) preferred shares which immediately after issuance will have asset coverage of at least 200%, (b) indebtedness which immediately after issuance will have asset coverage of at least 300% or (c) the borrowings permitted by investment restriction (1) above. The 1940 Act currently defines “senior security” as any bond, debenture, note or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness, and any stock of a class having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends. Debt and equity securities issued by a closed-end investment company meeting the foregoing asset coverage provisions are excluded from the general 1940 Act prohibition on the issuance of senior securities;

 

  (3) Purchase securities on margin (but the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities). The purchase of investment assets with the proceeds of a permitted borrowing or securities offering will not be deemed to be the purchase of securities on margin;

 

  (4) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except insofar as it may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the Securities Act in selling or disposing of a portfolio investment;

 

  (5) Make loans to other persons, except by (a) the acquisition of loan interests, debt securities and other obligations in which the Fund is authorized to invest in accordance with its investment objectives and policies, (b) entering into repurchase agreements and (c) lending its portfolio securities;

 

  (6) Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate and securities of issuers which invest or deal in real estate. The Fund reserves the freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the ownership of securities; and

 

  (7) Purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts for the purchase or sale of physical commodities. Physical commodities do not include futures contracts with respect to securities, securities indices, currencies, interest or other financial instruments.

The Fund may borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Fund securities. The 1940 Act currently requires that the Fund have 300% asset coverage with respect to all borrowings other than temporary borrowings.

The Fund has adopted the following nonfundamental investment policy which may be changed by the Board without approval of the Fund’s shareholders. As a matter of nonfundamental policy, the Fund may not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, unless at all times when a short position is open it either owns an equal amount of such securities or owns securities convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of any further consideration, for securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short.

Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth in the prospectus or this Statement of Additional Information states a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in any security or other assets or describes a policy regarding quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be determined immediately after and as a result of the Fund’s acquisition of such security or asset. Accordingly, any later increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets or other circumstances or any subsequent rating change made by a rating service (or as determined by Reaves if the security is not rated by a rating agency) will not compel the Fund to dispose of such security or other asset. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund must always be in compliance with the borrowing policies set forth above.

 

B-13


Table of Contents

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The Trustees of the Fund are responsible for the overall management and supervision of the affairs of the Fund. The Trustees and officers of the Fund are listed below. The “Non-interested Trustees” or “Independent Trustees” consist of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act. These Trustees are also “independent trustees or directors” as defined under NYSE MKT Listing Standards. The address of each of the persons listed below is: 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203. No Trustee oversees any other portfolios in the fund complex.

 

 

Non-Interested Trustees

 

Name, Position(s),

Address, Age and

Position(s) Held with

the Fund

 

  

Term of Office

and Length of

Time Served 1

 

  

Principal Occupation(s) During

Past Five Years

 

  

Other Directorships
Held by Trustee 2

 

Mary K. Anstine

 

Trustee

 

Age: 71

   Since Inception**    Ms. Anstine is a Trustee of A.V. Hunter Trust and Director of the Colorado Uplift Board (since 2004). Ms. Anstine was formerly the President/Chief Executive Officer of HealthONE Alliance (hospital group) (1995-2004).   

Ms. Anstine is a Trustee of ALPS ETF Trust (5); Financial Investors Trust (19); Financial Investors Variable Insurance Trust (5); and Westcore Funds (12).

 

Jeremy W. Deems

 

Trustee

 

Age: 35

   Since 2008*   

Mr. Deems is the Co-Founder, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Operating Officer of Green Alpha Advisors, LLC (since 2007). Prior to joining Green Alpha Advisors, Mr. Deems was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Forward Management, LLC, ReFlow Management, Co., LLC, ReFlow Fund, LLC, a private investment fund, and Sutton Place Management, LLC, an administrative services company (2004 to June 2007).

 

   Mr. Deems is a Trustee of ALPS ETF Trust (5); Financial Investors Trust (19); and Financial Investors Variable Insurance Trust (5).

 

B-14


Table of Contents

 

Non-Interested Trustees

 

Name, Position(s),
Address, Age and
Position(s) Held with
the Fund

 

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served 1

 

  

Principal Occupation(s) During

Past Five Years

 

  

Other Directorships
Held by Trustee 2

 

Michael F. Holland

 

Trustee

 

Age: 67

   Since Inception**    Mr. Holland is Chairman of Holland & Company, an investment management company (since 1995).   

Mr. Holland is a Director of Blackstone/GSO Senior Floating Rate Term Fund (1), Holland Series Funds, Inc. (1); and Trustee of State Street Master Funds (5); China Fund, Inc. (1); Taiwan Fund, Inc. (1); and Scottish Widows Emerging Market Fund (1).

 

E. Wayne Nordberg

 

Trustee

 

Age 70

   Since April 2012***    Mr. Nordberg is the Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Hollow Brook Associates, LLC, a private investment management firm (since 2008). Mr. Nordberg was formerly a Senior Director at Ingalls & Snyder LLC, a privately owned registered investment advisor (2003-2007).   

Mr. Nordberg is a Director of Annaly Capital Management, Inc., a real estate investment trust and PetroQuest Energy, Inc., an oil and gas exploration company.

 

Larry W. Papasan

 

Trustee

 

Age: 71

   Since Inception***   

Mr. Papasan is the Chairman of BioMimetics Therapeutics Inc., a medical services company (since 2005), and is Director/Trustee of Mimedx Inc. (since 2007), AxioMed Spine Corp. (since 2007), Bio Medical Tissue Technologies (since 2009), and Cagenix, Inc. (since 2003), each a medical services company, SSR Engineering, an engineering company (since 2002), and Triumph Bank (since 2005).

 

   None

 

B-15


Table of Contents

 

Interested Trustee

 

Name, Position(s),
Address, Age and
Position(s) Held with
the Fund

 

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served 1

 

  

Principal Occupation(s) During

Past Five Years

 

  

Other Directorships
Held by Trustee 2

 

Jeremy O. May

 

Chairman, Trustee and President

 

Age: 41

  

Chairman & Trustee

 

Since 2009*

 

President

 

Since 2010

  

Mr. May joined ALPS in 1995 and is President and Director of ALPS (since 2008) and Director and Executive Vice President of ALPS Holdings Inc. (“AHI”), ALPS Advisors, Inc. (“AAI”), ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ADI”) and FTAM Distributors, Inc. (“FDI”) (since 2008). Because of his positions with ALPS, AHI, AAI, ADI and FDI, Mr. May is deemed an affiliated person of the Fund as defined under the 1940 Act. Mr. May serves on the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee of the University of Colorado Foundation (since 2005). Mr. May is also the Treasurer of the Liberty All-Star Equity Fund, Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc. (since 2006), Clough Global Allocation Fund (since 2004), Clough Global Equity Fund (since 2005), Clough Global Opportunities Fund (since 2006), Financial Investors Trust (since 1997) and Financial Investors Variable Insurance Trust (since 2006).

 

   Mr. May is on the Board of Directors and Audit Committee of the University of Colorado.

 

B-16


Table of Contents

 

Officers

 

Name, Position(s),
Address, Age and
Position(s) Held with
the Fund
   Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
  

Principal Occupation(s) During

Past Five Years

   Other Directorships
Held by Officer

J. Tison Cory

 

Secretary

 

Age: 43

   Since 2008   

Mr. Cory joined ALPS in 2005 as a Senior Paralegal. Mr. Cory is also currently an Adjunct Professor at Metropolitan State College of Denver (2000-present). Because of his position with ALPS, Mr. Cory is deemed an affiliated person of the Fund as defined under the 1940 Act. Mr. Cory is Assistant Secretary for the RiverNorth Funds.

 

   N/A

Lauren E. Johnson

 

Treasurer

 

Age: 31

  

Treasurer

 

Since 2010

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

2008 - 2010

  

Ms. Johnson is Assistant Vice President of ALPS, and joined in September 2005 as a Trust Controller. Because of her position with ALPS, Ms. Johnson is deemed an affiliated person of the Fund as defined under the 1940 Act. Ms. Johnson is Assistant Treasurer for the Caldwell & Orkin Market Opportunity Fund. Ms. Johnson was formerly the Assistant Treasurer of the Clough Global Allocation Fund, Clough Global Equity Fund, and Clough Global Opportunities Fund.

 

   N/A

Ted J. Uhl

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Age: 37

   Since 2010   

Mr. Uhl joined ALPS in October 2006, and is currently Deputy Chief Compliance Officer of ALPS. Prior to his current role, Mr. Uhl served as Senior Risk Manager for ALPS from October 2006 until June 2010. Because of his position with ALPS, Mr. Uhl is deemed an affiliated person of the Fund as defined under the 1940 Act. Mr. Uhl also serves as Chief Compliance Officer of Clough Global Allocation Fund, Clough Global Equity Fund and Clough Global Opportunities Fund, Cook & Bynum Fund, Financial Investor Trust and Transparent Value Trust.

 

   N/A

 

B-17


Table of Contents
(1) The Fund commenced operations on February 24, 2004. The Board is divided into three classes, each class serves for a term of three years. Each year the term of office of one class expires and the successors elected to such class serve for a term of three years.

 

  * Term expires at the Fund’s 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

  ** Term expires at the Fund’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

  *** Term expires at the Fund’s 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

(2) The numbers enclosed in the parentheticals represent the number of funds overseen in each respective directorship held by the Trustee.

 

B-18


Table of Contents

Additional Information About Each Trustee’s Professional Experience And Qualifications

Provided below is a brief summary of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills for each Trustee that warranted their consideration as a Trustee candidate to the Board, which is structured as an individual investment company under the 1940 Act.

Non-Interested Trustees

Mary K. Anstine – Ms. Anstine was President and Chief Executive Officer of HealthOne Alliance in Denver Colorado from 1995 to 2004. Ms. Anstine has also served in various executive positions with several philanthropic organizations such as the AV Hunter Trust, Colorado Uplift Board, Denver Area Council of the Boy Scouts of America and Denver Area Council of the Girl Scouts of America. Prior to that, Ms. Anstine was an Executive Vice President of First Interstate Bank of Denver, Colorado and formerly a Director of Trust Bank of Colorado (now known as Northern Trust Bank). In addition, Ms. Anstine served on the Executive Committee of the American Bankers Association. Ms. Anstine is currently a Trustee of ALPS ETF Funds, Financial Investors Variable Insurance Trust, and Westcore Funds. Ms. Anstine has served as Trustee of the Fund since its inception. Ms. Anstine also served as a member of the Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee since their inception. Ms. Anstine has further enhanced her experience and skills, in conjunction with the other Trustees, through the Board’s oversight of the Fund’s officers in dealing with a diverse range of topics, to include but not limited to, portfolio management, legal and regulatory matters, compliance oversight, preparation of financial statements and oversight of the Fund’s multiple service providers. The Board, in its judgment of Ms. Anstine’s professional experience in management and oversight of a variety corporate and non-profit organization and as Trustees of several other investment companies with diverse product lines, believes Ms. Anstine contributes a seasoned perspective to the Board that warrants her continued selection as a nominee to be a Trustee.

Jeremy W. Deems – Mr. Deems is the Co-Founder and is currently Chief Financial Officer of Green Alpha Advisors, LLC an investment management firm. Mr. Deems was formerly the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Forward Management, LLC, an investment management firm, ReFlow Management Co., LLC, a liquidity resourcing company, and ReFlow Fund, LLC, a private investment fund. Mr. Deems was also Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Sutton Place Management, LLC and administrative services company from 2004 and 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Deems served as Controller of Forward Management, LLC, ReFlow Management Co., LLC, ReFlow Fund, LLC and Sutton Place Management, LLC. Mr. Deems currently serves as Trustee of ALPS ETF Trust and Financial Investors Variable Trust. In addition, Mr. Deems has earned a Certified Public Accountant license. Mr. Deems has been a Trustee of the Fund since 2008. Mr. Deems also served as a Chairman of the Audit Committee and as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee during his tenure as a Trustee. Mr. Deems has further enhanced his experience and skills, in conjunction with the other Trustees, through the Board’s oversight of Fund officers in dealing with a diverse range of topics, to include but not limited to, portfolio management, legal and regulatory matters, compliance oversight, preparation of financial statements and oversight of the Fund’s multiple service providers. The Board, in its judgment of Mr. Deems’ professional experience in management and oversight of firms specializing in financial services and as Trustees of several other investment companies with diverse product lines, believes Mr. Deems contributes an extensive experience in investment company operations and accounting oversight to the Board that warrants his continued selection as a nominee to be a Trustee.

Michael F. Holland – Mr. Holland is currently the Chairman of Holland & Company, an investment management firm, since 1995 and has over 40 years of experience in the financial services industry. Mr. Holland also currently serves as Chairman and Trustee of the State Street Master Funds, Director of the Holland Series Funds, Inc., and as Trustee of the Blackstone/GSO Senior Floating Rate Term Fund, the China Fund, Inc., the Taiwan Fund, Inc. and Scottish Widows Emerging Market Fund. Mr. Holland began his career at J.P. Morgan in 1968 spending twelve years managing both equity and fixed income assets for major institutional clients and high net worth individuals. He also served as Chief

 

B-19


Table of Contents

Executive Officer of First Boston Asset Management in the early 1980’s and later served as Chairman of Salomon Brothers Asset Management. He has also been a General Partner of the Blackstone Group, Chief Executive Officer of Blackstone Alternative Asset Management and a former Vice Chairman of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. Mr. Holland has served as Trustee of the Fund since its inception. Mr. Holland has also served as a member of the Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee for the Fund since their inception. Mr. Holland has further enhanced his experience and skills, in conjunction with the other Trustees, through the Board’s oversight of Fund officers in dealing with a diverse range of topics, to include but not limited to, portfolio management, legal and regulatory matters, compliance oversight, preparation of financial statements and oversight of the Fund’s multiple service providers. The Board, in its judgment of Mr. Holland’s professional experience in efficient and effective operations of an investment adviser and oversight of closed-end investment companies, believes Mr. Holland contributes a wealth of industry experience in investment company operations that warrants his continued selection as a nominee to be a Trustee.

E. Wayne Nordberg – Mr. Nordberg is currently the Chairman and Chief Investment Officer of Hollow Brook Associates, LLC, a private investment management firm serving family offices, foundations, charities and pensions. He has over 50 years of experience in investment research and portfolio management. Mr. Nordberg also currently serves as a Director of Annaly Capital Management, Inc., the largest mortgage real estate investment trust listed on the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, he is also currently serving on the Board of Directors of PetroQuest Energy, Inc., an oil and gas exploration company. From 2003 to 2007, Mr. Nordberg was a Senior Director at Ingalls & Snyder LLC, a privately owned registered investment advisor. He also formerly served on the Board of Directors of Lord, Abbett & Co., a mutual fund family, from 1988 to 1998. The Board, in its judgment of Mr. Nordberg’s extensive experience in senior management positions with a variety of portfolio management firms and as a board director for a variety of companies, believes that Mr. Nordberg contributes a tenured perspective to the Board that warrants his continued selection as a nominee to be a Trustee.

Larry W. Papasan – Mr. Papasan is currently a Trustee or Director of BioMimetics Therapeutics, Inc., Mimedx, Inc., AxioMed Spine Corp., Bio Medical Tissues Technologies and Cagenix, Inc., each a medical services company. Mr. Papasan is also currently a Trustee or Director of SSR Engineering and Triumph Bankshares, Inc. Mr. Papasan was a former Trustee of First Funds mutual fund complex from 1992 to 2005, Chairman and President of Smith & Nephew, Inc. from 1991 to 2002 and President of Memphis Light Gas and Water Division during his 28 year tenure. Mr. Papasan has further enhanced his experience and skills, in conjunction with the other Trustees, through the Board’s ongoing oversight of Fund officers in dealing with a diverse range of topics, to include but not limited to, portfolio management, legal and regulatory matters, compliance oversight, preparation of financial statements and oversight of the Fund’s multiple service providers. Mr. Papasan has served as Trustee of the Fund since its inception. Mr. Papasan has also served as a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Fund since their inception. The Board, in its consideration of Mr. Papasan’s nearly 40 years of professional experience in a variety of senior management positions in a diverse group of industries at numerous stages of the corporate lifecycle, believes Mr. Papasan’s experiences complements the professional composition of the current Board and warrants his continued selection as a nominee to be a Trustee.

Interested Trustee

Jeremy O. May – Mr. May joined ALPS in 1995 and is currently the President of ALPS and a Director of ALPS Holdings, Inc., ALPS Advisors, Inc., ALPS Distributors, Inc., and FTAM Distributors, Inc. Each of these organizations specialize in the day-to-day operations associated with both open- and closed-end investment companies, exchange-traded funds and hedge funds. In addition, Mr. May is also currently Treasurer of the Liberty All-Star Equity Fund, Liberty All-Star Growth Fund, Inc., Clough Global Allocation Fund, Clough Global Equity Fund and Clough Global Opportunities Fund, each a closed-end investment company. Mr. May is also a member of the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee for the University of Colorado Foundation. Mr. May has served as the Fund’s Treasurer since the Fund’s

 

B-20


Table of Contents

inception and was appointed to the Board in 2009. Mr. May is an interested Trustee and therefore does not serve as a member of the Audit Committee or the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. In addition, Mr. May has further enhanced his experience and skills, in conjunction with the other Trustees, through the Board’s oversight of Fund officers in dealing with a diverse range of topics, to include but not limited to, portfolio management, legal and regulatory matters, compliance oversight, preparation of financial statements and oversight of the Trust’s multiple service providers. The Board, in its judgment of Mr. May’s long-term professional experience with operating closed-end investment companies, believes Mr. May contributes a depth of knowledge concerning day-to-day operations that further supplements the Board’s supervision and warrants his continued selection as a nominee to be a Trustee.

Leadership Structure of the Board

The Board, which has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Fund’s investment programs and business affairs, believes that it has structured itself in a manner that allows it to effectively perform its oversight obligations. Mr. May, the Chairman of the Board (“Chairman”), is not an Independent Trustee and the Trustees have not appointed a lead Independent Trustee. The Board believes that the use of an Interested Trustee as Chairman is the appropriate leadership structure for the Fund given (i) Mr. May’s role in the day to day operations of the Fund’s Administrator, (ii) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (each of whose meetings is chaired by an Independent Trustee) (iii) the frequency that Independent Trustees meet with their independent legal counsel and auditors in the absence of members of the Board who are Interested Trustees of the Fund and management, (iv) relatively small size of the Board, and (v) the overall sophistication of the Independent Trustees, both individually and collectively. The Trustees also complete an annual self-assessment during which the Trustees review their overall structure and consider where and how its structure remains appropriate in light of the Fund’s current circumstances. The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and in between Board meetings to generally act as the liaison between the Board and the Fund’s officers, attorneys and various other service providers, including but not limited to, the Fund’s investment adviser, administrator and other such third parties servicing the Fund. The Board believes that having an interested person serve as Chairman of the Board enables Mr. May to more effectively carry out these liaison activities. The Board also believes that it benefits during its meetings from having a person intimately familiar with the operation of the Fund to set the agenda for Board meetings to ensure that important matters are brought to the Board’s attention and considered.

The Board has three standing committees, each of which enhances the leadership structure of the Board: the Audit Committee; the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee; and the Executive Committee. The Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are each chaired by, and composed of, members who are Independent Trustees. The Executive Committee consists of one Interested Trustee and two Independent Trustees.

Audit Committee. The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of (i) the quality and integrity of Fund’s financial statements, reporting process and the independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent accountants”) and reviews thereof, (ii) the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, its internal controls and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, (iii) the Fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and (iv) the independent accountants’ qualifications, independence and performance. The Audit Committee is also required to prepare an audit committee report pursuant to the rules of the SEC for inclusion in the Fund’s annual proxy statement. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to the Audit Committee Charter (the “Charter”) that was most recently reviewed and approved by the Board on September 12, 2011. The Charter is available at the Fund’s website, www.utilityincomefund.com. As set forth in the Charter, management is responsible for maintaining appropriate systems for accounting and internal control, and the Fund’s independent accountants are responsible for planning and carrying out proper audits and reviews. The independent accountants for the Fund report directly to the Audit Committee.

 

B-21


Table of Contents

The Audit Committee met two times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011. The Audit Committee is composed of four of the Fund’s Independent Trustees; namely, Ms. Mary K. Anstine and Messrs. Jeremy W. Deems, Michael F. Holland and Larry W. Papasan.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee composed of four Independent Trustees; namely, Ms. Mary K. Anstine and Messrs. Jeremy W. Deems, Michael F. Holland and Larry W. Papasan. The Nominating Committee met once during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for identifying and recommending to the Board individuals believed to be qualified to become Board members in the event that a position is vacated or created.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider Trustee candidates recommended by shareholders. In considering candidates submitted by shareholders, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board, the qualifications of the candidate and the interests of shareholders. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not determined any minimum qualifications necessary to serve as a Trustee of the Fund. Any such notice by a shareholder that the shareholder wishes to recommend a person for election as a Trustee (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual or special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual or special meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Fund’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business or nomination; (iii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to present such proposal or nomination; (iv) the class and number of shares of the capital stock of the Fund, which are beneficially owned by the shareholder and, if applicable, the proposed nominee to the Board of Trustees; (v) any material interest of the shareholder or nominee in such business; (vi) the extent to which such shareholder (including such shareholder’s principals) or the proposed nominee to the Board has entered into any hedging transaction or other arrangement with the effect or intent of mitigating or otherwise managing profit, loss or risk of changes in the value of the common stock or the daily quoted market price of the Fund held by such shareholder (including such shareholder’s principals) or the proposed nominee, including independently verifiable information in support of the foregoing; and (vii) in the case of a nomination of any person for election as a Trustee, such other information regarding such nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”).

The shareholder recommendation described above must be sent to the Fund’s Secretary c/o ALPS Fund Services, Inc. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not adopted a charter. If a charter is adopted in the future, it will be available at the time on the Fund’s website (www.utilityincomefund.com).

Executive Committee. The Executive Committee meets periodically to take action, as authorized by the Board, if the Board cannot meet. Members of the Executive Committee are currently Ms. Anstine, Mr. Nordberg and Mr. May. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011, the Executive Committee met once.

Oversight of Risk Management

The Fund has a multitude of risks, such as investment risk, counter party risk, valuation risk, political risk, risk of operational failures, business continuity risk, regulatory risk, legal risk and other risks not listed here. The Board recognizes that not all risk that may affect the Fund can be known, eliminated or even mitigated. In addition, there are some risks that may not be cost effective or an efficient use of the Fund’s limited resources to moderate. As a result of these realities, the Board, through its oversight and leadership, has and will continue to deem it necessary for shareholders of the Fund to bear certain and undeniable risks, such as investment risk, in order for the Fund to operate in accordance with its prospectus, statement of additional information and other related documents.

 

B-22


Table of Contents

However, as required under the 1940 Act, the Board has adopted on the Fund’s behalf a vigorous risk program that mandates the Funds various service providers, including the investment adviser, to adopt a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various risks, mitigate the likelihood of such adverse events from occurring and/or attempt to limit the effects of such adverse events on the Fund. The Board fulfills its leadership role by receiving a variety of quarterly written reports prepared by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) that (1) evaluate the operation, policies and policies of the Fund’s service providers, (2) makes known any material changes to the policies and procedures adopted by the Fund or its service providers since the CCO’s last report and (3) disclose any material compliance matters that occurred since the date of the last CCO report. In addition, the Independent Trustees meet quarterly in executive sessions without the presence of any Interested Trustees, the investment adviser, the administrator, or any of their affiliates. This configuration permits the Independent Trustees to effectively receive the information and have private discussions necessary to perform its risk oversight role, exercise independent judgment, and allocate areas of responsibility between the full Board, its various committees and certain Fund officers. Furthermore the Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel and auditors to assist the Independent Trustees in performing their oversight responsibilities. As discussed above and in consideration of other factors not referenced herein, the Board has determined its leadership role concerning risk management, as one of oversight and not active management of the Fund’s day-to-day risk management operations.

Fund Share Ownership

Set forth in the table below is the dollar range of equity securities held in the Fund by each of the Trustees as of December 31, 2011. Since the Trust is not affiliated or associated with any “Fund Complex,” as defined under the 1940 Act, the aggregate dollar range of equity securities in the Fund Complex beneficially owned by each Trustee and nominee for election as Trustee is not applicable to the Trust. “Beneficial Ownership” is determined in accordance with Section 16a-1(a)(2) of the 1934 Act.

 

Name of Trustee*

  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities Held in

the Fund

Non-Interested Trustees

Mary K. Anstine

   $10,000 - $50,000

Jeremy W. Deems

   None

Michael F. Holland

   $10,000 - $50,000

Larry W. Papasan

   $50,001 - $100,000

E. Wayne Nordberg

   Over $100,000

Interested Trustees

Jeremy O. May

   $10,001 - $50,000

NOTE: Mr. Nordberg did not serve as a Trustee as of December 31, 2011.

 

 

Independent Trustee Transactions with Fund Affiliates

As of December 31, 2011, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate families owned securities, beneficially or of record, of the Adviser or an affiliate or person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser. In addition, over the past five years, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate families have had any direct or indirect interest, the value of which exceeds $120,000, in the Adviser or any of its affiliates. Further, during each of the last two fiscal years, neither the Independent Trustees nor member of their immediate families have conducted any transactions (or series or transactions) or maintained any direct or indirect relationship in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and to which the Adviser or any of its affiliates was a party.

 

B-23


Table of Contents

Compensation of Officers and Trustees

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation of the Trustees for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011. Trustees and Officers of the Fund who are employed by ALPS (such as the Fund’s chief compliance officer) or Reaves receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Fund. The Fund is not a member or affiliate of any Fund Complex.

Compensation Table For The Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2011

 

Name of Person and Position*

  

Aggregate Compensation Paid

From the Fund*

Non-Interested Trustees

Mary K. Anstine,

Trustee

   $24,000

Jeremy W. Deems

Trustee

   $25,000

Michael F. Holland,

Trustee

   $24,000

Larry Papasan,

Trustee

   $24,000

Interested Trustee

  

Jeremy O. May,

Chairman of the Board and Trustee

   None

Note: Mr. Nordberg did not serve as a Trustee during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011.

The Fund pays each Independent Trustee not affiliated with ALPS or Reaves, or their affiliates, a quarterly retainer of $3,500 per year plus $2,000 per meeting attended in person and by telephone, together with the Independent Trustee’s actual out-of-pocket expenses relating to their attendance at such meetings. Mr. Deems as the Audit Committee Chairman receives an additional per meeting fee equal to $500 per meeting attended in person and by telephone due to the additional duties associated with his position on the Audit Committee. The aggregate remuneration (not including out-of-pocket expenses) paid by the Fund to all Independent Trustees during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011 amounted to $97,000. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011, the Trustees met five times. Each Trustee then serving in such capacity attended at least 75% of the meetings of Trustees and of any committee of which he or she is a member. The Fund does not provide any pension or retirement benefits to Trustees.

Codes of Ethics

Reaves and the Fund have each adopted a code of ethics governing personal securities transactions. Under Reaves’ code of ethics, Reaves employees may purchase and sell securities (including securities held or eligible for purchase by the Fund), subject to certain pre-clearance and reporting requirements and other procedures. The Fund’s code of ethics permits personnel subject thereto to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. However, the Fund’s code of ethics generally prohibits, among other things, persons subject thereto from purchasing or selling securities if they know at the time of such purchase or sale that the security is being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund or is being purchased or sold by the Fund.

The codes of ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, DC (call 1-202-942-8090 for information on the operation of the public reference room); on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site (http://www.sec.gov); or, upon payment of copying fees, by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic mail at info@sec.gov.

 

B-24


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

Subject to the right of a majority of the Fund’s non-interested Trustees to give Reaves written instructions as to the voting or non-voting of proxies on any specific matter, including a matter presenting an actual or potential conflict of interest as described below, the Fund has delegated the voting of proxies with respect to securities owned by it to Reaves. In the absence of such written instructions, Reaves will vote proxies in a manner that it deems to be in the best interests of the Fund. Reaves will consider only those factors that relate to the Fund’s investment in the securities to be voted, including how the vote will economically impact and affect the value of the Fund’s investment in such securities (keeping in mind that, after conducting an appropriate cost/benefit analysis, not voting at all on a particular matter may be in the best interest of the Fund). In general, Reaves believes that voting proxies in accordance with the policies described below will be in the best interests of the Fund.

Reaves will generally vote to support management recommendations relating to routine matters such as the election of directors (where no corporate governance issues are implicated), the selection of independent auditors, an increase in or reclassification of common stock, the addition or amendment of indemnification provisions in the company’s charter or by-laws, changes in the board of directors and compensation of outside directors. Reaves will generally vote in favor of management or shareholder proposals that Reaves believes will maintain or strengthen the shared interests of shareholders and management, increase shareholder value, maintain or increase shareholder influence over the company’s board of directors and management and maintain or increase the rights of shareholders.

On non-routine matters, Reaves will generally vote in favor of management proposals for merger or reorganization if the transaction appears to offer fair value, against shareholder proposals that consider only non-financial impacts of mergers or reorganizations and against anti-greenmail provisions.

If a proxy includes a routine matter that implicates corporate governance changes, a non-routine matter to which none of the specific policies described above is applicable, or a matter involving an actual or potential conflict of interest as described below, Reaves may engage an independent third party to determine whether and how the proxy should be voted.

In exercising its voting discretion, Reaves and its employees will seek to avoid any direct or indirect conflict of interest presented by the voting decision. If any substantive aspect or foreseeable result of the matter to be voted on presents an actual or potential conflict of interest involving Reaves (or an affiliate of Reaves), any issuer of a security for which Reaves (or an affiliate of Reaves) acts as sponsor, advisor, manager, custodian, distributor, underwriter, broker or other similar capacity or any person with whom Reaves (or an affiliate of Reaves) has an existing material contract or business relationship not entered into in the ordinary course of business (Reaves and such other persons having an interest in the matter being called “Interested Persons”), Reaves will make written disclosure of the conflict to the disinterested Trustees of the Fund indicating how Reaves proposes to vote on the matter and its reasons for doing so. If Reaves does not receive timely written instructions as to voting or non-voting on the matter from the Fund’s disinterested Trustees, Reaves may take any of the following actions which it deems to be in the best interests of the Fund: (i) engage an independent third party to determine whether and how the proxy should be voted and vote or refrain from voting on the matter as determined by the third party; (ii) vote on the matter in the manner proposed to the disinterested Trustees if the vote is against the interests of all Interested Persons; or (iii) refrain from voting on the matter.

Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 644-5571, or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

 

B-25


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Reaves has been managing assets of investment companies since 1993. Reaves maintains a staff of experienced investment professionals to service the needs of its clients.

Except as provided in the administration agreement between ALPS and the Fund (the “Administration Agreement”), the Fund will be responsible for all of its costs and expenses not expressly stated to be payable by Reaves under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement between Reaves and the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement’) or ALPS under the Administration Agreement. Such costs and expenses to be borne by the Fund include, without limitation: advisory fees, administration fees, trustees’ fees, chief compliance officer fees, portfolio transaction expenses, litigation expenses, taxes, costs of preferred shares, costs of borrowings, expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares and extraordinary expenses.

The Advisory Agreement became effective on August 26, 2010 for an initial period of two years and continues in effect from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the noninterested Trustees of the Fund or of Reaves cast in person at a meeting specifically called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Fund. The agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty on sixty (60) days’ written notice by the Trustees of the Fund or Reaves, as applicable, or by vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment. The agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties to the Fund under such agreements on the part of Reaves, or a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty by Reaves with respect to the receipt of compensation for services (in which case damages shall be limited by the 1940 Act), Reaves shall not be liable to the Fund or any shareholder for any loss incurred, to the extent not covered by insurance.

Reaves is an employee-owned corporation organized under the laws of Delaware. It is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. As of March 30, 2012, Reaves had approximately $2.36 billion in assets under management. Messrs. William A. Ferer, Ronald J. Sorenson and Louis F. Cimino are controlling persons of Reaves by virtue of their respective positions as President; Chief Executive Officer; and Chief Operating Officer and Treasurer of Reaves.

The total dollar amounts paid to Reaves by the Fund under the Advisory Agreement for the last three fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $4,419,795, $3,873,942 and $3,272,273, respectively.

Investment Advisory Services

Under the general supervision of the Board, Reaves will carry out the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Fund, will furnish continuously an investment program with respect to the Fund, will determine which securities should be purchased, sold or exchanged, and will implement such determinations. Reaves will furnish to the Fund investment advice and provide related office facilities and personnel for servicing the investments of the Fund. Reaves will compensate all Trustees and officers of the Fund who are members of the Reaves organization and who render investment services to the Fund, and will also compensate all other Reaves personnel who provide research and investment services to the Fund.

Portfolio Managers

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers. There may be certain inherent conflicts of interest that arise in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of the Fund’s investments and

 

B-26


Table of Contents

the investments of any other accounts they manage. Such conflicts could include aggregation of orders for all accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager, the allocation of purchases across all such accounts, the allocation of IPOs and any soft dollar arrangements that the Fund’s investment adviser may have in place that could benefit the Fund and/or such other accounts. The investment adviser has adopted policies and procedures designed to address any such conflicts of interest to ensure that all management time, resources and investment opportunities are allocated equitably.

The table below identifies (as of October 31, 2011), for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts, other than the Fund for which he or she has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts. Unless noted otherwise, none of the accounts shown are subject to fees based on performance.

 

    Registered Investment
Companies (1)
  Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles (2)
  Other Accounts (3)

Name of

Portfolio

Manager

  Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
  Number of
Accounts
  Total Assets
(in millions)
  Number of
Accounts
   Total Assets
(in millions)

William A. Ferer

  1   $54   None   N/A   1,205    $1,143

Ronald J. Sorenson

  2   $135   None   N/A   22    $773

 

(1) Registered Investment Companies include all open and closed-end mutual funds. For Registered Investment Companies, assets represent net assets of all open-end investment companies and gross assets of all closed-end investment companies.
(2) Other Pooled Investment Vehicles include, but are not limited to, securities of issuers exempt from registration under Section 3(c) of the 1940 Act, such as private placements and hedge funds.
(3) Other Accounts include, but are not limited to, individual managed accounts, separate accounts, institutional accounts, pension funds and collateralized bond obligations.

Compensation of Portfolio Managers . Compensation paid by the Adviser to the portfolio managers is designed to be competitive and attractive, and primarily consists of a fixed base salary, based on market factors and each person’s level of responsibility, and a bonus. The amount of the bonus is based on the overall after-tax profitability of the Firm, each fiscal-year, and the contribution of each portfolio manager to the Firm’s overall performance.

Individual compensation is designed to reward the overall contribution of portfolio managers to the performance of the Adviser. To date, the Adviser has not linked bonuses to the performance of any particular portfolio. Compensation levels are set by senior management following a review of overall performance. From time to time, the Adviser has engaged industry consultants to ensure that compensation remains competitive and to identify and plan for new and emerging compensation trends. Equity holders within the Adviser, including the portfolio managers, receive only a modest return on their capital investment, usually a mid-single digit percentage of their share of the Adviser’s book value. The Adviser believes this practice is consistent with industry standards and that it allows the Adviser to maximize the incentive compensation pool. This pool is critical in the Adviser’s ability to continue to attract and retain professionals of the highest quality while simultaneously growing the intrinsic value of the Adviser. The Adviser has no deferred compensation, stock option or other equity programs. Given the portfolio manager compensation policy described above and the fact that the Adviser has no performance-based advisory relationships, the Adviser does not believe that any material compensation conflicts exist.

Certain Conflicts of Interest . The investment strategy for the Fund includes securities that could also be found in different investment strategies utilized by the Adviser for other clients. As such,

 

B-27


Table of Contents

securities bought and sold for the Fund may be held and transacted for other clients of the Adviser. No trades are executed between clients of the Adviser (cross trades), including the Fund The Adviser has policies and procedures in place to manage these investment activities.

Consistent with its fiduciary duties, the Adviser allocates trades on an equitable basis with respect to both its investment company and non-investment company clients (including clients in which the Adviser or a person associated with the Adviser may have an interest). No advisory client, including those clients in which the Adviser or persons associated with the Adviser have a direct or indirect beneficial interest is favored by the Adviser over any other client, and each client who participates in an aggregated order participates at the average share price, with transaction costs charged to each such client in accordance with its then in effect commission schedule.

The Adviser’s allocation policies apply to fully and partially filled orders as directed by the Portfolio Manager(s) of the applicable accounts.

The Adviser does not aggregate transactions unless it believes that aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution (which includes the duty to seek best price) for its clients and is consistent with the terms of the Adviser’s investment advisory agreement with each client for which trades are being aggregated. No advisory client is favored over any other client, and each client that participates in an aggregated order participates at an average share price for all such transactions in that security on a given business day, with transactions costs charged to each such client in accordance with its then in effect commission schedule.

Although, the Adviser rarely participates in Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”), IPO allocations, whenever possible, will be allocated on a pro-rata basis among all accounts that such allocation would be deemed appropriate given each account’s investment strategy and other factors pursuant to the Adviser’s policies and procedures.

As a result of such allocations, there may be instances where the Fund will not participate in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts. Additionally, trades executed by different firms, including Reaves, will not be aggregated and allocated as to price; thus, there may be instances where the Fund does not pay or receive the same price as other investment accounts managed by the Adviser. While these aggregation and allocation policies could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Fund from time to time, it is the opinion of the Trustees of the Fund that the benefits received from Reaves’ organization outweigh any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous transactions.

Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Securities . The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities in the Fund beneficially owned, as of October 31, 2011, by each of the portfolio managers identified in the Fund’s prospectus.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund

William A. Ferer

   $50,001 - $100,000

Ronald J. Sorenson

   $10,001-$50,000

 

B-28


Table of Contents

Administrative Services

Under the Administration Agreement, ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“ALPS”) is responsible for calculating the net asset value of the common shares, and generally managing the business affairs of the Fund, subject to the supervision of the Board. ALPS will furnish to the Fund all office facilities, equipment and personnel for administering the affairs of the Fund. ALPS will compensate all Trustees and officers of the Fund who are members of the ALPS organization and who render executive and administrative services to the Fund, and will also compensate all other ALPS personnel who perform management and administrative services for the Fund. ALPS’ administrative services include, preparation and filing of documents required to comply with federal and state securities laws, supervising the activities of the Fund’s custodian and transfer agent, providing assistance in connection with the Trustees and shareholders’ meetings, providing services in connection with repurchase offers, if any, and other administrative services necessary to conduct the Fund’s business. Under the Administration Agreement, ALPS is also obligated to pay all expenses incurred by the Fund, with the exception of advisory fees, portfolio transaction expenses, chief compliance officer fees, trustees’ fees, litigation expenses, taxes, costs of preferred shares, costs of borrowings, expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing Fund shares and extraordinary expenses.

For its services under the Administration Agreement ALPS receives a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.265% of the Fund’s average daily total assets. The total dollar amounts paid by the Fund to ALPS under the Administration Agreement for the last three fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $2,036,949, $1,785,382 and $1,508,091, respectively.

Under a Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement (“CCO Services Agreement”) between the Fund and ALPS, ALPS is responsible for rendering to the Fund such advice and services as are required to be performed by a Chief Compliance Officer of the Fund (“CCO”) pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 38a-1”). The services include, but are not limited to: the appointment of an employee of ALPS to serve as CCO, subject to the Board’s approval of the same; reviewing and revising the written compliance policies and procedures of the Fund (the “Compliance Program”); administering and enforcing the Fund’s Compliance Program; reviewing and monitoring the compliance policies and procedures of the Fund’s key service providers; and performing an annual evaluation of the Fund’s Compliance Program, and the service providers’ compliance policies and procedures, as required under Rule 38a-1. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the CCO Services Agreement, the Fund has agreed to share in the allocation of expenses for receipt of the aforementioned services performed by ALPS in an annual amount not to exceed $39,000 per year. The CCO Services Agreement can be immediately terminated by the Fund under certain circumstances, such as if the individual appointed by ALPS to serve as CCO is not acceptable, or becomes unacceptable, to the Fund.

ADDITIONAL I NFORMATION ABOUT NET ASSET VALUE

For purposes of determining the net asset value of the Fund’s common shares, exchange traded options are valued at the last reported sale price at the close of the principal exchange or board of trade on which such option or contract is traded, or in the absence of a sale, at the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices. Non-exchange traded options are also valued at the mean between the last reported bid and asked prices. Forward currency contracts are valued at the mean between reported bid and asked prices. Financial futures contracts listed on commodity exchanges and exchange-traded options are valued at closing settlement prices.

Generally, the Fund completes its trading in foreign securities (if any) each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE MKT. The values of these securities used in determining the net asset value of the Fund’s common shares generally are computed as of such times. Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign securities may occur between such times and the close of the NYSE MKT which will not be reflected in the computation of the Fund’s net asset value (unless the Fund deems that such events would materially affect its net asset value, in which case an adjustment would be made and

 

B-29


Table of Contents

reflected in such computation). Foreign securities and currency held by the Fund will be valued in U.S. dollars; such values will be computed by the custodian based on foreign currency exchange rate quotations supplied by an independent quotation service.

PORTFOLIO TRADING

Decisions concerning the execution of portfolio security transactions, including the selection of the market and the executing firm, are made by Reaves. Reaves is also responsible for the execution of transactions for all other accounts managed by it. Reaves places the portfolio security transactions of the Fund and of all other accounts managed by it for execution with many firms. While Reaves, as a registered broker-dealer, regularly acts as executing broker in equity securities transactions for other clients, it generally will not act as executing broker for the Fund. Whether Reaves acts as executing broker or places transactions for execution with other firms, Reaves uses its best efforts to obtain execution of portfolio security transactions at prices which are advantageous to the Fund and at reasonably competitive spreads or (when a disclosed commission is being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates. In seeking such execution, Reaves will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors, including without limitation the full range and quality of the executing firm’s services, the value of the brokerage and research services provided, the responsiveness of the firm to Reaves, the size and type of the transaction, the nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the executing firm, the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions, and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any.

Transactions on stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different broker-dealer firms, and a particular broker-dealer may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction and the volume of business done with such broker-dealer. Transactions in foreign securities often involve the payment of brokerage commissions, which may be higher than those in the United States. There is generally no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the- counter markets, but the price paid or received usually includes an undisclosed dealer markup or markdown. In an underwritten offering the price paid often includes a disclosed fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer.

Fixed income obligations which may be purchased and sold by the Fund are generally traded in the over-the-counter market on a net basis ( i.e. , without commission) through broker-dealers or banks acting for their own account rather than as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuers of such obligations. The Fund may also purchase fixed income and other securities from underwriters, the cost of which may include undisclosed fees and concessions to the underwriters.

Although spreads or commissions paid on portfolio security transactions will, in the judgment of Reaves, be reasonable in relation to the value of the services provided, commissions exceeding those which another firm might charge may be paid to broker-dealers who were selected to execute transactions on behalf of Reaves’ clients in part for providing brokerage and research services to Reaves.

As authorized in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, a broker or dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of the Fund may receive a commission which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction. Accordingly, Reaves may utilize brokers or dealers that provide additional brokerage or research services and charge commissions in excess of other brokers or dealers (soft dollar arrangements) if it determines in good faith that such compensation was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided. This determination may be made on the basis of that particular transaction or on the basis of overall responsibilities which Reaves and its affiliates have for accounts over which they exercise

 

B-30


Table of Contents

investment discretion. In making any such determination, Reaves will not attempt to place a specific dollar value on the brokerage and research services provided or to determine what portion of the commission should be related to such services. Brokerage and research services may include advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement); and the “Research Services” referred to in the next paragraph.

It is a common practice of the investment advisory industry and of the advisers of investment companies, institutions and other investors to receive research, analytical, statistical and quotation services, data, information and other services, products and materials which assist such advisers in the performance of their investment responsibilities (“Research Services”) from broker-dealer firms which execute portfolio transactions for the clients of such advisers and from third parties with which such broker-dealers have arrangements. Consistent with this practice, Reaves receives Research Services from many broker-dealer firms with which Reaves places the Fund’s transactions. These Research Services include such matters as general economic, political, business and market information, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and portfolio strategies and transactions, proxy voting data and analysis services, technical analysis of various aspects of the securities market, recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities and other portfolio transactions, financial, industry and trade publications, news and information services, pricing and quotation equipment and services, and research oriented computer hardware, software, data bases and services. Any particular Research Service obtained through a broker-dealer may be used by Reaves in connection with client accounts other than those accounts which pay commissions to such broker-dealer. Any such Research Service may be broadly useful and of value to Reaves in rendering investment advisory services to all or a significant portion of its clients, or may be relevant and useful for the management of only one client’s account or of a few clients’ accounts, or may be useful for the management of merely a segment of certain clients’ accounts, regardless of whether any such account or accounts paid commissions to the broker-dealer through which such Research Service was obtained. The advisory fee paid by the Fund is not reduced because Reaves receives such Research Services. Reaves evaluates the nature and quality of the various Research Services obtained through broker-dealer firms and attempts to allocate sufficient portfolio security transactions to such firms to ensure the continued receipt of Research Services which Reaves believes are useful or of value to it in rendering investment advisory services to its clients.

Reaves may also receive Research Services from underwriters and dealers in fixed-price offerings, which Research Services are reviewed and evaluated by Reaves in connection with its investment responsibilities. The investment companies advised by Reaves or its affiliates may allocate trades in such offerings to acquire information relating to the performance, fees and expenses of such companies and other mutual funds, which information is used by the Trustees of such companies to fulfill their responsibility to oversee the quality of the services provided by various entities, including Reaves, to such companies. Such companies may also pay cash for such information.

Subject to the requirement that Reaves shall use its best efforts to seek and execute portfolio security transactions at advantageous prices and at reasonably competitive spreads or commission rates, Reaves is authorized to consider as a factor in the selection of any broker-dealer firm with whom portfolio orders may be placed the fact that such firm has sold or is selling shares of the Fund or of other investment companies advised by Reaves.

Securities considered as investments for the Fund may also be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by Reaves or its affiliates. Whenever decisions are made to buy or sell securities by the Fund and one or more of such other accounts simultaneously, Reaves will allocate the security transactions (including “hot” issues) in a manner which it believes to be equitable under the circumstances. As a result of such allocations, there may be instances where the Fund will not participate in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts. Additionally, trades executed by different firms,

 

B-31


Table of Contents

including Reaves, will not be aggregated and allocated as to price; thus, there may be instances where the Fund does not pay or receive the same price as other investment accounts managed by Reaves. While these aggregation and allocation policies could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Fund from time to time, it is the opinion of the Trustees of the Fund that the benefits received from Reaves’ organization outweigh any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous transactions.

The Fund paid brokerage commissions in the aggregate amounts of $487,360, $565,389 and $1,078,770 during fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, not including the gross underwriting spread on securities purchased in underwritten public offerings. Brokerage commission expense in 2009 was higher than in the other two years due to increased volatility of the equities markets and the selling that was required to maintain compliance with the then in place Fitch asset coverage ratio requirements applicable to the auction market preferred shares, which were subsequently retired.

The Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions during fiscal years ended October 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009 to any broker that (1) is an affiliated person of the Fund, (2) is an affiliated person of an affiliated person of the Fund or (3) has an affiliated person that is an affiliated person of the Fund or the investment adviser.

During the Fund’s last fiscal year, pursuant to agreements or understandings with brokers or otherwise through an internal allocation procedure, the investment adviser directed certain of the Fund’s brokerage transactions to certain brokers because of the research services provided by those brokers as described above. The aggregate principal amount of the transactions involved was $141,655,974 and the aggregate amount of the related commissions was $224,736.68 for fiscal year ended October 31, 2011.

The Fund has not acquired during its most recent fiscal year securities of its regular brokers or dealers as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act, or their parents.

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

As of [May 9], 2012, the following persons beneficially own five percent or more of the Fund’s outstanding common shares:

 

Name   Address   Percentage Ownership   Type of Ownership
(Record, Beneficial or Both)
Merrill Lynch  

101 Hudson Street, 9 th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07302

  23.06%   Beneficial
First Clearing LLC  

2801 Market Street

9F Mail Code MO3540

St. Louis, MO 63103

  11.43%   Beneficial
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.  

P.O. Box 64930

Phoenix, AZ 85082-4930

  8.99%   Beneficial
National Financial Services LLC  

P.O. Box 673004

Dallas, TX 75267-3004

  8.67%   Beneficial
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney  

Harbor Financial Center

Plaza 2, 3 rd Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07311

  5.38%   Beneficial

As of [May 9, 2012], no person “controls” the Fund, based on the meaning of control set out in Form N-2.

 

B-32


Table of Contents

As of [May 9, 2012], the officers and Trustees of the Fund, as a group, own less than 1% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.

T AXES

The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income (including tax-exempt interest) from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) or of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses and (iii) distribute substantially all of its net income and net short-term and long-term capital gains (after reduction by any available capital loss carryforwards) in accordance with the timing requirements imposed by the Code, so as to maintain its RIC status and to avoid paying any federal income or excise tax. To the extent it qualifies for treatment as a RIC and satisfies the above-mentioned distribution requirements, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income paid to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions.

In order to avoid incurring a federal excise tax obligation, the Code requires that the Fund distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (which is the excess of its realized net long-term capital gain over its realized net short-term capital loss), generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year, after reduction by any available capital loss carryforwards, plus (iii) 100% of any ordinary income and capital gain net income from the prior year (as previously computed) that were not paid out during such year and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. Under current law, provided that the Fund qualifies as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, the Fund should not be liable for any income, corporate excise or franchise tax in the state of Delaware.

If the Fund does not qualify as a RIC for any taxable year, the Fund’s taxable income will be subject to corporate income taxes, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain (if any), will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. Such distributions generally will be eligible (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and (ii) for treatment as “qualified dividends” in the case of individual shareholders. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a RIC, the Fund may be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions.

Distributions from the Fund generally will be taxable to common shareholders as dividend income to the extent derived from investment income and net short-term capital gains, as described below, and as determined at the end of the year. Distributions of net capital gains (that is, the excess of net gains from the sale of capital assets held more than one year over net losses from the sale of capital assets held for not more than one year) properly designated as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable to common shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long a common shareholder has held the shares in the Fund.

 

B-33


Table of Contents

If a common shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan and the Plan Administrator invests the distribution in shares acquired on behalf of the shareholder in open-market purchases, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the common shareholder will generally be treated as having received a taxable distribution in the amount of the cash dividend that the common shareholder would have received if the shareholder had elected to receive cash. If a common shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan and the Plan Administrator invests the distribution in newly issued shares of the Fund, the common shareholder will generally be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the stock the common shareholder receives.

Certain income distributions paid by the Fund to individual taxpayers are taxed at rates equal to those applicable to net long-term capital gains (15%, or zero for certain individuals in lower tax brackets). This tax treatment applies only if certain holding period requirements and other requirements are satisfied by the common shareholder and the dividends are attributable to qualified dividends received by the Fund itself. For this purpose, “qualified dividends” means dividends received by the Fund from United States corporations and qualifying foreign corporations, provided that the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividends. Dividends received by the Fund from REITs are qualified dividends eligible for this lower tax rate only in limited circumstances. These special rules relating to the taxation of ordinary income dividends from regulated investment companies generally apply to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. Thereafter, the Fund’s dividends, other than capital gain dividends, will be fully taxable at ordinary income tax rates unless further Congressional legislature action is taken.

A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (whether received by the Fund or paid by the Fund to a shareholder) if (1) the dividend is received with respect to any share held for fewer than 61 days during the 120-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property or (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest. Distributions of income by the Fund other than qualified dividend income and distributions of net realized short-term gains (on stocks held for one year or less) are taxed as ordinary income, at rates currently up to 35%.

The benefits of the reduced tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income may be impacted by the application of the alternative minimum tax to individual shareholders.

The Fund’s investment in zero coupon and certain other securities will cause it to realize income prior to the receipt of cash payments with respect to these securities. Such income will be accrued daily by the Fund and, in order to avoid a tax payable by the Fund, the Fund may be required to liquidate securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold in order to generate cash so that the Fund may make required distributions to its shareholders.

Investments in lower rated or unrated securities may present special tax issues for the Fund to the extent that the issuers of these securities default on their obligations pertaining thereto. The Code is not entirely clear regarding the federal income tax consequences of the Fund’s taking certain positions in connection with ownership of such distressed securities.

Any recognized gain or income attributable to market discount on long-term debt obligations ( i.e. , obligations with a term of more than one year except to the extent of a portion of the discount attributable to original issue discount) purchased by the Fund is taxable as ordinary income. A long-term debt obligation is generally treated as acquired at a market discount if purchased after its original issue at a price less than (i) the stated principal amount payable at maturity, in the case of an obligation that does

 

B-34


Table of Contents

not have original issue discount or (ii) in the case of an obligation that does have original issue discount, the sum of the issue price and any original issue discount that accrued before the obligation was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.

The Fund’s investments in options, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts (to the extent permitted) and certain other transactions will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules), the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer Fund losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of securities held by the Fund, convert capital gain into ordinary income and convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The Fund may be required to limit its activities in options and futures contracts in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.

The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned.

Income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Common shareholders generally will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes.

If the Fund acquires any equity interest in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or on gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. An election may generally be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but any such election could require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain (subject to tax distribution requirements) without the concurrent receipt of cash. These investments could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to limit its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.

The sale, exchange or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than twelve months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been reduced, in general, to 15% (or zero for certain individuals in lower tax brackets); however, such rates are set to expire after December 31, 2012 absent further regulation. Any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of Fund shares with a holding period of 6 months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions received with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of a loss realized on a redemption or other disposition of Fund shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shareholder acquires other shares of the same Fund (whether through the reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within the period beginning 30 days before the redemption of the loss shares and ending 30 days after such date. Any disallowed loss will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of the other shares acquired.

Sales charges paid upon a purchase of shares cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on a sale of the shares before the 91st day after their purchase to the extent a

 

B-35


Table of Contents

sales charge is reduced or eliminated in a subsequent acquisition of shares of the Fund (or of another fund) pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. Any disregarded amounts will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of any other shares acquired.

Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. Such realized gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. Certain distributions declared in October, November or December and paid in the following January will be taxed to shareholders as if received on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of a taxable year of the Fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the 4% excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, Shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.

Recently enacted legislation generally imposes a tax of 3.8% on the “net investment income” of certain individuals, trusts and estates for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Among other items, net investment income generally includes gross income from both ordinary income dividends as well as capital gains dividends.

Amounts paid by the Fund to individuals and certain other shareholders who have not provided the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certain certifications required by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as well as shareholders with respect to whom the Fund has received certain information from the IRS or a broker may be subject to “backup” withholding of federal income tax arising from the Fund’s taxable dividends and other distributions as well as the gross proceeds of sales of shares, at a rate equal to the fourth highest rate of tax applicable to a single individual (in 2012, 28%). An individual’s TIN is generally his or her social security number. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from payments made to a Shareholder may be refunded or credited against such Shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

The foregoing discussion does not address the special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities, foreign investors, insurance companies and financial institutions. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in their particular situations, as well as the state, local, and, where applicable, foreign tax consequences of investing in the Fund.

The Fund will inform shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year. The IRS has taken the position that if a RIC has more than one class of shares, it may designate distributions made to each class in any year as consisting of no more than that class’s proportionate share of particular types of income for that year, including ordinary income and net capital gain. A class’s proportionate share of a particular type of income for a year is determined according to the percentage of total dividends paid by the RIC during that year to the class. Accordingly, the Fund intends to designate a portion of its distributions in capital gain dividends in accordance with the IRS position.

Although the matter is not free from doubt, due to the absence of direct regulatory or judicial authority, under current law the manner in which the Fund intends to allocate items of ordinary income and net capital gain among the Fund’s common shares and auction preferred shares is likely to be respected for federal income tax purposes. It is possible that the IRS could disagree with counsel’s opinion and attempt to reallocate the Fund’s net capital gain or other taxable income.

 

B-36


Table of Contents

State and Local Taxes

Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the state or local tax consequences of investing in the Fund.

OTHER INFORMATION

The Fund is an organization of the type commonly known as a “Delaware statutory trust.” Under Delaware law, shareholders of such a trust may, in certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for the obligations of the trust. The Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability in connection with the Fund property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Fund. The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification out of the Fund property of any shareholder held personally liable for the claims and liabilities to which a shareholder may become subject by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund itself is unable to meet its obligations. The Fund has been advised by its counsel that the risk of any shareholder incurring any liability for the obligations of the Fund is remote.

The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees will not be liable for actions taken in good faith in the reasonable belief that such actions were in the best interests of the Fund or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which a Trustee did not have reasonable cause to believe that such actions were unlawful; but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against any liability to the Fund or its shareholders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office. Voting rights are not cumulative, which means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can elect 100% of the Trustees and, in such event, the holders of the remaining less than 50% of the shares voting on the matter will not be able to elect any Trustees.

The Declaration of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a Trustee if shareholders holding two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the election of such trustee have voted to remove him from that office.

The Fund’s prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement that the Fund has filed with the SEC. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Deloitte & Touche LLP is the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, providing audit services, tax return preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of filings with the SEC.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”), 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286, is the Fund’s custodian and as such maintains custody of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets. BNY Mellon is a global financial services company that provides various financial services to institutions, corporations and individuals. BNY Mellon is the corporate brand of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation. Computershare Shareowner Services, LLC (“Computershare”), 480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, dividend paying agent and registrar. Computershare also serves as the plan administrator for the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Prior to the January 3, 2012, acquisition of the shareowner services business of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation by Computershare, these services were provided by BNY Mellon Shareowner Services.

 

B-37


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements listed below are incorporated herein by reference from the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011 as filed on Form N-CSR with the SEC on January 9, 2012

(no. 811-21432). These financial statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP whose report thereon appears in the Annual Report. All other portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the Registration Statement. A copy of the Annual Report to Shareholders may be obtained without charge by writing to the Fund at its address at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203 or by calling the Fund’ toll free at (800) 644-5571.

 

  -  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

  -  

Schedule of Investments at October 31, 2011

  -  

Statement of Assets And Liabilities at October 31, 2011

  -  

Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011

  -  

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2011 and 2010

  -  

Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2011

  -  

Financial Highlights - Selected Per Share Data and Ratios

  -  

Notes to Financial Statements

[The unaudited financial statements listed below are incorporated herein by reference from the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders for the six month period ended April 30, 2012 as filed on Form N-CSR with the SEC on [date]

(no. 811-21432). All other portions of the Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the Registration Statement. A copy of the Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders may be obtained without charge by writing to the Fund at its address at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203 or by calling the Fund’ toll free at (800) 644-5571.

 

  -  

Schedule of Investments at April 30, 2012

  -  

Statement of Assets And Liabilities at April 30, 2012

  -  

Statement of Operations for the six month period ended April 30, 2012

  -  

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the six month period ended April 30, 2012

  -  

Statement of Cash Flows for the six month period ended April 30, 2012

  -  

Financial Highlights - Selected Per Share Data and Ratios

  -  

Notes to Financial Statements]

 

B-38


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

CREDIT RATINGS

MOODY’S RATINGS

Long-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Short-Term Obligations Ratings

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

B-39


Table of Contents

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

 

B-40


Table of Contents

STANDARD & POORS’ RATINGS

Issue Credit Rating Definitions

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 

   

Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

   

Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

 

   

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

Investment Grade

AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B-41


Table of Contents

Speculative Grade

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C: Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C: A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

B-42


Table of Contents

A-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1: A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2: A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3: A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meets its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C: A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D: A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

B-43


Table of Contents

FITCH’S RATINGS

International Issuer and Credit Rating Scales

The Primary Credit Rating Scales (those featuring the symbols ‘AAA’-’D’ and ‘F1’-’D’) are used for debt and financial strength ratings.

Long-Term Credit Ratings – Issuer Credit Rating Scales

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

Investment Grade

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

Speculative Grade

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include: (a) the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; (b) the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or (c) Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of ‘RD’ or ‘D’ to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a distressed debt exchange.

 

B-44


Table of Contents

RD: Restricted Default: ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include: (a) the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt; (b) the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation; (c) the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or (d) execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D. Default: ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.

Limitations of the Issuer Credit Rating Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the issuer credit rating scale include:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer default.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as counterparty to trade credit.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default.

 

B-45


Table of Contents

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.

Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B : Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C : High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD : Restricted Default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.

D : Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Limitations of the Short-Term Ratings Scale:

Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.

Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:

‘Not Rated’ or ‘NR’: A designation of ‘Not Rated’ or ‘NR’ is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.

‘Withdrawn’: The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol ‘WD’.

 

B-46


Table of Contents

* * * * * * * *

Notes: Bonds which are unrated expose the investor to risks with respect to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the risks of lower-rated speculative bonds. The Fund is dependent on the Adviser’s judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation of such bonds.

Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a bond by a rating service may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the issuer’s ability to make interest and principal payments.

The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings available at the date of this Statement of Additional Information for the securities listed. Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuance. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on the date of the Fund’s fiscal year end.

 

B-47


Table of Contents

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(1) Financial Statements

Financial Statements Included in Part A:

Financial Highlights for fiscal years ended October 31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 [and for the six month period ended April 30, 2012]

Financial Statements Included in Part B:

Incorporated into Part B by reference to Registrant’s most recent Certified Shareholder Report on Form N-CSR, dated January 9, 2012 (File No. 811-21432):

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

Schedule of Investments at October 31, 2011

Statement of Assets And Liabilities at October 31, 2011

Statement of Operations for the year ended October 31, 2011

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended October 31, 2011 and 2010

Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended October 31, 2011

Financial Highlights - Selected Per Share Data and Ratios

Notes to Financial Statements

[Incorporated into Part B by reference to Registrant’s most recent Certified Shareholder Report on

Form N-CSR, dated              , 2012 (File No. 811-21432):

Schedule of Investments at April 30, 2012

Statement of Assets And Liabilities at April 30, 2012

Statement of Operations for the six month period ended April 30, 2012

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the six month period ended April 30, 2012

Statement of Cash Flows for the six month period ended April 30, 2012

Financial Highlights - Selected Per Share Data and Ratios

Notes to Financial Statements]

 

C-1


Table of Contents
(2) Exhibits

 

  (a) Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated September 15, 2003 (Incorporated by reference from post-effective amendment no. 1 to Registrant’s registration statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on Form N-2 filed with the SEC on October 22, 2003)  

 

  (b) Amended and Restated Bylaws dated March 10, 2009 **

 

  (c) Not applicable

 

  (d)     

 

  (1) Form of Certificate for Common Shares of Beneficial Interest **

 

  (2) Form of Subscription Certificate for Rights Offering *

 

  (3) Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery for Rights Offering *

 

  (e) Dividend Reinvestment Plan dated February 20, 2004 **

 

  (f) Not applicable

 

  (g) Investment Advisory and Management Agreement dated August 26, 2010 **

 

  (h) Underwriting Agreement (Incorporated by reference from post-effective amendment no. 8 to Registrant’s registration statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on Form N-2 filed with the SEC on June 25, 2004)

 

  (i) Not applicable

 

  (j) Custody Agreement dated February 24, 2004 **

 

  (k)     
  (1) Stock Transfer Agency Agreement dated February 24, 2004 **

 

  (2)     
  (a) Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement dated February 24, 2004 **

 

  (b) Amendment to Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement dated September 1, 2006 **

 

  (c) Amendment to Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement dated December 12, 2011 **

 

  (3) Form of Subscription Agent Agreement *

 

  (4) Form of Information Agent Agreement *

 

  (5) Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement dated September 8, 2009 **

 

  (6) Committed Facility Agreement dated November 9, 2010 **

 

  (7) Rehypothecation Side Letter dated November 9, 2010 **

 

C-2


Table of Contents
  (8) Special Custody and Pledge Agreement dated November 9, 2010 **

 

  (9) U.S. PB Agreement dated November 9, 2010 **

 

  (l) Opinion and Consent of                      *

 

  (m) Not applicable

 

  (n) Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP **

 

  (o) Not applicable

 

  (p) Initial Subscription Agreement (Incorporated by reference from post-effective amendment no. 4 to Registrant’s registration statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on Form N-2 filed with the SEC on February 24, 2004)

 

  (q) Not applicable

 

  (r)     
  (1) Code of Ethics of the Fund dated March 14, 2006 **

 

  (2) Code of Ethics of the Adviser dated July 18, 2011 **

 

  (3) Code of Ethics of the Principal Executive and Financial Officers of the Fund dated February 20, 2004 (Incorporated by reference from post-effective amendment no. 4 to Registrant’s registration statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940 on Form N-2 filed with the SEC on February 24, 2004)

 

  (s) Powers of Attorney **

 

* To be filed by amendment.

** Filed herewith.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

None.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The approximate expenses in connection with the offering are as follows:

 

Registration and Filing Fees    $            
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Fees   

New York Stock Exchange MKT Equities Fees

Subscription Agent Fees

Information Agent Fees

  
Engraving and Printing Certificates   
Accounting Fees and Expenses   
Legal Fees and Expenses   

Printing and Mailing Expenses

Miscellaneous

  
Total    $            

 

C-3


Table of Contents

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With Registrant

None.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

Set forth below is the number of record holders as of [date], 2012 of each class of securities of the Registrant:

 

Title of Class    Number of
Record
Holders

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

   [              ]

Item 30. Indemnification

Article IV of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

4.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the general corporation law of the State of Delaware. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or its Shareholders, in connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability.

4.2 Mandatory Indemnification.

(a) The Trust shall indemnify the Trustees and officers of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise (other than, except as authorized by the Trustees, as the plaintiff or complainant) or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth above in this Section 4.2 by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence (negligence in the case of Affiliated Indemnitees), or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the Trustees.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither Interested Persons of the Trust nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion conclude that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that he is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (1) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (2) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (3) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which he may be lawfully entitled.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify Persons providing services to the Trust to the full extent provided by law provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.

4.3 No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

4.4 Reliance on Experts, etc. Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any adviser, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or other person may also be a Trustee.

 

C-5


Table of Contents

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

None.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and custody of the Registrant, c/o ALPS Fund Services, Inc., 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.

Item 33. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

 

1. The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its Common Shares of Beneficial Interest until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of this registration statement or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

2. Not applicable.

 

3. Not applicable.

 

4. Not applicable.

 

5. The Registrant undertakes that:

 

  a. for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

  b. for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of an oral or written request, its Statement of Additional Information.

 

C-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the city of Denver, and the state of Colorado, on the 17 th day of May, 2012.

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND
By:  

/s/ Jeremy O. May

  Name: Jeremy O. May
  Title: President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

   Trustee   May 17, 2012
Mary K. Anstine     

/s/ Jeremy O. May

   Trustee and President   May 17, 2012
Jeremy O. May     

*

   Trustee   May 17, 2012
Jeremy W. Deems     

*

   Trustee   May 17, 2012
Michael F. Holland     

/s/ Lauren E. Johnson

   Treasurer   May 17, 2012
Lauren E. Johnson     

*

   Trustee   May 17, 2012
E. Wayne Nordberg     

 

   Trustee  
Larry W. Papasan     
*By:  

/s/ Jeremy O. May

    
 

Jeremy O. May

Attorney-in-fact

    

 

C-7


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.    Description
(b)    Amended and Restated Bylaws dated March 10, 2009
(d)(1)    Form of Certificate for Common Shares of Beneficial Interest
(e)    Dividend Reinvestment Plan dated February 20, 2004
(g)    Investment Advisory and Management Agreement dated August 26, 2010
(j)    Custody Agreement dated February 24, 2004
(k)(1)    Stock Transfer Agency Agreement dated February 24, 2004
(k)(2)(a)    Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement dated February 24, 2004
(k)(2)(b)    Amendment to Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement dated September 1, 2006
(k)(2)(c)    Amendment to Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement dated December 12, 2011
(k)(5)    Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement dated September 8, 2009
(k)(6)    Committed Facility Agreement dated November 9, 2010
(k)(7)    Rehypothecation Side Letter dated November 9, 2010
(k)(8)    Special Custody and Pledge Agreement dated November 9, 2010
(k)(9)    U.S. PB Agreement dated November 9, 2010
(n)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
(r)(1)    Code of Ethics of the Fund dated March 14, 2006
(r)(2)    Code of Ethics of the Adviser dated July 18, 2011
(s)    Powers of Attorney

 

C-8

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   
Offices      1   
1.1   Principal Offices      1   
1.2   Other Offices      1   
1.3   Registered Office and Registered Agent      1   
ARTICLE II   
Shareholder Meetings      1   
2.1   Chairman      1   
2.2   Proxies; Voting      1   
2.3   Fixing Record Dates      1   
2.4   Inspectors of Election      2   
2.5   Records at Shareholder Meetings      2   
2.6   Notice of Shareholder Business      2   
2.7   Special Meetings      3   
ARTICLE III   
Trustees      4   
3.1   Annual and Regular Meetings      4   
3.2   Chairman; Records      4   
ARTICLE IV   
Officers      4   
4.1   Officers of the Trust      4   
4.2   Election and Tenure      4   
4.3   Removal of Officers      4   
4.4   Bonds and Surety      4   
4.5   Chairman, President, and Vice Presidents      5   
4.6   Secretary      5   
4.7   Treasurer      5   
4.8   Other Officers and Duties      6   


ARTICLE V   
Records and Reports      6   
5.1   Maintenance and Inspection of Share Register      6   
5.2   Maintenance and Inspection of Declaration of Trust and By-Laws      6   
5.3   Maintenance and Inspection of Other Records      6   
5.4   Inspection by Trustees      7   
ARTICLE VI   
Miscellaneous      7   
6.1   Contracts and Instruments; How Executed      7   
6.2   Fiscal Year      7   
6.3   Heading; References      7   
6.4   Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations      7   
6.5   Depositories      8   
6.6   Signatures      8   
6.7   Seal      8   
ARTICLE VII   
Stock Transfers      8   
7.1   Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like      8   
7.2   Transfer of Shares      8   
7.3   Registered Shareholders      8   
ARTICLE VIII   
Amendment of By-Laws      9   
8.1   Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws      9   


REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

These Amended and Restated By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section 3.8 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust establishing the Reaves Utility Income Fund (formerly known as the Utility Income Trust) (the “Trust”) dated as of September 15, 2003, as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the “Declaration”). All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the Declaration.

ARTICLE I

Offices

1.1 Principal Offices. Until changed by the Trustees, the principal office of the Trust shall be in Denver, Colorado.

1.2 Other Offices. The Trust may have offices in such other places without as well as within the State of Delaware as the Trustees may from time to time determine.

1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent. The Board of Trustees shall establish a registered office in the State of Delaware and shall appoint a registered agent for service of process.

ARTICLE II

Shareholder Meetings

2.1 Chairman. The Chairman, if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Shareholders; in the Chairman’s absence, the Trustee or Trustees or an Officer present at each meeting may elect a temporary chairman for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.

2.2 Proxies; Voting. Shareholders may vote either in person or by duly executed proxy and each full share represented at the meeting shall have one vote, all as provided in Article VI of the Declaration.

2.3 Fixing Record Dates. For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of or to vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any dividends, or for any other proper purpose, the Trustees may from time to time, without closing the transfer books, fix a record date in the manner provided in Section 6.3 of the Declaration. If the Trustees do not prior to any meeting of Shareholders so fix a record date or close the transfer books, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting or the date upon which the dividend resolution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date.

 

1


2.4 Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of Shareholders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If Inspectors of Election are not so appointed, the Chairman, if any, of any meeting of Shareholders may, and on the request of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy shall, appoint Inspectors of Election of the meeting. The number of Inspectors shall be either one or three. If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or more Shareholders or proxies, a majority of Shares present shall determine whether one or three Inspectors are to be appointed, but failure to allow such determination by the Shareholders shall not affect the validity of the appointment of Inspectors of Election. In case any person appointed as Inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the person acting as chairman. The Inspectors of Election shall determine the number of Shares outstanding, the Shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents, shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine the results, and do such other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Shareholders. If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. On request of the Chairman, if any, of the meeting, or of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.

2.5 Records at Shareholder Meetings. At each meeting of the Shareholders, there shall be made available for inspection at a convenient time and place during normal business hours, if requested by Shareholders, the minutes of the last previous Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Trust and a list of the Shareholders of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting or the date of closing of transfer books, as the case may be. Such list of Shareholders shall contain the name and the address of each Shareholder in alphabetical order and the number of Shares owned by such Shareholder. Shareholders shall have such other rights and procedures of inspection of the books and records of the Trust as are granted to Shareholders of a Delaware business corporation.

2.6 Notice of Shareholder Business. At any annual or special meeting of the Shareholders, only such individuals who have been nominated in accordance with these By-Laws shall be eligible for election by Shareholders to the Board of Trustees, and only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual or special meeting, the business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a shareholder. For purposes of this Section 2.6, “nomination” shall include the writing in of the name of an individual for election as a Trustee, commonly referred to as “writing in” on a proxy or ballot.

For nominations or business to be properly brought before an annual or special meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Trust. To be timely, any such notice shall set forth all information required under this

 

2


Section 2.6 and must be delivered or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the Trust: (i) not earlier than the 150 th day and not later than the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the Trust’s proxy statement; or (ii) on the 10 th day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was given or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made. The public disclosure of a postponement or adjournment of an annual or special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above in this Section 2.6.

Any such notice by a shareholder shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual or special meeting, including a proposal to nominate a candidate for the Board of Trustees: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual or special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual or special meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Trust’s books, of the shareholder proposing such business or nomination; (iii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Trust entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to present such proposal or nomination; (iv) the class and number of shares of the capital stock of the Trust, which are beneficially owned by the shareholder and, if applicable, the proposed nominee to the Board of Trustees; (v) any material interest of the shareholder or nominee in such business; (vi) the extent to which such shareholder (including such shareholder’s principals) or the proposed nominee to the Board of Trustees has entered into any hedging transaction or other arrangement with the effect or intent of mitigating or otherwise managing profit, loss or risk of changes in the value of the common stock or the daily quoted market price of the Trust held by such shareholder (including such shareholder’s principals) or the proposed nominee, including independently verifiable information in support of the foregoing; and (vii) in the case of a nomination of any person for election as a Trustee, such other information regarding such nominee proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business, including nominations, shall be conducted at any annual or special meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.6. The chairman of the annual or special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.6, and, if he should determine, he shall so declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered or transacted.

2.7 Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the shareholders may be called only by: (i) the Board of Trustees pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office; (ii) the Chairman, if one is elected; or (iii) the President. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

 

3


ARTICLE III

Trustees

3.1 Annual and Regular Meetings. Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice and shall generally be held quarterly. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by unanimous written consent.

3.2 Chairman; Records. The Chairman, if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Trustees; in absence of a chairman, the Trustees present shall elect one of their number to act as temporary chairman. The results of all actions taken at a meeting of the Trustees, or by unanimous written consent of the Trustees, shall be recorded by the person appointed by the Board of Trustees as the meeting secretary.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

4.1 Officers of the Trust. The officers of the Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected or authorized by the Trustees. Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person, except that the same person may not be both President and Secretary. The Chairman, if any, shall be a Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust need be a Trustee.

4.2 Election and Tenure. At the initial organization meeting, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, President, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the Trust. Such officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.

4.3 Removal of Officers. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees. This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the Chairman, if any, President, or Secretary, and such resignation shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Chairman, if any, President, or Secretary, or at a later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.

4.4 Bonds and Surety. Any officer may be required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.

 

4


4.5 Chairman, President, and Vice Presidents. The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to such person by the Trustees. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the control of the Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a corporation. Subject to direction of the Trustees, the Chairman, if any, and the President shall each have power in the name and on behalf of the Trust or any of its Series to execute any and all loans, documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, registration statements, applications, requests, filings and other instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents of the Trust. Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Chairman, if any, and the President shall each have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Trustees, to attend and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Trust at any meetings of business organizations in which the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other persons, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such persons. The Chairman, if any, and the President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice-Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Trustees or, if more than one and not ranked, the Vice-President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President. Subject to the direction of the Trustees, and of the President, each Vice-President shall have the power in the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all instruments in writing, and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

4.6 Secretary. The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Shareholders, Trustees and the Executive Committee, if any. The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Trust, if any, and the Secretary (and any other person so authorized by the Trustees) shall affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a Delaware business corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust. The Secretary shall also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a Delaware business corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.

4.7 Treasurer. Except as otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally incident to the office. The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or to its order. The Treasurer shall deposit all funds of the Trust in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate. The Treasurer shall be responsible for such disbursement of the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Trustees or the President. The Treasurer shall keep accurate account of the books of the Trust’s transactions which shall be the property of the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in the Treasurer’s possession, shall be subject at all times to

 

5


the inspection and control of the Trustees. Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall also be the principal financial officer of the Trust. The Treasurer shall have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees may authorize any adviser, administrator, manager or transfer agent to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds of any Series of the Trust on behalf of such Series.

4.8 Other Officers and Duties. The Trustees may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of the Trust. Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office. Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such person by the Trustees or delegated to such person by the President.

ARTICLE V

Records and Reports

5.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Share Register. The Trust shall keep at its offices or at the office of its transfer or similar agent, records of its Shareholders, that provide the names and addresses of all Shareholders and the number of Shares held by each Shareholder. Such records may be inspected during the Trust’s regular business hours by any Shareholder, or its duly authorized representative, upon reasonable written demand to the Trust, for any purpose reasonably related to such Shareholder’s interest as a Shareholder.

5.2 Maintenance and Inspection of Declaration of Trust and By-Laws. The Trust shall keep at its offices the original or a copy of the Declaration of Trust and these By-Laws, as amended or restated from time to time, where they may be inspected during the Trust’s regular business hours by any Shareholder, or its duly authorized representative, upon reasonable written demand to the Trust, for any purpose reasonably related to such Shareholder’s interest as a Shareholder.

5.3 Maintenance and Inspection of Other Records. The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the Shareholders, the Board, any committee of the Board or any advisory committee shall be kept at such place or places designated by the Board or, in the absence of such designation, at the offices of the Trust. The minutes shall be kept in written form and the accounting books are records shall be kept either in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form

If information is requested by a Shareholder, the Board, or, in case the Board does not act, the president, any vice president or the secretary, shall establish reasonable standards governing, without limitation, the information and documents to be furnished and the time and the location, if appropriate, of furnishing such information and documents. Costs of providing such information and documents shall be borne by the requesting Shareholder. The Trust shall be entitled to reimbursement for its direct, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in declining unreasonable requests (in whole or in part) for information or documents.

 

6


The Board, or, in case the Board does not act, the president, any vice president or the secretary, may keep confidential from Shareholders for such period of time as the Board or such officer, as applicable, deems reasonable any information that the Board or such officer, as applicable, reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information that the Board or such officer, as the case may be, in good faith believes would not be in the best interests of the Trust to disclose or that could damage the Trust or its business or that the Trust is required by law or by agreement with a third party to keep confidential.

5.4 Inspection by Trustees. Every Trustee shall have the absolute right during the Trust’s regular business hours to inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind any the physical properties of the Trust. This inspection by a Trustee may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts of documents.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

6.1 Contracts and Instruments; How Executed. The Board, except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust and these By-Laws, may authorize any officer or officers or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and this authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

6.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Trust shall be determined by the Board.

6.3 Headings; References. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as part hereof or control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of this instrument. Whenever the singular number is used herein, the same shall include the plural; and the neuter, masculine and feminine genders shall include each other, as applicable. Any references herein to specific sections of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”) or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), shall refer to such sections as amended from time to time or any successor sections thereof.

6.4 Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations.

(a) The provisions of these By-Laws are servable, and if the Board of Trustees shall determine with the advice of counsel, that any of such provision is in conflict with the Declaration, the 1940 Act, the Code, the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed not to have constituted a part of these By-Laws from the time when such provisions became inconsistent with such laws or regulations; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of these By-Laws or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.

 

7


(b) If any provision of these By-Laws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of these By-Laws in any jurisdiction.

6.5 Depositories. In accordance with Section 3.9 of the Declaration, the funds of the Trust shall be deposited in such custodians as the Trustees shall designate and shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer, officers, agent or agents (including the adviser, administrator or manager), as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

6.6 Signatures. All contracts and other instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by its properly authorized officers, agent or agents, as provided in the Declaration or By-Laws or as the Trustees may from time to time by resolution provide.

6.7 Seal. The Trust is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Trust, or any Series of the Trust, if any, may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absence of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed and delivered.

ARTICLE VII

Stock Transfers

7.1 Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like. As provided in Section 5.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares of the various Series of the Trust as the Trustees shall deem necessary or desirable. In addition, the Trustees shall have power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Trustees.

7.2 Transfer of Shares. The Shares of the Trust shall be transferable on the books of the Trust only upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of proper documentation as provided in Section 5.8 of the Declaration. The Trust, or its transfer agents, shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until presentation of such evidence as may be reasonably required to show that the requested transfer is proper.

7.3 Registered Shareholders. The Trust may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.

 

8


ARTICLE VIII

Amendment of By-Laws

8.1 Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws. In accordance with Section 3.8 of the Declaration, only the Trustees shall have the power to amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time provided, however, that no By-Law may be amended, adopted or repealed by the Trustees if such amendment, adoption or repeal requires, pursuant to law, the Declaration of Trust, or these By-Laws, a vote of the Shareholders. Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees. The Trustees shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration, and any apparent inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the related provisions in the Declaration.

 

9

NUMBER

  

 

ZQ

SHARES

COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

WITHOUT PAR VALUE

   CUSIP 756158 10 1
   SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE OWNER OF

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

Reaves Utility Income Fund, a Delaware Statutory Trust, transferable on the books of the Trust by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended from time to time, to all of which the holder by acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile signatures of the duly authorized officers of the Trust.

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED

 

                                         THE BANK OF NEW YORK      
  TRANSFER AGENT  

/s/

 

/s/

  DATED:
  AND REGISTRAR      
BY /s/        

 

       
 

AUTHORIZED

SIGNATURE

 

SECRETARY

    

 

PRESIDENT

    

 


[REVERSE SIDE OF CERTIFICATE]

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

  TEN COM   — as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT    Custodian   
  TEN ENT   — as tenants by the en      (Cust)            (Minor)   
  JT TEN   — as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common     

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

Act                                 

  
       (State)   
            Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For Value Received                    hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL

SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF

ASSIGNEE

   

 

    

 

    

 

(NAME AND ADDRESS OF TRANSFEREE SHOULD BE PRINTED OR TYPE WRITTEN)


Common Shares of Beneficial Interest represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                        Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within-named Trust, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated                                                 

X                                                                      

X                                                                       

NOTICE:

Signature(s) Guaranteed

 

By

 

 

     

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

TERM AND CONDITIONS

Pursuant to this Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) of the Reaves Utility Income Fund (the “Trust”), unless a holder (a “Shareholder”) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) otherwise elects, all dividends and distributions on such Shareholders’ Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by the Bank of New York (“BONY”) as agent for Shareholders in administering the Plan (the “Plan Administrator”), in additional common Shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the Shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by BONY as the Dividend Disbursing Agent. Participants may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends and distributions in cash by sending written instructions to BONY, as the Dividend Disbursing Agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by the Plan Administrator not less than ten days prior to any dividend or distribution payment date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or distribution.

The Plan Administrator will open an account for each Shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such Shareholder’s Common Shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or distribution (collectively referred to as “dividends”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the respective Trust (“newly issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“open market purchases”) on the American Stock Exchange, the primary national securities exchange on which the common shares are traded, or elsewhere.

If on the payment date for any dividend, the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions is greater than the net asset value per Common Share (such condition being referred to herein as “market premium”), the Plan Administrator will invest the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares, including fractions, on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than or equal to 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

If on such payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the market value per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as “market discount”), the Plan Administrator will invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.

In the event a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such dividend, whichever is sooner (the “last purchase date”), to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated the Trust will pay monthly dividends. Therefore the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through

 

1


the date before the next “ex-dividend” date which will be approximately ten days. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of the Common Shares exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average price per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the dividend had been paid on newly issued Common Shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open market purchases, if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open-market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the close of business on the last purchase date; provide that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

The Plan Administrator will maintain all Shareholders’ accounts in the plan and furnish written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by Shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant.

In the case of Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for other beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the plan on the basis of number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record Shareholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Trust as a result of dividends and capital gains distributions payable either in Common Shares or cash. However, each participant will pay a pro-rata share of brokerage commissions with respect to the Plan Administrator’s open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends.

For the avoidance of doubt, no Common Shares will be issued under the Plan at a price less than net asset value or under any circumstance that may violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any rules promulgated thereunder.

VOTING

Each Shareholder proxy will include those Common Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for Common Shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

TAXATION

The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends.

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Trust. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Notice will be sent to Plan participants of any amendments as soon as practicable after such action by the Trust.

 

2


INQUIRIES REGARDING THE PLAN

Correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Bank of New York in its capacity as Plan Administrator and/or Dividend Disbursing Agent , as applicable , at The Bank of New York, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, 20 th Floor, Transfer Agent Services, (800) 433-8191.

APPLICABLE LAW

These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

EXECUTION

To record the adoption of the Plan of February 20, 2004, the Trust has caused this Plan to be executed in the name and on behalf of each Trust by a duly authorized officer.

 

By and behalf of

Reaves Utility Income Fund

/s/ Edmund J. Burke

 

3

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of August 26, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and between REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND (the “Fund”), a Delaware statutory trust registered as a closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), and W. H. REAVES & CO., INC. (the “Adviser”), a Delaware corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain the Adviser, and the Adviser is willing to serve, as the Fund’s investment adviser with full discretion to manage the investments of the Fund, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.

Investment Management by Adviser

1.1. The Adviser shall serve as the Fund’s investment adviser with full discretion to manage the investments of the Fund, subject to and in accordance with this Agreement and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions set forth in the prospectus and statement of additional information contained in the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) and the Investment Company Act as currently in effect and as supplemented and/or amended from time to time (respectively the “Registration Statement”, the “Prospectus” and the “Statement of Additional Information”). The Adviser acknowledges it has received and reviewed the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, each in the form included in the Registration Statement when it first became effective under the Securities Act at the effective date of this Agreement. The Fund agrees to deliver immediately to the Adviser copies of all supplements or amendments to the Prospectus and/or the Statement of Additional Information filed by the Fund, from time to time, under the Securities Act.

1.2. The securities and cash constituting assets of the Fund shall be held by the Custodian designated by the Fund. Delivery and receipt of securities, collection of interest, dividends and other distributions thereon, will be arranged by the Fund.

1.3. The Adviser’s responsibilities hereunder are limited to those of an investment manager and shall not include any responsibilities relating to the day-to-day administration of the Fund or the supervision of third-party service providers retained by the Fund.

1.4. Allocation of Brokerage

The Adviser is authorized, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, to place orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund’s investments with or through such persons, brokers or dealers and to negotiate commissions to be paid on such transactions in accordance with the Fund’s policies with respect to brokerage set forth in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The Adviser may, on behalf of the Fund, pay brokerage commissions to a broker which provides brokerage and research services to the Adviser in excess of the amount another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction, provided (i) the Adviser determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing broker in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of the Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and the accounts as to which the Adviser exercises investment discretion, (ii) such payment is made in compliance with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other applicable laws and regulations, and (iii) in the opinion of the Adviser, the total commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund over the long term. It is recognized that the services provided by

 

1


such brokers may be useful to the Adviser in connection with the Adviser’s services to other clients. On occasions when the Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Fund as well as other clients of the Adviser, the Adviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of securities sold or purchased, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Adviser in the manner the Adviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.

1.5. Code of Ethics. The Adviser agrees to observe and comply with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act (“Rule 17j-1”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall submit to the Fund’s Board of Trustees for approval a Code of Ethics of the Adviser which complies with Rule 17j-1 and which is consistent with the Code of Ethics adopted by the Fund pursuant to Rule 17j-1. The Adviser will make available to the Fund, at any time upon request, including facsimile, without delay, during any business day, any reports required to be made by the Adviser pursuant to Rule 17j-l.

1.6. Books and Records

The Adviser will maintain all books and records required to be maintained pursuant to the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to transactions made by it on behalf of the Fund including, without limitation, the books and records required by Subsections (b)(1), (5), (6), (8), (9) and (10) and Subsection (f) of Rule 31a-l under the Investment Company Act and shall timely furnish to the Fund all information relating to the Adviser’s services hereunder needed by the Fund to keep such other books and records of the Fund required by Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Adviser will also preserve all such books and records for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act. The Adviser further agrees that all books and records maintained hereunder shall be made available to the Fund at any time upon request, including facsimile without delay, during any business day. However, the Adviser shall not be required to maintain books and records that are required to be maintained by the Fund’s administrator other than as required of it by applicable laws and regulations.

1.7. Information Concerning Investments and the Adviser.

The Adviser will furnish to the Fund, from time to time and as the Fund may request, reports on portfolio transactions and reports on investments held in the portfolio, all in such detail as may be requested. The Adviser will also provide the Fund, on a regular basis, with economic and investment analysis and reports or other investment services normally available to institutional or other clients of the Adviser.

The Adviser will make available its officers and employees to meet with the Fund’s Board of Trustees at the Fund’s principal place of business, to review the Investments of the Fund, quarterly, or upon due notice, at a time requested by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. The Adviser further agrees to inform the Fund of any changes in investment strategy, tactics or key personnel.

1.8. Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations.

The Adviser agrees that in all matters relating to its performance under this Agreement, the Adviser and its directors, officers and employees, will act in accordance with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

1.9. Voting of Proxies

The Adviser will vote proxies pursuant to its policies and procedures as set forth in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

2


2.

Representations of the Fund.

The Fund makes the following representations to the Adviser:

2.1. The Fund is a Delaware statutory trust duly registered as a closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act.

2.2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of this Agreement are within the Fund’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of its Board of Trustees, and no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Fund for the execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of this Agreement

2.3. The execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a default under (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, (ii) the Fund’s agreement and declaration of trust, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Fund.

2.4. This Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of the Fund, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof.

3.

Representations of the Adviser.

The Adviser makes the following representations to the Fund:

3.1. The Adviser is a Delaware corporation duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

3.2. The Adviser will discharge its duties as investment adviser to the Fund in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and of the rules and regulations thereunder.

3.3. The execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement are within the Adviser’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of its shareholders, and Board of Directors and no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Adviser for the execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement.

3.4. The execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a default under (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, (ii) the Adviser’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Adviser.

3.5. This Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of the Adviser, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof.

3.6. The Adviser hereby agrees to follow and comply with the policies and procedures of the Fund, including the Order Aggregation and Allocation Procedures, Proxy Voting Guidelines, Rule 10f-3 Procedures, Rule 17a-7 Procedures, Rule 17e-1 Procedures, Soft Dollar Policies and Procedures, Pricing Procedures, Fair Value Procedures, and Repurchase Agreement Guidelines, which have been adopted by the Board of Trustees on February 20, 2004, and which may be amended from time to time.

3.7. The Adviser performs investment advisory services on a fully discretionary basis for various clients, including clients whose investment objectives and policies are generally similar to those of the Fund. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that the nature and timing of the strategies employed and actions taken by the Adviser for any of its other clients may be the same as or different from those employed and taken by the Adviser for the Fund, provided that it continues to be the Adviser’s policy and practice not to favor or disfavor any client or class of clients in the allocation of investment opportunities that the Adviser believes would be suitable for such client or class of clients, so that, to the extent practicable, such opportunities will be allocated among clients over time on a fair and equitable basis.

 

3


4.

Valuation and Fees

4.1. The Adviser will appraise and report the investment portfolio of the Fund monthly. For such purpose, the portfolio shall be appraised on a trade-date basis. More frequent reports will be made available upon request.

4.2. Advisory Fee Schedule. The Fund shall pay the Adviser, in arrears, a monthly investment advisory fee (hereinafter referred to as “Advisory Fee”) based on the average daily total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any preferred shares that may be outstanding or otherwise attributable to the use of leverage) as of the close of business of the last business day of each calendar month, in accordance with the schedule below:

0.575% (57.5 basis points) annually (0.047917% monthly)

4.3. The Adviser has also agreed to pay from its own assets additional compensation to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. This additional compensation will be payable quarterly at the annual rate of 0.15% (15 basis points) (0.0375% quarterly) of the Fund’s average weekly total assets (including any assets attributable to any preferred shares that may be outstanding or otherwise attributable to the use of leverage) during the continuance of the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement between the Adviser and the Fund or other subsequent advisory agreements between these parties.

4.4. Partial Periods. If the Adviser serves the Fund for a period of less than a full calendar month the Advisory Fee will be proportionately reduced to reflect only the number of days during the month the Fund was under the Adviser’s management, and will be based on the average daily total assets of the Fund as of the close of business on the last business day of such lesser period.

5.

Survival of Representations and Warranties; Duty to Update Information

All representations and warranties made by the Fund pursuant to Section 2 and by the Adviser pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall survive for the duration of this Agreement, and each party hereto, upon becoming aware that any of its representations and warranties are no longer true, shall immediately, but in any event within five (5) business days, notify the other party in writing. Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar year during the term hereof, the Adviser shall certify to the Fund that it has complied with the requirements of Rule 17j-l with regard to its duties hereunder during the prior year and that there has been no violation of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics with respect to the Fund or in respect of any matter or circumstance that is material to the performance of the Adviser’s duties hereunder or, if such violation has occurred, that appropriate action was taken in response to such violation.

6.

Liability

The Adviser shall not be subject to any liability to the Fund or its shareholders for any act or omission of the Adviser in performing its obligations hereunder as investment adviser to the Fund, or for any losses that may be sustained by the Fund in the purchase, holding or sale of investments; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall protect the Adviser against any liability to the Fund and its shareholders to which the Adviser would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the Adviser’s reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

4


7.

Duration and Termination

7.1. Duration

This Agreement shall continue in effect for a period of two years from the date specified above and subject thereafter to being continued in force and effect from year to year if specifically approved each year by either (i) the Board of Trustees of the Fund, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. In addition to the foregoing, each renewal of this Agreement must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund’s trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Prior to voting on the renewal of this Agreement, the Board of Trustees of the Fund may request and evaluate, and the Adviser shall furnish, such information as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Fund’s Board of Trustees to evaluate the terms of this Agreement.

7.2. Termination

Notwithstanding whatever may be provided herein to the contrary, this agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty:

(a) By vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Adviser;

(b) By the Adviser, upon sixty (60) days notice to the Fund

This agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term as defined in the Investment Company Act).

8.

Amendment

This agreement may be amended by mutual consent in writing of the parties, provided that the terms of each such amendment shall be approved by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

9.

Notice

Any notice that is required to be given by the parties to each other under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered, or mailed postpaid to the other party, or transmitted by facsimile with acknowledgment of receipt, to the parties at the following addresses or facsimile numbers, which may from time to time be changed by the parties by notice to the other party;

(a) If to the Adviser:

W. H. Reaves & Co., Inc.

10 Exchange Place, 18 th Fl.

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: Compliance Director

Facsimile: (201) 332-4596

 

5


(b) If to the Fund:

Reaves Utility Income Fund

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, CO 80202

Attention: Secretary

Facsimile: 303-623-7850

10.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware with respect to any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

11.

Counterparts

This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall together constitute one and the same document.

12.

Captions

The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

13.

Severability

If any provision of this agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision or applicable law, the remainder of the agreement shall not be affected adversely and shall remain in full force and effect.

14.

Certain Definitions

(a) Business Day. As used herein, “Business Day” means any customary business day in the United States on which the New York Stock Exchange is open.

(b) Miscellaneous. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the Investment Company Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the Investment Company Act and to interpretations thereof, if any, by the US. courts or, in the absence of any controlling decisions of any such court, by rules, regulation or order of the Commission validly issued pursuant to the Investment Company Act. Specifically, as used herein, “investment company,” “affiliated person,” “interested person,” “assignment,” “broker,” “dealer” and “affirmative vote of the majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities” shall all have such meaning as such terms have in the Investment Company Act. The term “investment adviser” shall have such meaning as such term has in the Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act, and in the event of a conflict between such Acts, the most expansive definition shall control.

In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the Investment Company Act reflected in any provision of this Agreement is relaxed by a rule, regulation or order of the Commission, whether of special or general application, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation or order.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the Effective Date first written above.

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

(the “FUND”)

By:

 

/s/ Jeremy O. May

Name:

 

Jeremy O. May

Title:

 

Chairman

W. H. REAVES & CO., INC.

(the “ADVISER”)

By:

 

/s/ Ronald J. Sorenson

Name:

 

Title:

 

President

 

7

Exhibit 99(j)

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, dated as of February 24, 2004, between Reaves Utility Income Fund, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware having its principal office and place of business at 1625 Broadway, Suite 2200, Denver, Colorado 80202 (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business having its principal office and place of business at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 (“Custodian”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

That for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth the Fund and Custodian agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:

1.  “Authorized Person” shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of the Fund, duly authorized by the Fund’s board to execute any Certificate or to give any Oral Instruction with respect to one or more Accounts, such persons to be designated in a Certificate annexed hereto as Schedule I hereto or such other Certificate as may be received by Custodian from time to time.

2.  “BNY Affiliate” shall mean any office, branch or subsidiary of The Bank of New York Company, Inc.

3.  “Book-Entry System” shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.

4.  “Business Day” shall mean any day on which Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.

5.  “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, which is actually received by Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

6.  “Composite Currency Unit” shall mean the Euro or any other composite currency unit consisting of the aggregate of specified amounts of specified currencies, as such unit may be constituted from time to time.

7.  “Depository” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

8.  “Foreign Depository” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

9.  “Instructions” shall mean communications transmitted by electronic or telecommunications media, including S.W.I.F.T., computer-to-computer interface, or dedicated transmission lines.

10.  “Oral Instructions” shall mean verbal instructions received by Custodian from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.


11.  “Series” shall mean the various portfolios, if any, of the Fund listed on Schedule II hereto, and if none are listed references to Series shall be references to the Fund.

12.  “Securities” shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes, mortgages or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository or by a Subcustodian).

13.  “Subcustodian” shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the U.S. which is utilized by Custodian in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of Securities hereunder and identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and nominees.

ARTICLE II

APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS;

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

1. (a) The Fund hereby appoints Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash at any time delivered to Custodian during the term of this Agreement, and authorizes Custodian to hold Securities in registered form in its name or the name of its nominees. Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more securities accounts and cash accounts for each Series in which Custodian will hold Securities and cash as provided herein. Custodian shall maintain books and records segregating the assets of each Series from the assets of any other Series. Such accounts (each, an “Account”; collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Fund.

(b) Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special Account”), and Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.

(c) Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in a Certificate or Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and Custodian shall agree, and Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities and money as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.

2. The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each delivery of a Certificate or each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:

(a) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder;

(b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, approved by a resolution of its board, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;

(c) It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;

(d) It will not use the services provided by Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Fund;

 

2


(e) Its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Custodian) and each Depository which Custodian or any Subcustodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with Section 1(a) of Article III hereof, satisfies the applicable requirements of the “40 Act and Rules 17f-4 or 17f-5 thereunder, as the case may be;

(f) The Fund or its investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f-7 under the “40 Act;

(g) It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions and delivering Certificates to Custodian, understands that there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods selected by the Fund, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be utilized provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances, and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by Custodian, may conclusively be presumed by Custodian to have been given by person(s) duly authorized, and may be acted upon as given;

(h) It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings for each Series does not exceed the amount such Series is permitted to borrow under the “40 Act;

(i) Its transmission or giving of, and Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Certificates, Instructions, or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the “40 Act;

(j) It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and

(k) It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to Custodian contained in Section 1 of Article V hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims, or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as Custodian may require to assure such priority.

3. The Fund hereby covenants that it shall from time to time complete and execute and deliver to Custodian upon Custodian’s request a Form FR U-1 (or successor form) whenever the Fund borrows from Custodian any money to be used for the purchase or carrying of margin stock as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation U.

ARTICLE III

CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES

1. (a) Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to hold any Securities received by it from time to time for the Fund’s account. Custodian shall be entitled to utilize Depositories, Subcustodians, and, subject to subsection(c) of this Section 1, Foreign Depositories, to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder. Securities and cash held in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity. Securities and cash held through Subcustodians shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of Custodian’s agreements with such Subcustodians. Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Securities in Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodians participate. Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, Securities deposited with a Subcustodian, a Depositary or a Foreign Depository will be held in a commingled account, in the name of Custodian, holding only Securities held by Custodian as custodian for its customers. Custodian shall identify on its books and records the Securities and cash belonging to the Fund, whether held directly or indirectly through Depositories, Foreign Depositories, or Subcustodians. Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through

 

3


Subcustodians, Depositories, or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Securities in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such Securities are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration, or where such Securities are acquired. Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (the “Replacement Subcustodian”). In the event Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the “40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.

(b) Unless Custodian has received a Certificate or Instructions to the contrary, Custodian shall hold Securities indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the Securities are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of Securities on behalf of the Fund by such Subcustodian, and (ii) beneficial ownership of the Securities is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.

(c) With respect to each Foreign Depository, Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence, and diligence (i) to provide the Fund with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository, and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund of any material change in such risks. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risks. As used herein the term “Country Risks” shall mean with respect to any Foreign Depository: (a) the financial infrastructure of the country in which it is organized, (b) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) such country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations, and (f) market conditions which affect the order execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.

2. Custodian shall furnish the Fund with an advice of daily transactions (including a confirmation of each transfer of Securities) and a monthly summary of all transfers to or from the Accounts.

3. With respect to all Securities held hereunder, Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:

(a) Receive all income and other payments and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;

(b) Present for payment and receive the amount paid upon all Securities which may mature and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;

(c) Forward to the Fund copies of all information or documents that it may actually receive from an issuer of Securities which, in the opinion of Custodian, are intended for the beneficial owner of Securities;

(d) Execute, as custodian, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons;

(e) Hold directly or through a Depository, a Foreign Depository, or a Subcustodian all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to any Securities credited to an Account hereunder; and

(f) Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments.

 

4


4. (a) Custodian shall notify the Fund of rights or discretionary actions with respect to Securities held hereunder, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, provided that Custodian has actually received, from the issuer or the relevant Depository (with respect to Securities issued in the United States) or from the relevant Subcustodian, Foreign Depository, or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes, timely notice of such rights or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken. Absent actual receipt of such notice, Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.

(b) Whenever Securities (including, but not limited to, warrants, options, tenders, options to tender or non-mandatory puts or calls) confer discretionary rights on the Fund or provide for discretionary action or alternative courses of action by the Fund, the Fund shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing Custodian to act. In order for Custodian to act, it must receive the Fund’s Certificate or Instructions at Custodian’s offices, addressed as Custodian may from time to time request, not later than noon (New York time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the last scheduled date to act with respect to such Securities (or such earlier date or time as Custodian may specify to the Fund). Absent Custodian’s timely receipt of such Certificate or Instructions, Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities.

5. All voting rights with respect to Securities, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee. For Securities issued in the United States, Custodian’s only duty shall be to mail to the Fund any documents (including proxy statements, annual reports and signed proxies) actually received by Custodian relating to the exercise of such voting rights. With respect to Securities issued outside of the United States, Custodian’s only duty shall be to provide the Fund with access to a provider of global proxy services at the Fund’s request. The Fund shall be responsible for all costs associated with its use of such services.

6. Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund upon Custodian’s actual receipt of notification of the partial redemption, partial payment or other action affecting less than all Securities of the relevant class. If Custodian, any Subcustodian, any Depository, or any Foreign Depository holds any Securities in which the Fund has an interest as part of a fungible mass, Custodian, such Subcustodian, Depository, or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.

7. Custodian shall not under any circumstances accept bearer interest coupons which have been stripped from United States federal, state or local government or agency securities unless explicitly agreed to by Custodian in writing.

8. The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including any interest or penalty with respect thereto (“Taxes”), with respect to any cash or Securities held on behalf of the Fund or any transaction related thereto. The Fund shall indemnify Custodian and each Subcustodian for the amount of any Tax that Custodian, any such Subcustodian or any other withholding agent is required under applicable laws (whether by assessment or otherwise) to pay on behalf of, or in respect of income earned by or payments or distributions made to or for the account of the Fund (including any payment of Tax required by reason of an earlier failure to withhold). Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or other withholding agent to, withhold the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law upon collection of any dividend, interest or other distribution made with respect to any Security and any proceeds or income from the sale, loan or other transfer of any Security. In the event that Custodian or any Subcustodian is required under applicable law to pay any Tax on behalf of the Fund, Custodian is hereby authorized to withdraw cash from any cash account in the amount required to pay such Tax and to use such cash, or to remit

 

5


such cash to the appropriate Subcustodian or other withholding agent, for the timely payment of such Tax in the manner required by applicable law. If the aggregate amount of cash in all cash accounts is not sufficient to pay such Tax, Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of the additional amount of cash (in the appropriate currency) required, and the Fund shall directly deposit such additional amount in the appropriate cash account promptly after receipt of such notice, for use by Custodian as specified herein. In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that Fund is eligible, pursuant to applicable law or to the provisions of any tax treaty, for a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax which is otherwise required to be withheld or paid on behalf of the Fund under any applicable law, Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or withholding agent to, either withhold or pay such Tax at such reduced rate or refrain from withholding or paying such Tax, as appropriate; provided that Custodian shall have received from the Fund all documentary evidence of residence or other qualification for such reduced rate or exemption required to be received under such applicable law or treaty. In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax is obtainable only by means of an application for refund, Custodian and the applicable Subcustodian shall have no responsibility for the accuracy or validity of any forms or documentation provided by the Fund to Custodian hereunder. The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Custodian and each Subcustodian in respect of any liability arising from any underwithholding or underpayment of any Tax which results from the inaccuracy or invalidity of any such forms or other documentation, and such obligation to indemnify shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

9. (a) For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in U.S. dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency, or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction. Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories, and Foreign Depositories. Such funds shall be in U.S. dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to Custodian.

(b) Any foreign exchange transaction effected by Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with Custodian or a BNY Affiliate acting as principal or otherwise through customary banking channels. The Fund may issue a standing Certificate or Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the Fund. The Fund shall bear all risks of investing in Securities or holding cash denominated in a foreign currency.

(c) To the extent that Custodian has agreed to provide pricing or other information services in connection with this Agreement, Custodian is authorized to utilize any vendor (including brokers and dealers of Securities) reasonably believed by Custodian to be reliable to provide such information. The Fund understands that certain pricing information with respect to complex financial instruments ( e.g. , derivatives) may be based on calculated amounts rather than actual market transactions and may not reflect actual market values, and that the variance between such calculated amounts and actual market values may or may not be material. Where vendors do not provide information for particular Securities or other property, an Authorized Person may advise Custodian in a Certificate regarding the fair market value of, or provide other information with respect to, such Securities or property as determined by it in good faith. Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage or expense incurred as a result of errors or omissions with respect to any pricing or other information utilized by Custodian hereunder.

 

6


10. Custodian shall promptly send to the Fund (a) any reports it receives from a Depository on such Depository’s system of internal accounting control, and (b) such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

11. Until such time as Custodian receives a certificate to the contrary with respect to a particular Security, Custodian may release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and shareholder.

ARTICLE IV

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES; CREDITS TO ACCOUNT

1. Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions, or with respect to a purchase or sale of a Security generally required to be settled on the same day the purchase or sale is made, Oral Instructions specifying all information Custodian may reasonably request to settle such purchase or sale. Custodian shall account for all purchases and sales of Securities on the actual settlement date unless otherwise agreed by Custodian.

2. The Fund understands that when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities may be effected by Custodian or any Subcustodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities. The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks, including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities.

3. Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience or by separate agreement with the Fund, credit the Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor. All such credits shall be conditional until Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received. Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until Custodian shall have received immediately available funds which under applicable local law, rule and/or practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and which are specifically applicable to such transaction.

ARTICLE V

OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS

1. If Custodian should in its sole discretion advance funds on behalf of any Series which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) because the money held by Custodian in an Account for such Series shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities specifically allocated to such Series, as set forth in a Certificate, Instructions or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for some other reason, including, without limitation, because of a reversal of a conditional credit or the purchase of any currency, or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to Custodian with respect to a Series, including any indebtedness to The Bank of New York under the [Fund’s Cash Management and Related Services Agreement] (except a borrowing for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities as collateral pursuant to a separate agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article), such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed to be a loan made by Custodian to the Fund for such Series payable on demand and shall bear interest from the date

 

7


incurred at a rate per annum ordinarily charged by Custodian to its institutional customers, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time. In addition, the Fund hereby agrees that Custodian shall to the maximum extent permitted by law have a continuing lien, security interest, and security entitlement in and to any property, including, without limitation, any investment property or any financial asset, of such Series at any time held by Custodian for the benefit of such Series or in which such Series may have an interest which is then in Custodian’s possession or control or in possession or control of any third party acting in Custodian’s behalf. The Fund authorizes Custodian, in its sole discretion, at any time to charge any such overdraft or indebtedness together with interest due thereon against any balance of account standing to such Series’ credit on Custodian’s books.

2. If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate specifying with respect to each such borrowing: (a) the Series to which such borrowing relates; (b) the name of the bank, (c) the amount of the borrowing, (d) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (e) the total amount payable to the Fund on the borrowing date, (f) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities, and (g) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the “40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus. Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in a Certificate the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Certificate. Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement. Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in a Certificate to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section. The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to Custodian, and Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it. In the event that the Fund fails to specify in a Certificate the Series, the name of the issuer, the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by Custodian, Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.

ARTICLE VI

SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

1. Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the amount of money and/or Securities to be received by Custodian for the sale of such Shares and specifically allocated to an Account for such Series.

2. Upon receipt of such money, Custodian shall credit such money to an Account in the name of the Series for which such money was received.

3. Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires Custodian to make payment out of the money held by Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption of any Shares, it shall furnish to Custodian (a) a resolution of the Fund’s board directing the Fund’s transfer agent to redeem the Shares, and (b) a Certificate or Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares. Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Certificate or Instructions out of the money held in an Account of the appropriate Series.

 

8


ARTICLE VII

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS

1. Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to Custodian Instructions or a Certificate setting forth with respect to the Series specified therein the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable, and the payment date.

2. Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions or Certificate, Custodian shall pay out of the money held for the account of such Series the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.

ARTICLE VIII

CONCERNING CUSTODIAN

1. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), incurred by or asserted against the Fund, except those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct. Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depositories, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, of any Foreign Depositories. With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Losses from such Subcustodian; and Custodian’s sole responsibility and liability to the Fund shall be limited to amounts so received from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by Custodian). In no event shall Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, nor shall BNY or any Subcustodian be liable: (i) for acting in accordance with any Certificate or Oral Instructions actually received by Custodian and reasonably believed by Custodian to be given by an Authorized Person; (ii) for acting in accordance with Instructions without reviewing the same; (iii) for conclusively presuming that all Instructions are given only by person(s) duly authorized; (iv) for conclusively presuming that all disbursements of cash directed by the Fund, whether by a Certificate, an Oral Instruction, or an Instruction, are in accordance with Section 2(i) of Article II hereof; (v) for holding property in any particular country, including, but not limited to, Losses resulting from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; regulation of the banking or securities industry; exchange or currency controls or restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; availability of cash or Securities or market conditions which prevent the transfer of property or execution of Securities transactions or affect the value of property; (vi) for any Losses due to forces beyond the control of Custodian, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, or interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; (vii) for the insolvency of any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), any Depository, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, any Foreign Depository; or (viii) for any Losses arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, including, without limitation, implementation or adoption of any rules or procedures of a Foreign Depository, which may affect, limit, prevent or impose costs or burdens on, the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any currency or Composite Currency Unit in any country or on the transfer of any Securities, and in no event shall Custodian be obligated to substitute another currency for a currency (including a currency that is a component of a Composite Currency Unit) whose transferability, convertibility or availability has been affected, limited, or prevented by such law, regulation or event, and to the extent that any such law, regulation or event imposes a cost or charge upon Custodian in relation to the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any cash currency or

 

9


Composite Currency Unit, such cost or charge shall be for the account of the Fund, and Custodian may treat any account denominated in an affected currency as a group of separate accounts denominated in the relevant component currencies.

(b) Custodian may enter into subcontracts, agreements and understandings with any BNY Affiliate, whenever and on such terms and conditions as it deems necessary or appropriate to perform its services hereunder. No such subcontract, agreement or understanding shall discharge Custodian from its obligations hereunder.

(c) The Fund agrees to indemnify Custodian and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by the Fund; provided however, that the Fund shall not indemnify Custodian for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:

(a) Any Losses incurred by the Fund or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Securities, or Securities which are otherwise not freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;

(b) The validity of the issue of any Securities purchased, sold, or written by or for the Fund, the legality of the purchase, sale or writing thereof, or the propriety of the amount paid or received therefor;

(c) The legality of the sale or redemption of any Shares, or the propriety of the amount to be received or paid therefor;

(d) The legality of the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund;

(e) The legality of any borrowing by the Fund;

(f) The legality of any loan of portfolio Securities, nor shall Custodian be under any duty or obligation to see to it that any cash or collateral delivered to it by a broker, dealer or financial institution or held by it at any time as a result of such loan of portfolio Securities is adequate security for the Fund against any loss it might sustain as a result of such loan, which duty or obligation shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund. In addition, Custodian shall be under no duty or obligation to see that any broker, dealer or financial institution to which portfolio Securities of the Fund are lent makes payment to it of any dividends or interest which are payable to or for the account of the Fund during the period of such loan or at the termination of such loan, provided, however that Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund in the event that such dividends or interest are not paid and received when due;

(g) The sufficiency or value of any amounts of money and/or Securities held in any Special Account in connection with transactions by the Fund; whether any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member makes payment to the Fund of any variation margin payment or similar payment which the Fund may be entitled to receive from such broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member, or whether any payment received by Custodian from any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member is the amount the Fund is entitled to receive, or to notify the Fund of Custodian’s receipt or non-receipt of any such payment; or

(h) Whether any Securities at any time delivered to, or held by it or by any Subcustodian, for the account of the Fund and specifically allocated to a Series are such as properly may be held by the Fund

 

10


or such Series under the provisions of its then current prospectus and statement of additional information, or to ascertain whether any transactions by the Fund, whether or not involving Custodian, are such transactions as may properly be engaged in by the Fund.

3. Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.

4. Custodian shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Securities in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.

5. Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise, or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account.

6. The Fund shall pay to Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable. The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for all costs associated with the conversion of the Fund’s Securities hereunder and the transfer of Securities and records kept in connection with this Agreement. The Fund shall also reimburse Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.

7. Custodian has the right to debit any cash account for any amount payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to Custodian. In addition to the rights of Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any of its obligations to Custodian, Custodian shall have the right without notice to the Fund to retain or set-off, against such obligations of the Fund, any Securities or cash Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the account of the Fund, and any obligations (whether matured or unmatured) that Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency or Composite Currency Unit. Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to Custodian and any BNY Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.

8. The Fund agrees to forward to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to Custodian. The Fund agrees that the fact that such confirming Certificate or Instructions are not received or that a contrary Certificate or contrary Instructions are received by Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by Custodian. If the Fund elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications system offered by Custodian, the Fund’s use thereof shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions attached as Appendix I hereto, and Custodian shall provide user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys only to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

9. The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of Custodian shall be the property of the Fund. Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the “40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during Custodian’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.

10. It is understood that Custodian is authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts which is required by any law, regulation or rule now or hereafter in effect. The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

 

11


11. Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

1. Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than ninety (90) days after the date of giving of such notice. In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits. In the event such notice is given by Custodian, the Fund shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to Custodian a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, designating a successor custodian or custodians. In the absence of such designation by the Fund, Custodian may designate a successor custodian which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits. Upon the date set forth in such notice this Agreement shall terminate, and Custodian shall upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian on that date deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities and money then owned by the Fund and held by it as Custodian, after deducting all fees, expenses and other amounts for the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled.

2. If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund or Custodian in accordance with the preceding Section, the Fund shall upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and upon the delivery by Custodian of all Securities (other than Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund) and money then owned by the Fund be deemed to be its own custodian and Custodian shall thereby be relieved of all duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, other than the duty with respect to Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund to hold such Securities hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

1. The Fund agrees to furnish to Custodian a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons. Until such new Certificate is received, Custodian shall be fully protected in acting upon Certificates or Oral Instructions of such present Authorized Persons.

2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Custodian and received by it at its offices at 100 Church Street, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as Custodian may from time to time designate in writing.

3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Fund and received by it at its offices at ***, or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.

4. Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and

 

12


may be exercised from time to time. No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

5. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties, except that any amendment to the Schedule I hereto need be signed only by the Fund and any amendment to Appendix I hereto need be signed only by Custodian. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.

6. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Fund and Custodian hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder. The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Fund and Custodian each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and Custodian have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND
By:  

/s/ EDMUND J. BURKE

Title:   President
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By:  

/s/ THOMAS PORRAZZO

Title:   Vice President

 

14


SCHEDULE II

SERIES

N/A


APPENDIX I

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (THE “SYSTEM”)

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.  License; Use . Upon delivery to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person the Fund of software enabling the Fund to obtain access to the System (the “Software”), Custodian grants to the Fund a personal, nontransferable and nonexclusive license to use the Software solely for the purpose of transmitting Written Instructions, receiving reports, making inquiries or otherwise communicating with Custodian in connection with the Account(s). The Fund shall use the Software solely for its own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau. Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to the Fund with respect to the Software. The Fund acknowledges that Custodian and its suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof. The Fund further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefor) by Custodian or its suppliers. The Fund shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments, nor shall you attempt to decompile, reverse engineer or modify the Software. The Fund may not copy, sell, lease or provide, directly or indirectly, any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without Custodian’s prior written consent. The Fund may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software. The Fund shall reproduce any such notice on any reproduction of the Software and shall add any statutory copyright notice or other notice to the Software or media upon Custodian’s request.

2.  Equipment . The Fund shall obtain and maintain at its own cost and expense all equipment and services, including but not limited to communications services, necessary for it to utilize the Software and obtain access to the System, and Custodian shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment or services.

3.  Proprietary Information . The Software, any data base and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to the Fund (other than which are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the “Information”), are the exclusive and confidential property of Custodian or its suppliers. The Fund shall keep the Information confidential by using the same care and discretion that the Fund uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care. Upon termination of the Agreement or the Software license granted herein for any reason, the Fund shall return to Custodian any and all copies of the Information which are in its possession or under its control.

4.  Modifications . Custodian reserves the right to modify the Software from time to time and the Fund shall install new releases of the Software as Custodian may direct. The Fund agrees not to modify or attempt to modify the Software without Custodian’s prior written consent. The Fund acknowledges that any modifications to the Software, whether by the Fund or Custodian and whether with or without Custodian’s consent, shall become the property of Custodian.

5.  NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES . CUSTODIAN AND ITS MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE FUND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND ANY DATABASE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.” IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, WHICH THE FUND MAY INCUR IN


CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EVEN IF CUSTODIAN OR SUCH SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.

6.  Security; Reliance; Unauthorized Use . The Fund will cause all persons utilizing the Software and System to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and it will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to persons duly authorized to give Instructions. Custodian is hereby irrevocably authorized to act in accordance with and rely on Instructions received by it through the System. The Fund acknowledges that it is its sole responsibility to assure that only persons duly authorized use the System and that Custodian shall not be responsible nor liable for any unauthorized use thereof.

7.  System Acknowledgments . Custodian shall acknowledge through the System its receipt of each transmission communicated through the System, and in the absence of such acknowledgment Custodian shall not be liable for any failure to act in accordance with such transmission and the Fund may not claim that such transmission was received by Custodian.

8.  EXPORT RESTRICTIONS . EXPORT OF THE SOFTWARE IS PROHIBITED BY UNITED STATES LAW. THE FUND MAY NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES RESELL, DIVERT, TRANSFER, TRANSSHIP OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE (IN ANY FORM) IN OR TO ANY OTHER COUNTRY. IF CUSTODIAN DELIVERED THE SOFTWARE TO THE FUND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SOFTWARE WAS EXPORTED FROM THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORTER ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS. DIVERSION CONTRARY TO U.S. LAW IS PROHIBITED. The Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to report its name and address to government agencies to which Custodian is required to provide such information by law.

9.  ENCRYPTION . The Fund acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for every communication through the System, or for all data. The Fund agrees that Custodian may deactivate any encryption features at any time, without notice or liability to the Fund, for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or troubleshooting the System or the Software.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, made as of February 24, 2004, by and between the REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “Customer”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York trust company (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

That for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

1. “Business Day” shall be deemed to be each day on which the Bank is open for business.

2. “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Bank by the Customer which is signed by any Officer, as hereinafter defined, and actually received by the Bank.

3. “Officer” shall be deemed to be the Customer’s Chief Executive Officer, President, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, the Controller, any Assistant Treasurer, and any Assistant Secretary duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Customer to execute any Certificate, instruction, notice or other instrument on behalf of the Customer and named in a Certificate, as such Certificate may be amended from time to time.

4. “Shares” shall mean all or any part of each class of the shares of capital stock of the Customer which from time to time are authorized and/or issued by the Customer and identified in a Certificate of the Secretary of the Customer under corporate seal, as such Certificate may be amended from time to time, with respect to which the Bank is to act hereunder.

ARTICLE II.

APPOINTMENT OF BANK

1. The Customer hereby constitutes and appoints the Bank as its agent to perform the services described herein and as more particularly described in Schedule I attached hereto (the “Services”), and the Bank hereby accepts appointment as such agent and agrees to perform the Services in accordance with the terms hereinafter set forth.

2. In connection with such appointment, the Customer shall deliver the following documents to the Bank:

(a) A certified copy of the Certificate of Incorporation or other document evidencing the Customer’s form of organization (the “Charter”) and all amendments thereto;

(b) A certified copy of the By-Laws of the Customer;

(c) A certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Customer appointing the Bank to perform the Services and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(d) A Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Customer specifying: the number of authorized Shares, the number of such authorized Shares issued and currently outstanding, and the names and specimen signatures of all persons duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Customer to execute any Certificate on behalf of the Customer, as such Certificate may be amended from time to time;


(e) A Specimen Share certificate for each class of Shares in the form approved by the Board of Directors of the Customer, together with a Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Customer as to such approval and covenanting to supply a new such Certificate and specimen whenever such form shall change;

(f) An opinion of counsel for the Customer, in a form satisfactory to the Bank, with respect to the validity of the authorized and outstanding Shares, the obtaining of all necessary governmental consents, whether such Shares are fully paid and non-assessable and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other applicable law or regulation ( i.e. , if subject to registration, that they have been registered and that the Registration Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor);

(g) A list of the name, address, social security or taxpayer identification number of each Shareholder, number of Shares owned, certificate numbers, and whether any “stops” have been placed; and

(h) An opinion of counsel for the Customer, in a form satisfactory to the Bank, with respect to the due authorization by the Customer and the validity and effectiveness of the use of facsimile signatures by the Bank in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates of the Customer.

3. The Customer shall furnish the Bank with a sufficient supply of blank Share certificates and from time to time will renew such supply upon request of the Bank. Such blank Share certificates shall be properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by Officers of the Customer authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share certificates, and, if required, shall bear the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.

ARTICLE III.

AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES

1. The Customer shall deliver to the Bank the following documents on or before the effective date of any increase, decrease or other change in the total number of Shares authorized to be issued:

(a) A certified copy of the amendment to the Charter giving effect to such increase, decrease or change;

(b) An opinion of counsel for the Customer, in a form satisfactory to the Bank, with respect to the validity of the Shares, the obtaining of all necessary governmental consents, whether such Shares are fully paid and non-assessable and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other applicable federal law or regulations ( i.e. , if subject to registration, that they have been registered and that the Registration Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor); and

(c) In the case of an increase, if the appointment of the Bank was theretofore expressly limited, a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Customer increasing the authority of the Bank.

2. Prior to the issuance of any additional Shares pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or otherwise, and prior to any reduction in the number of Shares outstanding, the Customer shall deliver the following documents to the Bank:

(a) A certified copy of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and/or the shareholders of the Customer authorizing such issuance of additional Shares of the Customer or such reduction, as the case may be;

 

2


(b) A certified copy of the order or consent of each governmental or regulatory authority required by law as a prerequisite to the issuance or reduction of such Shares, as the case may be, and an opinion of counsel for the Customer that no other order or consent is required; and

(c) An opinion of counsel for the Customer, in a form satisfactory to the Bank, with respect to the validity of the Shares, the obtaining of all necessary governmental consents, whether such Shares are fully paid and non-assessable and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other applicable law or regulation ( i.e. , if subject to registration, that they have been registered and that the Registration Statement has become effective, or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor).

ARTICLE IV.

RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT

1. In the case of any negative stock split, recapitalization or other capital adjustment requiring a change in the form of Share certificates, the Bank will issue Share certificates in the new form in exchange for, or upon transfer of, outstanding Share certificates in the old form, upon receiving:

(a) A Certificate authorizing the issuance of Share certificates in the new form;

(b) A certified copy of any amendment to the Charter with respect to the change;

(c) Specimen Share certificates for each class of Shares in the new form approved by the Board of Directors of the Customer, with a Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Customer as to such approval;

(d) A certified copy of the order or consent of each governmental or regulatory authority required by law as a prerequisite to the issuance of the Shares in the new form, and an opinion of counsel for the Customer that the order or consent of no other governmental or regulatory authority is required; and

(e) An opinion of counsel for the Customer, in a form satisfactory to the Bank, with respect to the validity of the Shares in the new form, the obtaining of all necessary governmental consents, whether such Shares are fully paid and non-assessable and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any other applicable law or regulation ( i.e. , if subject to registration, that the Shares have been registered and that the Registration Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor).

2. The Customer shall furnish the Bank with a sufficient supply of blank Share certificates in the new form, and from time to time will replenish such supply upon the request of the Bank. Such blank Share certificates shall be properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by Officers of the Customer authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share certificates and, if required, shall bear the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.

ARTICLE V.

ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

1. The Bank will issue Share certificates upon receipt of a Certificate from an Officer, but shall not be required to issue Share certificates after it has received from an appropriate federal or state authority written notification that the sale of Shares has been suspended or discontinued, and the Bank shall be entitled to rely upon such written notification. The Bank shall not be responsible for the payment of any original issue or other taxes required to be paid by the Customer in connection with the issuance of any Shares.

2. Shares will be transferred upon presentation to the Bank of Share certificates in form deemed by the Bank properly endorsed for transfer, accompanied by such documents as the Bank deems

 

3


necessary to evidence the authority of the person making such transfer, and bearing satisfactory evidence of the payment of applicable stock transfer taxes. In the case of small estates where no administration is contemplated, the Bank may, when furnished with an appropriate surety bond, and without further approval of the Customer, transfer Shares registered in the name of the decedent where the current market value of the Shares being transferred does not exceed such amount as may from time to time be prescribed by the various states. The Bank reserves the right to refuse to transfer Shares until it is satisfied that the endorsements on Share certificates are valid and genuine, and for that purpose it may require, unless otherwise instructed by an Officer of the Customer, a guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Bank, which requirements include membership or participation in STAMP or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Bank in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Bank also reserves the right to refuse to transfer Shares until it is satisfied that the requested transfer is legally authorized, and it shall incur no liability for the refusal in good faith to make transfers which the Bank, in its judgment, deems improper or unauthorized, or until it is satisfied that there is no basis to any claims adverse to such transfer. The Bank may, in effecting transfers of Shares, rely upon those provisions of the Uniform Act for the Simplification of Fiduciary Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be amended from time to time, applicable to the transfer of securities, and the Customer shall indemnify the Bank for any act done or omitted by it in good faith in reliance upon such laws.

3. All certificates representing Shares that are subject to restrictions on transfer ( e.g. , securities acquired pursuant to an investment representation, securities held by controlling persons, securities subject to stockholders’ agreement, etc.), shall be stamped with a legend describing the extent and conditions of the restrictions or referring to the source of such restrictions. The Bank assumes no responsibility with respect to the transfer of restricted securities where counsel for the Customer advises that such transfer may be properly effected.

ARTICLE VI.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

1. The Customer shall furnish to the Bank a copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, either (i) setting forth the date of the declaration of a dividend or distribution, the date of accrual or payment, as the case may be, the record date as of which shareholders entitled to payment, or accrual, as the case may be, shall be determined, the amount per Share of such dividend or distribution, the payment date on which all previously accrued and unpaid dividends are to be paid, and the total amount, if any, payable to the Bank on such payment date, or (ii) authorizing the declaration of dividends and distributions on a periodic basis and authorizing the Bank to rely on a Certificate setting forth the information described in subsection (i) of this paragraph.

2. Prior to the payment date specified in such Certificate or resolution, as the case may be, the Customer shall, in the case of a cash dividend or distribution, pay to the Bank an amount of cash, sufficient for the Bank to make the payment, specified in such Certificate or resolution, to the shareholders of record as of such payment date. The Bank will, upon receipt of any such cash, (i) in the case of shareholders who are participants in a dividend reinvestment and/or cash purchase plan of the Customer, reinvest such cash dividends or distributions in accordance with the terms of such plan, and (ii) in the case of shareholders who are not participants in any such plan, make payment of such cash dividends or distributions to the shareholders of record as of the record date by mailing a check, payable to the registered shareholder, to the address of record or dividend mailing address. The Bank shall not be liable for any improper payment made in accordance with a Certificate or resolution described in the preceding paragraph. If the Bank shall not receive sufficient cash prior to the payment date to make payments of any cash dividend or distribution pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii) above to all shareholders of the Customer as of the record date, the Bank shall, upon notifying the Customer, withhold payment to all shareholders of the Customer as of the record date until sufficient cash is provided to the Bank.

 

4


3. It is understood that the Bank shall in no way be responsible for the determination of the rate or form of dividends or distributions due to the shareholders.

4. It is understood that the Bank shall file such appropriate information returns concerning the payment of dividends and distributions with the proper federal, state and local authorities as are required by law to be filed by the Customer but shall in no way be responsible for the collection or withholding of taxes due on such dividends or distributions due to shareholders, except and only to the extent required of it by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CONCERNING THE CUSTOMER

1. The Customer shall promptly deliver to the Bank written notice of any change in the Officers authorized to sign Share certificates, Certificates, notifications or requests, together with a specimen signature of each new Officer. In the event any Officer who shall have signed manually or whose facsimile signature shall have been affixed to blank Share certificates shall die, resign or be removed prior to issuance of such Share certificates, the Bank may issue such Share certificates as the Share certificates of the Customer notwithstanding such death, resignation or removal, and the Customer shall promptly deliver to the Bank such approvals, adoptions or ratifications as may be required by law.

2. Each copy of the Charter of the Customer and copies of all amendments thereto shall be certified by the Secretary of State (or other appropriate official) of the state of incorporation, and if such Charter and/or amendments are required by law also to be filed with a county or other officer or official body, a certificate of such filing shall be filed with a certified copy submitted to the Bank. Each copy of the By-Laws and copies of all amendments thereto, and copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Customer, shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Customer under the corporate seal.

3. Customer hereby represents and warrants:

(a) It is a statutory trust duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Delaware.

(b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Customer. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Customer do not and will not violate any applicable law or regulation and do not require the consent of any governmental or other regulatory body except for such consents and approvals as have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII.

CONCERNING THE BANK

1. The Bank shall not be liable and shall be fully protected in acting upon any writing or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been given, signed or made by the proper person or persons and shall not be held to have any notice of any change of authority of any person until receipt of written notice thereof from an Officer of the Customer. It shall also be protected in processing Share certificates which it reasonably believes to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of the duly authorized Officer or Officers of the Customer and the proper countersignature of the Bank.

 

5


2. The Bank may establish such additional procedures, rules and regulations governing the transfer or registration of Share certificates as it may deem advisable and consistent with such rules and regulations generally adopted by bank transfer agents.

3. The Bank may keep such records as it deems advisable but not inconsistent with resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Customer. The Bank may deliver to the Customer from time to time at its discretion, for safekeeping or disposition by the Customer in accordance with law, such records, papers, Share certificates which have been cancelled in transfer or exchange and other documents accumulated in the execution of its duties hereunder as the Bank may deem expedient, other than those which the Bank is itself required to maintain pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, and the Customer shall assume all responsibility for any failure thereafter to produce any record, paper, cancelled Share certificate or other document so returned, if and when required. The records maintained by the Bank pursuant to this paragraph which have not been previously delivered to the Customer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be considered to be the property of the Customer, shall be made available upon request for inspection by the Officers, employees and auditors of the Customer, and shall be delivered to the Customer upon request and in any event upon the date of termination of this Agreement, as specified in Article IX of this Agreement, in the form and manner kept by the Bank on such date of termination or such earlier date as may be requested by the Customer.

4. The Bank may employ agents or attorneys-in-fact at the expense of the Customer to perform its obligations hereunder, and shall not be liable for any loss or expense arising out of, or in connection with, the actions or omissions to act of its agents or attorneys-in-fact, so long as the Bank acts in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the selection of such agents or attorneys-in-fact.

5. The Bank shall only be liable for any loss or damage arising out of its own negligence or willful misconduct, provided, however, that the Bank shall not be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages.

6. The Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney’s fees, which the Bank may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against the Bank except for any liability which the Bank has assumed pursuant to the immediately preceding section. The Bank shall be deemed not to have acted with negligence and not to have engaged in willful misconduct by reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank without its own negligence or willful misconduct in reliance upon (i) any provision of this Agreement, (ii) any instrument, order or Share certificate reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, countersigned or executed by any duly authorized Officer of the Customer, (iii) any Certificate or other written instructions of an Officer, (iv) any opinion of legal counsel for the Customer or the Bank, or (v) any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act, or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed. Nothing contained herein shall limit or in any way impair the right of the Bank to indemnification under any other provision of this Agreement.

7. Specifically, but not by way of limitation, the Customer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any and all claims (whether with or without basis in fact or law), costs, demands, expenses and liabilities, including reasonable attorney’s fees, of any and every nature which the Bank may sustain or incur or which may be asserted against the Bank in connection with the genuineness of a Share certificate, the Bank’s due authorization by the Customer to issue Shares and the form and amount of authorized Shares.

8. The Bank shall not incur any liability hereunder if by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control, it, or its employees, officers or directors shall be prevented,

 

6


delayed or forbidden from, or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of, doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of this Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed or by reason of any nonperformance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in the performance of any act or thing which by the terms of this Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed.

9. At any time the Bank may apply to an Officer of the Customer for written instructions with respect to any matter arising in connection with the Bank’s duties and obligations under this Agreement, and the Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank in good faith in accordance with such written instructions. Such application by the Bank for instructions from an Officer of the Customer may, at the option of the Bank, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank with respect to its duties or obligations under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken, which date shall not be less than three business days from the date of receipt by the Customer of such application, and the Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified therein unless, prior to taking or omitting to take any such action, the Bank has received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. The Bank may consult counsel to the Customer or its own counsel, at the expense of the Customer, and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.

10. When mail is used for delivery of non-negotiable Share certificates, the value of which does not exceed the limits of the Bank’s Blanket Bond, the Bank shall send such non-negotiable Share certificates by first class mail, and such deliveries will be covered while in transit by the Bank’s Blanket Bond. Non-negotiable Share certificates, the value of which exceed the limits of the Bank’s Blanket Bond, will be sent by insured registered mail. Negotiable Share certificates will be sent by insured registered mail. The Bank shall advise the Customer of any Share certificates returned as undeliverable after being mailed as herein provided for.

11. The Bank may issue new Share certificates in place of Share certificates represented to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receiving instructions in writing from an Officer and indemnity satisfactory to the Bank. Such instructions from the Customer shall be in such form as approved by the Board of Directors of the Customer in accordance with applicable law or the By-Laws of the Customer governing such matters. If the Bank receives written notification from the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed Share certificate within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, the Bank shall promptly notify the Customer and shall act pursuant to written instructions signed by an Officer. If the Customer receives such written notification from the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed Share certificate within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, the Customer shall promptly notify the Bank and the Bank shall act pursuant to written instructions signed by an Officer. The Bank shall not be liable for any act done or omitted by it pursuant to the written instructions described herein. The Bank may issue new Share certificates in exchange for, and upon surrender of, mutilated Share certificates.

12. The Bank will issue and mail subscription warrants for Shares, Shares representing stock dividends, exchanges or splits, or act as conversion agent upon receiving written instructions from an Officer and such other documents as the Bank may deem necessary.

13. The Bank will supply shareholder lists to the Customer from time to time upon receiving a request therefor from an Officer of the Customer.

14. In case of any requests or demands for the inspection of the shareholder records of the Customer, the Bank will notify the Customer and endeavor to secure instructions from an Officer as to such inspection. The Bank reserves the right, however, to exhibit the shareholder records to any person whenever it is advised by its counsel that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Bank will be held liable for the failure to exhibit the shareholder records to such person.

 

7


15. At the request of an Officer, the Bank will address and mail such appropriate notices to shareholders as the Customer may direct.

16. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Bank shall be under no duty or obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:

(a) The legality of the issue, sale or transfer of any Shares, the sufficiency of the amount to be received in connection therewith, or the authority of the Customer to request such issuance, sale or transfer;

(b) The legality of the purchase of any Shares, the sufficiency of the amount to be paid in connection therewith, or the authority of the Customer to request such purchase;

(c) The legality of the declaration of any dividend by the Customer, or the legality of the issue of any Shares in payment of any stock dividend; or

(d) The legality of any recapitalization or readjustment of the Shares.

17. The Bank shall be entitled to receive and the Customer hereby agrees to pay to the Bank for its performance hereunder (i) out-of-pocket expenses (including legal expenses and attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with this Agreement and its performance hereunder, and (ii) the compensation for services as set forth in Schedule I.

18. The Bank shall not be responsible for any money, whether or not represented by any check, draft or other instrument for the payment of money, received by it on behalf of the Customer, until the Bank actually receives and collects such funds.

19. In no event shall the Bank be required to accept or act upon any oral instructions; regardless of the circumstances.

20. The Bank shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against the Bank in connection with this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX.

TERMINATION

Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than 30 days after the date of receipt of such notice. In the event such notice is given by the Customer, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Customer, certified by its Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor transfer agent or transfer agents. In the event such notice is given by the Bank, the Customer shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to the Bank a copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors certified by its Secretary designating a successor transfer agent or transfer agents. In the absence of such designation by the Customer, the Bank may designate a successor transfer agent. If the Customer fails to designate a successor transfer agent and if the Bank is unable to find a successor transfer agent, the Customer shall, upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and delivery of the records maintained hereunder, be deemed to be its own transfer agent and the Bank shall thereafter be relieved of all duties and responsibilities hereunder. Upon termination hereof, the Customer shall pay to the Bank such compensation as may be due to the Bank as of the date of such termination, and shall reimburse the Bank for any disbursements and expenses made or incurred by the Bank and payable or reimbursable hereunder.

 

8


ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

1. The indemnities contained herein shall be continuing obligations of the Customer, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Customer shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Customer and mailed or delivered to it at 1625 Broadway, Suite 2200, Denver, Colorado 80202, Attn: General Counsel, or at such other place as the Customer may from time to time designate in writing.

3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Bank shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Bank and mailed or delivered to it at its office at 101 Barclay Street (12W), New York, New York 10286 or at such other place as the Bank may from time to time designate in writing.

4. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement duly authorized and executed by both parties. Any duly authorized Officer may amend any Certificate naming Officers authorized to execute and deliver Certificates, instructions, notices or other instruments, and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may amend any Certificate listing the shares of capital stock of the Customer for which the Bank performs Services hereunder.

5. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, and provided, further, that any reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale of assets, by the Bank shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Agreement.

6. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that, all actions and proceedings arising out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or in a New York State Court in the County of New York and that, in connection with any such action or proceeding, submit to the jurisdiction of, and venue in, such court. Each of the parties hereto also irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original; but such counterparts, together, shall constitute only one instrument.

8. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Bank and the Customer, and no rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective corporate officers, thereunto duly authorized and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND
By:  

/s/ EDMUND J. BURKE

Name:   Edmund J. Burke
Title:   President
THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By:  

/s/ THOMAS PORRAZZO

Name:   Thomas Porrazzo
Title:   Vice President

 

10

ADMINISTRATION, BOOKKEEPING AND

PRICING SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of February 24, 2004, between Reaves Utility Income Fund, a Delaware Statutory Trust (the “Fund”), and ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“ALPS”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company.

WHEREAS, ALPS provides certain administrative, bookkeeping and pricing services to investment companies; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to appoint ALPS to perform certain administrative, bookkeeping and pricing services for the Fund, and ALPS has indicated its willingness to so act, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

ALPS Appointment and Duties.

(a)

The Fund hereby appoints ALPS to provide administrative, bookkeeping and pricing services as are set forth in Appendix A , as amended from time to time, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. ALPS hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such specified services. ALPS shall for all purposes be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly authorized in this Agreement, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

(b)

ALPS may employ or associate itself with a person or persons or organizations as ALPS believes to be desirable in the performance of its duties hereunder; provided that, in such event, the compensation of such person or persons or organizations shall be paid by and be the sole responsibility of ALPS and the Fund shall bear no cost or obligation with respect thereto; and provided further that ALPS shall not be relieved of any of its obligations under this Agreement in such event and shall be responsible for all acts of any such person or persons or organizations taken in furtherance of this Agreement to the same extent it would be for its own acts.

 

2.

ALPS Compensation; Expenses.

(a)

In consideration for the services to be performed hereunder by ALPS, the Fund shall pay ALPS the fees listed in Appendix B hereto.

(b)

ALPS will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement and all related agreements, except as otherwise provided herein. ALPS will pay all expenses incurred by the Fund, with the exception of advisory fees, trustees’ fees, portfolio transaction expenses, litigation expenses, taxes, cost of preferred shares, expenses of conducting repurchase offers for the purpose of repurchasing fund shares, and extraordinary expenses.

 

3.

Right to Receive Advice.

(a)

Advice of the Fund . If ALPS is in doubt as to any action it should or should not take, ALPS shall request directions or advice from the Fund.

(b)

Advice of Counsel . If ALPS is in doubt as to any question of law pertaining to any action it should or should not take, ALPS shall request advice from counsel of its own choosing and at its own expense.


(c)

Conflicting Advice . In the event of a conflict between directions, advice or instructions ALPS receives from the Fund and the advice ALPS receives from counsel, ALPS shall inform the Fund and its counsel of the conflict and seek resolution.

(d)

Nothing in this subsection shall excuse ALPS when an action or omission on the part of ALPS constitutes willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard by ALPS of any duties, obligations or responsibilities set forth in this Agreement.

 

4.

Liability of ALPS.

(a)

ALPS may rely upon the written advice of counsel for the Fund and the Fund’s independent accountants, and upon oral or written statements of the Fund’s investment adviser, brokers and other service providers to the Fund, reasonably believed by ALPS in good faith to be an expert in the matters upon which they are consulted and, for any actions reasonably taken in good faith reliance upon such advice or statements and without negligence, ALPS shall not be liable to anyone.

(b)

Nothing herein contained shall be construed to protect ALPS against any liability to the Fund or its shareholders to which ALPS would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, or reckless disregard in the performance of its duties.

(c)

Except as may otherwise be provided by applicable law, neither ALPS nor its shareholders, officers, Directors, employees or agents shall be subject to, and the Fund shall indemnify and hold such persons harmless from and against, any liability for and any damages, expenses or losses incurred by reason of the inaccuracy of factual information furnished to ALPS by the Fund or its adviser.

(d)

ALPS shall be obligated to exercise commercially reasonable care and diligence in the performance of its duties hereunder, to act in good faith and to use its best efforts, within reasonable limits, in performing services provided for under this Agreement. ALPS shall be liable for actual damages arising out of ALPS’ failure to perform its duties under this Agreement to the extent such damages arise out of ALPS’ willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of such duties.

(e)

ALPS shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except for a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

5.

Reports . Whenever, in the course of performing its duties under this Agreement, ALPS determines, on the basis of information supplied to ALPS by the Fund or its authorized agents, that a violation of applicable law has occurred or that, to its knowledge, a possible violation of applicable law may have occurred or, with the passage of time, would occur, ALPS shall promptly notify the Fund and its counsel.

 

6.

Activities of ALPS . The services of ALPS under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive, and ALPS shall be free to render similar services to others. The Fund recognizes that from time to time directors, officers and employees of ALPS may serve as directors, officers and employees of other corporations or businesses (including other investment companies) and that such other corporations and funds may include ALPS as part of their name and that ALPS or its affiliates may enter into administrative, bookkeeping, pricing agreements or other agreements with such other corporations and funds.

 

7.

Accounts and Records . The accounts and records maintained by ALPS shall be the property of the Fund. Such accounts and records shall be prepared, maintained and preserved as required by the 1940 Act and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. Such accounts and records

 

2


shall be surrendered to the Fund promptly upon receipt of instructions from the Fund in the form in which such accounts and records have been maintained or preserved. The Fund shall have access to such accounts and records at all times during ALPS’ normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by ALPS to the Fund at the Fund’s expense. ALPS shall assist the Fund, the Fund’s independent auditors, or, upon approval of the Fund, any regulatory body, in any requested review of the Fund’s accounts and records, and reports by ALPS or its independent accountants concerning its accounting system and internal auditing controls will be open to such entities for audit or inspection upon reasonable request.

 

8.

Confidential and Proprietary Information . ALPS agrees that it will, on behalf of itself and its officers and employees, treat all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all records and information relative to the Fund and its shareholders (past, present and future) and other information germane thereto, as confidential and as proprietary information of the Fund and not to use, sell, transfer or divulge such information or records to any person for any purpose other than performance of its duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing from the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. It may not be withheld where ALPS may be exposed to civil, regulatory or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Fund. ALPS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to the Fund and its past, present and future shareholders, consumers and customers.

 

9.

Compliance with Rules and Regulations . ALPS shall comply—and to the extent ALPS takes or is required to take action on behalf of the Fund hereunder shall cause the Fund to comply—with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and code of ethics, as well as all investment restrictions, policies and procedures adopted by the Fund of which ALPS has knowledge. Except as specifically set forth herein, ALPS assumes no responsibility for such compliance by the Fund.

 

10.

Representations and Warranties of ALPS . ALPS represents and warrants to the Fund that:

(a)

It is duly organized and existing as a corporation and in good standing under the laws of the State of Colorado.

(b)

It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(c)

All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(d)

It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with industry standards.

(e)

It has and will keep in effect professional liability insurance naming ALPS as insured and providing coverage with respect to ALPS’ activities on behalf of the Fund in the amount of at least $1,000,000, and will provide to the Fund at least annually a certificate of insurance evidencing that such insurance is in full force and effect.

Representations and Warranties of the Fund. The Fund represents and warrants to ALPS that:

(a)

It is a Statutory Trust duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware and is registered with the SEC as a closed-end investment company.

 

3


(b)

It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(c)

The Board of Trustees has duly authorized it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(d)

It has provided ALPS with copies of its Prospectus(es) and Statement(s) of Additional Information and will provide ALPS with any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

11.

Liaison with Accountants . ALPS shall act as liaison with the Fund’s independent public accountants and shall provide account analysis, fiscal year summaries, and other audit-related schedules with respect to the services provided to the Fund. ALPS shall take all reasonable action in the performance of its duties under this Agreement to assure that the necessary information in ALPS’ control is made available to such accountants for the expression of their opinion, as required by the Fund.

 

12.

Business Interruption Plan . ALPS shall maintain in effect a business interruption plan, and enter into any agreements necessary with appropriate parties making reasonable provisions for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment customary in the industry. In the event of equipment failures, ALPS shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take commercially reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions. ALPS shall have no liability with respect to the loss of data or service interruptions caused by equipment failure provided such loss or interruption is not caused by ALPS’ own willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.

Duration and Termination of this Agreement .

(a)

Initial Term . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above (the “Start Date”) and shall continue thereafter throughout the period which ends 3 years after the Start Date (the “Initial Term”). Until the end of the Initial Term, this Agreement may be terminated without penalty only by agreement of the parties upon not less than 60 days’ written notice or for cause pursuant to Section 13(c) hereof. If the Fund terminates this Agreement unilaterally without cause prior to the end of the Initial Term, it will be in default hereunder, causing substantial damages to ALPS. Because of the difficulty of estimating the damages that will result, the Fund agrees to pay to ALPS, as liquidated damages for such default, an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the annual fee in effect at the time of termination (the “Default Payment”):

The parties agree that the Default Payment is a reasonable forecast of probable actual loss to ALPS and that this sum is agreed to as liquidated damages and not as a penalty.

(b)

Renewal Term . If not sooner terminated, this Agreement shall renew at the end of the Initial Term and shall thereafter continue for successive annual periods until terminated by the Fund or by ALPS, without penalty, upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to the other party.

(c)

Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Fund may terminate this Agreement for cause immediately at any time, without penalty, without default and without the payment of any Default Payment or other liquidated damages. Termination for “cause” hereunder shall mean:

(i)

willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard on the part of ALPS in the performance of or with respect to its obligations and duties hereunder;

(ii)

regulatory, administrative, or judicial proceedings against ALPS which result in a determination that, in rendering its services hereunder, ALPS has violated—or has caused the Fund to violate—any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or code of ethics, or any investment restriction, policy or procedure adopted by the Fund of which ALPS had knowledge;

 

4


(iii)

financial difficulties on the part of ALPS which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent, or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time in effect, or any applicable law other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors;

(iv)

failure by ALPS to keep in effect professional liability insurance satisfactory to the Fund trustees naming ALPS as insured and providing coverage with respect to ALPS’ activities on behalf of the Fund in the amount of at least $1,000,000, and to provide to the Fund at least annually a certificate of insurance evidencing that such insurance is in full force and effect; or

(v)

any other circumstance which, in the reasonable judgment of the Fund directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement, materially impairs ALPS’ ability to perform its obligations and duties hereunder.

(d)

Deliveries Upon Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, ALPS shall deliver to the Fund or as otherwise directed by the Fund (at the expense of the Fund, unless such termination is for “cause”) all records and other documents made or accumulated in the performance of its duties for the Fund hereunder.

14.

Assignment . This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the prior written consent of ALPS, or by ALPS without the prior written consent of the Fund.

15.

Governing Law . The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado, and the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. To the extent that the laws of the State of Colorado conflict with the 1940 Act or such rules, the latter shall control.

16.

Names . The obligations of the “Fund” entered into in the name or on behalf thereof by any director, representative or agent thereof are made not individually, but in such capacities, and are not binding upon any of the directors, shareholders, representatives or agents of the Fund personally, but bind only the property of the Fund, and all persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund.

17.

Amendments to this Agreement . This Agreement may only be amended by the parties in writing.

18.

Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been given when received or when sent by telex or facsimile, and shall be given to the following addresses (or such other addresses as to which notice is given):

To ALPS:

ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc.

1625 Broadway, Suite 2200

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: (303) 623-7850

 

5


To the Fund:

Reaves Utility Income Fund

1625 Broadway, Suite 2200

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attn: Secretary

Fax: (303) 623-2577

 

19.

Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20.

Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that ALPS may embody in one or more separate documents its agreement, if any, with respect to delegated duties and oral instructions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND
By:  

/s/ TRACI A. THELEN

Name:   Traci A. Thelen
Title:   Secretary
ALPS MUTUAL FUNDS SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ JEREMY O. MAY

Name:   Jeremy O. May
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

6


APPENDIX A

SERVICES

Administrative

 

   

    

On a monthly basis, assist the Fund in monitoring compliance with:

(i)

the investment restrictions described in the Fund’s registration statement

(ii)

SEC diversification requirements, as applicable

(iii)

its status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

 

   

    

Coordinate the preparation and filing with the SEC on behalf of the Fund:

(i)

Form N-SAR

(ii)

Form N-CSR

ALPS shall not be responsible for the accuracy or adequacy of any information contained in the documents listed in subsections (i) through (iii) above, to the extent such information is provided to ALPS by the Fund, other service providers to the Fund, or any other third party.

 

   

    

Provide assistance to the Fund related to quarterly Board of Directors meetings by preparing board reports regarding services provided by ALPS, as requested by the Fund

 

   

    

Provide assistance to the Fund related to annual stockholder meetings.

 

   

    

Assist the Fund with placement of fidelity bond and errors and omissions insurance policies

 

   

    

Prepare the Fund’s annual and semi-annual financial statements including schedules of investments and the related statements of operations, assets and liabilities and, changes in net assets, as well as the financial highlights and footnotes to the financial statements.

 

   

    

Provide facilities, information and personnel, as necessary, to accommodate annual audits with the Fund’s independent accountants, or examinations conducted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

 

   

    

Monitor the Fund’s expense accruals by establishing expense budgets and comparing expense accruals on a periodic basis to actual expenses paid.

 

   

    

Report performance and other Fund information to outside reporting agencies as directed by the Fund.

 

   

    

Calculate monthly total return performance calculations.

 

   

    

Prepare the Fund’s federal and state tax returns.

 

   

    

Supervise the activities of the Fund’s custodian and transfer agent.

 

   

    

Respond to telephonic or in-person inquiries from existing stockholders or their representatives requesting information regarding matters such as stockholder account or transaction status, net asset value of Fund shares, Fund performance, Fund services, plans and options, Fund investment policies, Fund portfolio holdings, and Fund distributions and classifications thereof for tax purposes.

Bookkeeping and Pricing

 

   

    

Maintain a separate account for the Fund, as directed from time to time by written instructions from the Fund.

 

7


 

   

    

Compute net asset value for the Fund and, as appropriate, compute yields, expense ratios, and portfolio turnover rate.

 

   

    

Obtain security market quotes from independent pricing services, if available, approved by the Fund, or if such quotes are unavailable, then obtain such prices pursuant to the Fund’s valuation policies and procedures, and in either case calculate the market value of the Fund’s investments.

 

   

    

Timely calculate and transmit the Fund’s daily net asset value and public offering price (such determinations to be made in accordance with the provisions of the Fund’s then-current Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information, and any applicable resolutions and policies and procedures of the Board of Directors of the Fund) and promptly communicate such values and prices to the Fund.

 

   

    

Maintain and keep current all books and records of the Fund as required by Section 31 of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, in connection with ALPS’ duties hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, ALPS will prepare and maintain the following records upon receipt of information in proper form from the Fund:

(i)

Cash receipts journal

(ii)

Cash disbursements journal

(iii)

Dividend records

(iv)

Security purchases, sales and loans—portfolio securities journals

(v)

Subscription and redemption journals

(vi)

Security ledgers

(vii)

Broker ledger

(viii)

General ledger

(ix)

Daily expense accruals

(x)

Daily income accruals

(xi)

Foreign currency journals

(xii)

Trial balances

(xiii)

Historical tax lots for each security

 

   

    

Reconcile cash and investment balances with the Custodian.

 

   

    

Provide the Fund with daily Portfolio values, net asset values and other statistical data for the Fund as requested from time to time.

 

   

    

Compute the net income and capital gains and losses of the Fund and calculate income dividend rates in accordance with relevant prospectus policies and resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Fund.

 

8


APPENDIX B

FEES

Fees paid to ALPS shall be calculated and accrued daily and payable monthly by the Fund at the annual rate of 0.265% of the Fund’s average daily total assets.

 

9


QuickLinks

ADMINISTRATION, BOOKKEEPING AND PRICING SERVICES AGREEMENT

APPENDIX A SERVICES

APPENDIX B FEES

Addendum to Administration, Bookkeeping, and Pricing Services Agreement

Dated February 24, 2004

Between

ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc.

and

Reaves Utility Income Fund

THIS ADDENDUM is made as of September 1, 2006, by and between ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc. (“ALPS”), and Reaves Utility Income Fund (“Trust”).

WHEREAS, ALPS and the Trust have entered into a Administration, Bookkeeping, and Pricing Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated February 24, 2004;

WHEREAS, effective September 1, 2006, ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc. will change its name to ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

WHEREAS, in light of the foregoing, ALPS and the Trust wish to modify the provisions of the Agreement to reflect the change in the name of ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc., to ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

  1.

ALPS Fund Services, Inc. All references to ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc. within the Agreement shall be replaced with references to ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

 

  2.

Remainder of the Agreement. All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Addendum has been executed by a duly authorized representative of each of the parties hereto as of the date of the Addendum first set forth above.

 

ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

    

Reaves Utility Income Fund

/s/ Jeremy O. May

    

/s/ Tané T. Tyler

Name: Jeremy O. May

    

Name: Tané T. Tyler

Title: Managing Director

    

Title: Secretary

AMENDMENT TO THE ADMINISTRATION,

BOOKKEEPING AND PRICING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Amendment (“Amendment”) is made as of December 12, 2011, by and between the Reaves Utility Income Fund, a registered investment company (the “Trust”), and ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“ALPS”), the administrator to the Trust.

WHEREAS, the Trust and ALPS previously entered into an Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement, as of February 24, 2004, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, the Trust and ALPS wish to amend the Agreement’s renewal date to coincide with that of the Trust’s investment advisory agreement with W. H. Reaves & Co., Inc.

WHEREAS, all capitalized terms used in the Amendment and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises set forth below, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1.

Section 13 (b) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (b)

Renewal Term . If not sooner terminated, this Agreement shall renew at the end of the Initial Term and shall thereafter continue for successive annual periods until terminated by the Fund or by ALPS, without penalty, upon not less than 90 days’ written notice to the other party.

The term of for the annual renewal period beginning February 24, 2012 shall expire on August 25, 2012, and each successive annual renewal period thereafter shall also expire on August 25 th of each respective annual renewal period.

 

  2.

Except as specifically set forth herein, all other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

Reaves Utility Income Fund     ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ J. Tison Cory

   

By:

  

/s/ Jeremy O. May

Name:

 

J. Tison Cory

   

Name:

  

Jeremy O. May

Title:

 

Secretary

   

Title:

  

President

Date:

 

December 12, 2012

   

Date:

  

December 12, 2012

  

CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement) dated

September 8, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) between

Reaves Utility Income Fund (the “Trust”), and

ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“ALPS”), a Colorado

corporation.

In a joint effort between the Trust and ALPS to ensure the Trust is in compliance with Rule 38a-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), ALPS has agreed to render services to the Trust by entering into a formal agreement with respect thereto effective from and after the Effective Date.

ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Trust and ALPS hereby agree as set forth below.

SECTION 1. Term of Agreement.

The Trust hereby retains ALPS, on behalf of the Trust, subject to termination as provided in this Agreement (the “Initial Term”). After the Term, this Agreement will renew automatically for additional one-year periods of time (each, a “Renewal Term,” and collectively with the Initial Term, the “Term”), unless one party hereto provides the other party with written notice of termination at least sixty (60) days’ prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or the then-current Renewal Term.

SECTION 2. Duties.

(a) ALPS shall designate, subject to the Trust’s approval, one of its own employees to serve as Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust within the meaning of the Rule (such individual, the “CCO”). The CCO shall render to the Trust such advice and services (“Services”) as are required to be performed by a CCO under the Rule and as are set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as such exhibit may be modified from time to time by written agreement of the parties hereto. Exhibit A is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. The Trust acknowledges that other employees of ALPS will assist the CCO in the performance of his or her duties hereunder.

(b) During the Term, the CCO shall report to such individuals as may be designated from time to time by the Trust, subject to the provisions of Exhibit A.

(c) The parties agree that only employees of ALPS shall act as CCO or otherwise perform services to the Trust under this Agreement unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Trust. Notwithstanding his other duties for ALPS or any other investment company, the CCO shall perform the Services in a professional manner and shall devote appropriate time, energies and skill to the Services.

(d) The Trust acknowledges that the CCO may act as Chief Compliance Officer within the meaning of the Rule for other investment companies, and nothing herein shall be


construed to prohibit the CCO from acting in such capacity; provided, however, that during the Term, neither ALPS nor the CCO shall enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding which would conflict with this Agreement or prevent ALPS or the CCO from performing its or his or her obligations hereunder.

The Trust shall cooperate in good faith with ALPS and the CCO in order to assist in the performance of the Services. In furtherance of this agreement to cooperate, the Trust shall make those of its and its Affiliates’ officers, employees and outside counsel available for consultation with ALPS and the CCO and such other service providers of the Trust (collectively, the “Service Providers”), in each case as ALPS or the CCO may reasonably request. The Trust shall provide ALPS and the CCO with the names of appropriate contact people at the Service Providers and shall make introductions and otherwise assist ALPS and the CCO in obtaining the cooperation of the Service Providers. The Trust shall provide ALPS and the CCO with such books and records regarding the Trust as ALPS and the CCO may reasonably request.

SECTION 3. Fee.

(a) As compensation for the performance of the Services on behalf of the Trust, the Trust agrees to share in the allocation of expenses for the provisions of the Services by ALPS in an annual amount not to exceed $39,000, paid 1/12 on a monthly basis (or a pro rata portion thereof for a partial month) (the “Fee”).

(b) The Fee shall be payable by the Trust within 30 days of its receipt of an invoice from ALPS, which invoices shall include amounts for any expenses reimbursable under Section 4 hereof.

(c) The CCO shall not receive and shall not make any claim under this Agreement or otherwise against the Trust for compensation, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance compensation, or life insurance, social security benefits, disability insurance benefits or any other benefits. ALPS is solely responsible for any such compensation or benefits to be paid to the CCO, and ALPS shall withhold on behalf of the CCO the required sums for income tax, unemployment insurance or social security pursuant to any law or requirement of any government agency including, without limitation, unemployment tax, federal, state or foreign income tax, federal social security (FICA) payments and disability insurance taxes. ALPS and the CCO shall make such tax payments as may be required by applicable law and shall indemnify and hold the Trust harmless from any liability that the Trust may incur as a consequence of ALPS’ or the CCO’s failure to make any such tax payment(s).

(d) ALPS and the CCO shall perform the services hereunder as independent contractors and not as employees of the Trust, although the CCO shall be an employee of ALPS. As independent contractors, neither ALPS nor the CCO is, and neither shall represent itself or himself to third parties as being, the agent or representative of the Trust, except as specifically set forth herein. Neither ALPS nor the CCO have, and shall not represent itself or himself to third parties as having, actual or apparent power or authority to do or take any action for or on behalf of the Trust, as its agent, representative or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein.

 

2


SECTION 4. Reimbursement of Expenses.

During the Term, the Trust shall reimburse ALPS for all reasonable and customary travel and lodging expenses and other out-of-pocket disbursements incurred by ALPS for or on behalf of the Trust in connection with the performance of ALPS’ or the CCO’s duties hereunder, provided that ALPS provides the Trust with appropriate receipts and other reasonable documentation as the Trust may request and, provided further, that the Trust is not obligated to reimburse ALPS for any portion of such expenses or disbursements that the Trust deems to be unreasonable or excessive.

SECTION 5. Disclosure of Information.

(a) From and after the date hereof, neither ALPS nor the CCO shall use or disclose to any Person (as defined below), except as required in connection with the performance of the Services and in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and as required by law, regulation or judicial process, any Confidential Information (as defined in Section 5(b)), for any reason or purpose whatsoever, nor shall ALPS or the CCO make use of any Confidential Information for ALPS’ or the CCO’s purposes or for the benefit of any Person except the Trust or the Trust’s Affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an “Affiliate” is an individual or entity (collectively, “Person”) controlling or controlled by or under common control with the Trust.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means (i) the nonpublic intellectual property rights of the Trust, the Trustees and the Trust’s Affiliates and (ii) all other information of a proprietary or confidential nature relating to the Trust, the Trustees, the Trust’s Affiliates, or the business or assets of the Trust or the Trust’s Affiliates, including, without limitation, books, records, customer and registered user lists, vendor lists, supplier lists, customer agreements, vendor agreements, supplier agreements, incentive and commission program information, distribution channels, pricing information, cost information, business and marketing plans, strategies, forecasts, financial statements, budgets and projections, technology, and all information related to the index on which the Trust’s investment strategy is based. Confidential Information does not include (i) information in the public domain not as a result of a breach by ALPS or the CCO of this Agreement, (ii) information lawfully received by ALPS or the CCO from a third Person who had the right to disclose such information, and (iii) information developed by ALPS’ or the CCO’s own independent knowledge, skill and know-how.

(c) In the event that ALPS or the CCO is requested by legal process to disclose Confidential Information, ALPS shall notify the Trust thereof and shall cooperate with the Trust and the Trustees, as appropriate, at the expense of the Trust or the Trustees, as appropriate, in any action that such entity may desire to take to protect its Confidential Information.

SECTION 6. Assignment of Written Materials.

During the Term, ALPS and the CCO shall promptly disclose, and hereby grant and assign to the Trust for its sole use and benefit, any and all technical information, data, procedures, records, suggestions and other materials, insofar as they are reduced to writing,

 

3


including without limitation the Written Compliance Program of the Trust (as that term is defined in Exhibit A), that are reasonably related to the Trust (collectively, the “Materials”) which ALPS or the CCO may develop or acquire during the Term (whether or not during usual working hours), together with all copyrights and reissues thereof that may at any time be granted for or with respect to the Materials. For the avoidance of doubt, the Materials shall include all records referred to in Exhibit A. The Materials shall constitute Confidential Information within the meaning of Section 5.

SECTION 7. Delivery of Materials Upon Termination of Term.

ALPS shall deliver to the Trust at the termination of the Term, or at any time upon the Trust’s request, the Materials and all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, software and other documents and data (and copies thereof existing in any media) relating to the Confidential Information, Inventions or the business of the Trust or any of its Affiliates that it or the CCO may then possess or have under its or his or her control regardless of the location or form of such material and, if requested by the Trust, will provide the Trust with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Trust.

SECTION 8. Termination.

(a) The Trust shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately in the event of:

(i) a failure by ALPS or the CCO to meet its or his or her obligations hereunder or a breach of ALPS’ representations and warranties hereunder, if such failure or breach goes uncured for a period of 30 days after ALPS receives written notice of such failure from the Trust;

(ii) the termination or dissolution of the Trust, or the deregistration of the Trust under the 1940 Act;

(iii) a change in the 1940 Act, the Rule or other applicable law or regulation, or the interpretation of any of the foregoing by the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory or judicial authority with appropriate jurisdiction, that results in the arrangement created by this Agreement no longer satisfying the Trust’s obligations under the Rule; or

(iv) subject to the provisions of Section 2(d), any failure of ALPS to employ a CCO for the Trust acceptable to the Trust.

(b) ALPS shall have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately in the event of:

(i) a failure by the Trust to meet its obligations hereunder or a breach of the Trust’s representations and warranties hereunder, if such failure or breach goes uncured for a period of 30 days after the Trust receives written notice of such failure from ALPS;

 

4


(ii) the termination or dissolution of the Trust, or the deregistration of the Trust under the 1940 Act; or

(iii) a change in the 1940 Act, the Rule or other applicable law or regulation, or the interpretation of any of the foregoing by the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory or judicial authority with appropriate jurisdiction, that results in the arrangement created by this Agreement being deemed impermissible.

(c) Upon termination pursuant to this Section 8, ALPS shall be entitled to receive the Fee accrued but unpaid as of the date of termination paid in a lump sum within 60 days of termination.

SECTION 9. Standard of Care; Limitation of Liability; Indemnification

(a) ALPS shall be under no duty to take any action except as specifically set forth herein or as may be specifically agreed to by ALPS in writing. ALPS shall use its best judgment and efforts in rendering the services described in this Agreement. ALPS shall not be liable to the Trust or any of the Trust’s stockholders for any action or inaction of ALPS relating to any event whatsoever in the absence of bad faith, reckless disregard, negligence or willful misfeasance in the performance of ALPS’ duties or obligations under this Agreement. Further, ALPS shall not be liable to the Trust or any of the Trust’s stockholders for any action taken or failure to act in good faith reliance upon: (i) the advice and opinion of Trust counsel; and (ii) any certified copy of any resolution of the Board of Trustees (the “Board”); and ALPS shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into the validity or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any statement, oral or written instruction, resolution, signature, request, letter or transmittal, certificate, opinion of counsel, instrument, report, notice, consent, order, or any other document or instrument which ALPS reasonably believes in good faith to be genuine.

(b) The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless ALPS, its employees, agents, directors, officers and managers and any person who controls ALPS within the meaning of section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (“ALPS Indemnitees”), against and from any and all claims, demands, actions, suites, judgments, administrative proceedings or investigations, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character arising out of or in any way related to ALPS’ actions taken or failure to act with respect to the Trust in connection with the performance of any duties or obligations under this Agreement (a “ALPS Claim”); provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall entitle a ALPS Indemnitee to indemnification with respect to any ALPS Claim arising from ALPS’ own bad faith, reckless disregard, negligence or willful malfeasance, or breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, ALPS’ bad faith, willful malfeasance or reckless disregard shall not include any action taken or not taken by ALPS consistent with the last sentence of Section 3(a). Further, the Trust shall not be required to indemnify any ALPS Indemnitee if, prior to confessing any ALPS Claim against the ALPS Indemnitee, ALPS or the ALPS Indemnitee does not give the Trust written notice of and reasonable opportunity to defend against the ALPS Claim in its own name or in the name of the ALPS Indemnitee.

 

5


(c) ALPS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, its employees, agents, directors, officers and managers (“Trust Indemnitees”), against and from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, administrative proceedings and investigations, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character arising out of or in any way related to (i) ALPS’ actions taken or failures to act with respect to the Trust that are not consistent with Section 3(a); (ii) any breach of this Agreement with ALPS; or (iii) any breach of ALPS’ representations set forth in Section 4 (a “Trust Claim”). ALPS shall not be required to indemnify any Trust Indemnitee if, prior to confession any Trust Claim against the Trust Indemnitee, the Trust or the Trust Indemnitee does not give ALPS written notice of any reasonable opportunity to defend against the Trust Claim in its own name or in the name of the Trust Indemnitee.

(d) ALPS shall not be liable for the errors of other service providers to the Trust or their systems.

SECTION 10. Representations and Warranties.

(a) ALPS hereby represents and warrants to the Trust that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by ALPS does not breach, violate or cause a default under any agreement, contract or instrument to which ALPS is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which ALPS is subject; (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by ALPS has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action; and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by ALPS and the Trust, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of ALPS.

(b) The Trust hereby represents and warrants to ALPS that (a) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Trust does not breach, violate or cause a default under any agreement, contract or instrument to which the Trust is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which the Trust is subject; (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Trust has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action; and (c) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by ALPS and the Trust, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Trust.

(c) The Trust further represents and warrants to ALPS that the CCO shall be covered by the Trust’s Directors & Officers/Errors & Omissions Policy (the “Policy”), and the Trust shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that such coverage be (a) reinstated should the Policy be cancelled; (b) continued after such officers ceases to serve as the Trust on substantially the same terms as such coverage is provided for the Trust offices after such persons are no longer officers of the Trust; or (c) continued in the event the Trust merges or terminates, on substantially the same terms as such coverage is provided for the Trust officers (but for a period of no less than six years). The Trust shall provide ALPS with proof of current coverage, including a copy of the Policy, and shall notify ALPS immediately should the Policy be cancelled or terminated.

(d) The CCO is named officer in the Trust’s corporate resolutions and subject to the provisions of the Trust’s Organizational Documents regarding indemnification of its officers.

 

6


SECTION 11. Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver.

This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein contain the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any prior agreement between ALPS and the Trust. No waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by each party hereto. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by such other party.

SECTION 12. Notices.

All notices or other communications pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be sufficient if delivered personally, telecopied, sent by nationally-recognized, overnight courier or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

  (a) if to the Trust, to:

Reaves Utility Income Fund

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, CO 80203

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: 303-623-7850

Telephone: 303-623-2577

 

  (b) if to ALPS, to:

ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, CO 80203

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (303) 623-7850

Telephone: (303) 623-2577

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to have been given and received (a) in the case of personal delivery or delivery by facsimile, on the date of such delivery if delivered during business hours on a business day or, if not so delivered, on the next following business day, (b) in the case of delivery by nationally-recognized, overnight courier, on the business day following dispatch, and (c) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following such mailing.

SECTION 13. Headings.

The section Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement.

 

7


SECTION 14. Severability.

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be partially or wholly invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be modified or restricted to the extent necessary to make such provision valid, binding and enforceable, or if such provision cannot be modified or restricted, then such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed to be excised from this Agreement; provided, however, that the binding effect and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement, to the extent the economic benefits conferred upon the parties by virtue of this Agreement remain substantially unimpaired, shall not be affected or impaired in any manner, and any such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability with respect to such provisions shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 15. Remedies.

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and understands that certain provisions of this Agreement are of a special and unique nature, the loss of which cannot be adequately compensated for in damages by an action at law, and thus, the breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Agreement would cause the non-breaching party irreparable harm. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that, in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to immediate relief enjoining such violations in any court or before any judicial body having jurisdiction over such a claim. All remedies hereunder are cumulative, are in addition to any other remedies provided for by law or in equity and may, to the extent permitted by law, be exercised concurrently or separately, and the exercise of any one remedy shall not be deemed to be an election of such remedy or to preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

SECTION 16. Benefits of Agreement; Assignment.

(a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, representatives, heirs and estate, as applicable. This Agreement shall not be assignable by ALPS without the express written consent of the Trust. Any purported assignment in violation of the immediately preceding sentence shall be void and of no effect.

SECTION 17. Survival.

Anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement notwithstanding, the provisions of Sections 5 through 7 and 11 through 21 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Term.

SECTION 18. Counterparts and Facsimile Execution.

This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered (by facsimile or otherwise) to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Any counterpart or other signature hereupon delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by the party delivering it.

 

8


SECTION 19. Governing Law; Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.

(a) All questions concerning the construction, interpretation and validity of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Colorado without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether in the State of Colorado or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Colorado. In furtherance of the foregoing, the law of the State of Colorado will control the interpretation and construction of this Agreement, even if under such jurisdiction’s choice of law of conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily or necessarily apply.

(b) BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX BUSINESS TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS OR REMEDIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENTS RELATED HERETO. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS RESPECTIVE LEGAL COUNSEL, AND KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH SUCH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(c) THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREE THAT THE EXCLUSIVE PLACE OF JURISDICTION FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING (“ACTIONS”) RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE IN THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, NEW YORK OR, IF SUCH COURTS SHALL NOT HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER THEREOF, IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING THEREIN, AND EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR PURPOSES OF ANY SUCH ACTIONS. IF ANY SUCH STATE COURT ALSO DOES NOT HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER THEREOF, THEN SUCH AN ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATES OF THE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS OF ANY PARTY HERETO. EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY ACTION BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS OR TO THE CONVENIENCE OF THE FORUM. FINAL

 

9


JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT, A CERTIFIED OR TRUE COPY OF WHICH SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE FACT AND THE AMOUNT OF ANY INDEBTEDNESS OR LIABILITY OF ANY PARTY THEREIN DESCRIBED.

SECTION 20. Force Majeure.

ALPS shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, fire, mechanical breakdowns, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riots or failure of the mails, transportation, communication system or power supply. In addition, to the extent ALPS’ obligations hereunder are to oversee or monitor the activities of third parties, ALPS shall not be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of ALPS’ duties caused, directly or indirectly, by the failure or delay of such third parties in performing their respective duties or cooperating reasonably and in a timely manner with ALPS.

SECTION 21. Mutual Contribution.

The parties to this Agreement and their counsel have mutually contributed to its drafting. Consequently, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed against any party on the ground that a party drafted the provision or caused it to be drafted.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement as of the date first above written.

   Reaves Utility Income Fund
      By:   

/s/ Jeremy O. May

             Jeremy O. May
      Title:    Chairman and Treasurer
   ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
      By:   

/s/ Jeremy O. May

             Jeremy O. May
      Title:    President

 

11


Exhibit A

Duties of Chief Compliance Officer

The Services shall include, but not be limited to, the following. Terms used in this Exhibit A shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Chief Compliance Officer Services Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached.

 

I.

Review of Compliance Program. No later than the Effective Date, the CCO shall, with the assistance of the Trust, review and revise, where necessary, the written compliance policies and procedures (the “Compliance Program”) of the Trust, which shall address compliance with, and be reasonably designed to prevent violation of, “Federal Securities Laws.” 1 In addition to provisions of Federal Securities Laws that apply to the Trust, the Compliance Program will be revised, where necessary, to address compliance with, and ensure that it is reasonably designed to prevent violation of, the Trust’s charter and bylaws and all exemptive orders, no-action letters and other regulatory relief received by the Trust from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and Financial Industry Regulatory Association, Inc. (the “FINRA”) (all such items collectively, “Regulatory Relief’); provided, however, that the Compliance Program shall address only that Regulatory Relief afforded the Service Providers or the Trust or relevant to compliance by the Service Providers or the Trust, and shall not address the terms by which other parties may receive the benefits of any Regulatory Relief.

 

II. Administration of Compliance Program. The CCO shall administer and enforce the Trust’s Compliance Program.

 

III. Oversight of Service Providers. The CCO is responsible for overseeing, on behalf of the Trust, adherence to the written compliance policies and procedures of the Trust’s service providers, including distributor (the “Distributor” and collectively, the “Service Providers”). In furtherance of this duty,

 

  A. No later than the Effective Date, the CCO shall obtain and review the written compliance policies and procedures of the Service Providers or summaries of such policies that have been drafted by someone familiar with them.

 

  B. The CCO shall monitor the Service Providers’ compliance with their own written compliance policies and procedures, Federal Securities Laws and the Trusts’ Indenture and Regulatory Relief. In so doing, the CCO shall interact with representatives of the Service Providers as appropriate.

 

1  

“Federal Securities Laws” are defined by the Rule as the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any SEC rules adopted under any of the foregoing laws, the Bank Secrecy Act, as it applies to registered investment companies, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of Treasury.

 

12


  C. The CCO shall attempt to obtain the following representations from each Service Provider and, if it fails to obtain such representations, shall report this fact to the Trust:

 

  1. In connection with the documentation of its written policies and procedures governing the provision of its services to the relevant Trust, the Service Provider has prepared and delivered to the Trust a summary of core services that it provides to the Trust or, if no such summary is available, that it has delivered to the Trust copies of the relevant policies and procedures.

 

  2. The Service Provider will provide to the Trust and the CCO any revisions to its written compliance policies and procedures on at least an annual basis, or more frequently in the event of a material revision.

 

  3. The Service Provider’s written compliance policies and procedures have been reasonably designed to prevent, detect and correct violations of the applicable Federal Securities Laws and critical functions related to the services performed by Service Provider pursuant to the applicable agreement between the Service Provider and the Trust.

 

  4. The Service Provider has established monitoring procedures, and shall review, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy and effectiveness of its written compliance policies and procedures to check that they are reasonably designed to prevent, detect and correct violations of those applicable Federal Securities Laws and critical functions related to the services performed by the Service Provider pursuant to the applicable agreement between the Service Provider and the Trust.

 

IV. Annual Review. The Rule requires that, at least annually, the Trust review its Compliance Program and that of its Service Providers and the effectiveness of their respective implementations (the “Annual Review”). The CCO shall perform the Annual Review for the Trust.

 

V. Reports to Trust; Escalation.

 

  A. The CCO shall make regular reports to the Trust regarding its administration and enforcement of the Compliance Program. These regular reports shall address compliance by the Trust and the Service Providers and such other matters as the Trust may reasonably request.

 

  B. In addition, at least annually, the CCO shall submit a written report to the Trust addressing the following issues:

 

  1. the operation of the Compliance Program, and the written compliance policies and procedures of the Service Providers;

 

13


  2. any material changes made to the Compliance Program since the date of the last report;

 

  3. any material changes to the Compliance Program recommended as a result of the Annual Review; and

 

  4.

each “Material Compliance Matter” that occurred since the date of the last report. 2

This written report shall be based on the Annual Review. The first written report shall be presented to the Trust no later than 60 days after the date of the first Annual Review.

 

  C. In the event that the CCO reports a Material Compliance Matter and is not reasonably satisfied with the Trust’s efforts to address and remedy the same, the CCO shall report such Material Compliance Matter to the Trustees, with a copy to the Trust.

 

VI. Recordkeeping. The CCO shall maintain the books and records for the Trust that are required to be retained by the Rule, which books and records may be maintained electronically but which shall, in any event, be backed-up and safeguarded in accordance with ALPS’ regular practices for record retention.

 

VII. Meeting with Regulators. The CCO shall meet with, and reply to inquiries from, the SEC, the Trust and other legal and regulatory authorities with responsibility for administering Federal Securities Laws as necessary or as reasonably requested by the Trust or the Trustees.

 

VIII. Amendments to the Compliance Program. The CCO shall consult with the Trust and its representatives as necessary to amend, update and revise the Compliance Program as necessary, but no less frequently than annually.

 

2  

“Material Compliance Matter” is defined as “any compliance matter about which the Trust’s board would reasonably need to know to oversee fund compliance,” which involves any of the following (without limitation): (i) a violation of Federal Securities Laws by the Trust or Distributor; (ii) a violation of the Compliance Program of the Trust, or the written compliance policies and procedures of its Distributor or the Trust; or (iii) a weakness in the design or implementation of the Compliance Program policies and procedures of the Trust, or the written compliance policies and procedures of the Trust or Distributor.

 

14

Execution Version

Committed Facility Agreement

 

 

BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. (“ BNPP PB, Inc. ”) and the counterparty specified on the signature page (“ Customer ”), hereby enter into this Committed Facility Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of the date specified on the signature page.

Whereas BNPP PB, Inc. and Customer have entered into the U.S. PB Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ U.S. PB Agreement ”) (the U.S. PB Agreement and this Agreement, collectively, the “ 40 Act Financing Agreements ”).

Whereas this Agreement supplements and forms part of the other 40 Act Financing Agreements and sets out the terms of the commitment of BNPP PB, Inc. to provide financing to Customer under the 40 Act Financing Agreements.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing promises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.

Definitions -

 

  (a)

Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings assigned to them in the U.S. PB Agreement. The 40 Act Financing Agreements are included in the term “Contract,” as defined in the U.S. PB Agreement.

 

  (b)

Account Agreement ” means the Account Agreement attached as Exhibit A to the U.S. PB Agreement.

 

  (c)

Borrowing ” means a draw of cash financing by Customer from BNPP PB, Inc. pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

  (d)

Closing Date ” means                     .

 

  (e)

Collateral Requirements ” means the collateral requirements set forth in Section 1 of Appendix A attached hereto.

 

  (f)

Custodian ” means The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

  (g)

Eligible Securities ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Appendix A attached hereto.

 

  (h)

Maximum Commitment Financing ” means $240,000,000 USD; provided, however, that (i) Customer and BNPP PB, Inc. may increase the Maximum Commitment Financing from time to time if Customer makes a written request to BNPP PB, Inc. and BNPP PB, Inc. agrees, in its sole discretion, to such increase, (ii) Customer may reduce the Maximum Commitment Financing upon 180 calendar days prior written notice or (iii) in the event that drawing on the full Maximum Commitment Financing amount would result in a violation of the applicable asset coverage requirement of Section 18 of the 1940 Act, Customer may reduce the Maximum Commitment Financing upon 30 calendar days prior written notice to the highest possible amount that, if fully drawn, would be in compliance with such asset coverage requirement.

 

  (i)

Net Asset Value ” means, with respect to Customer, the aggregate net asset value of the common stock issued by Customer calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

  (j)

“Net Asset Value Floor means, with respect to Customer, an amount equal to 50% of the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the date of execution hereof, (the “Execution

 

1


 

Date NAV Floor ”); provided, however, that following the date hereof, the Net Asset Value Floor shall be the greater of (i) the Execution Date NAV Floor or (ii) 50% of the Net Asset Value of Customer, calculated based on the Customer s Net Asset Value as of its most recent fiscal year end subsequent to the date hereof.

 

  (k)

Outstanding Debit Financing ” means the aggregate net cash balance (excluding current short sale proceeds) held under the 40 Act Financing Agreements if such net cash balance is a debit, or zero if such aggregate net cash balance is a credit. For the purposes of calculating such aggregate net cash balance, if Customer holds credit or debit cash balances in non-USD currencies, BNPP PB, Inc. will convert each of these balances into USD at prevailing market rates to determine Customer s aggregate net cash balance.

 

  (l)

Portfolio Gross Market Value ” means the Gross Market Value (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto) of all of Customer s Positions (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto) that are Eligible Securities (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto).

 

  (m)

Renewal Due Date ” means as defined in Appendix B attached hereto.

 

  (n)

1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

2.

Borrowings -

Subject to Section 7, BNPP PB, Inc. shall make available cash financing under the 40 Act Financing Agreements in an amount up to the relevant Maximum Commitment Financing. Such cash financing shall be made available in immediately available funds. Within the limits of the Maximum Commitment Financing, Customer may borrow under this Section 2, prepay pursuant to Section 4 and reborrow under this Section 2 without penalty.

On the Closing Date, BNPP PB, Inc. shall make funds available to Customer in an amount up to the Maximum Commitment Financing. Each subsequent Borrowing shall be made on written notice, given by Customer to BNPP PB, Inc. not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of the proposed Borrowing by Customer. BNPP PB, Inc. shall, before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing, make available to Customer the amount of such Borrowing payable to the account designated by the Customer in such notice of borrowing.

 

3.

Repayment -

 

  (a)

Upon the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event or the date specified in the Facility Modification Notice pursuant to Section 6 (and Section 13(a), if applicable), all Borrowings (including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder) may be recalled by BNPP PB, Inc. in accordance with Section 1 of the U.S. PB Agreement.

 

  (b)

Upon the occurrence of a Default, the BNPP Entities shall have the right to take Default Action.

 

4.

Prepayments -

Customer may, upon at least one Business Day’s notice to BNPP PB, Inc. stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Borrowings outstanding, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; provided that Customer will still be obligated to pay the commitment fee as set forth in Appendix B in respect of any undrawn Maximum Commitment Financing.

 

2


5.

Interest -

Customer shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Borrowing from the date of such Borrowing until such principal amount has been paid in full, at the rates specified in Appendix B attached hereto. Such interest shall be payable monthly, and if not paid when due, any unpaid interest shall be capitalized on the principal balance.

 

6.

Scope of Committed Facility -

BNPP PB, Inc. may not take any of the following actions except upon at least 180 calendar days prior notice (the “ Facility Modification Notice ”):

 

  (a)

modify the Collateral Requirements;

 

  (b)

recall or cause repayment of any cash loan under the 40 Act Financing Agreements;

 

  (c)

modify the interest rate spread on cash loans under the 40 Act Financing Agreements, as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto;

 

  (d)

modify the fees, charges or expenses other than those described in clause (c) above, as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto (the “ Fees ”); provided that BNPP PB, Inc. may modify any Fees immediately if (i) the amount of such Fees charged to BNPP PB, Inc. have been increased by the provider of the relevant services or (ii) consistent with increases generally to customers; or

 

  (e)

terminate any of the 40 Act Financing Agreements.

 

7.

Conditions for Committed Facility -

BNPP PB, Inc. s commitment to provide cash loans in the form of Borrowings as set forth in Section 2 only applies so long as –

 

  (a)

both before and after giving effect to any Borrowing, the Portfolio Gross Market Value (as defined in Appendix A) equals or exceeds an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Borrowing at such time and (ii) the aggregate Collateral Requirements at that time calculated pursuant to Appendix A; and

 

  (b)

no Default or Facility Termination Event has occurred.

 

8.

Arrangement, Commitment and Renewal Fees -

 

  (a)

Customer shall pay an arrangement fee as set forth in Appendix B.

 

  (b)

Customer shall pay a commitment fee as set forth in Appendix B.

 

  (c)

Customer shall pay a renewal fee as set forth in Appendix B.

 

9.

Substitution -

 

  (a)

After BNPP PB, Inc. sends a Facility Modification Notice, Customer may not substitute any collateral; provided that Customer may purchase and sell portfolio securities in the ordinary course of business consistent with its investment restrictions; provided further that BNPP PB, Inc. may permit substitutions upon request, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further that for substitutions of rehypothecated collateral, such collateral shall be returned by BNPP PB, Inc. for substitution within a commercially reasonable period (in any event no sooner than the standard settlement period applicable to such collateral).

 

3


  (b)

Prior to BNPP PB, Inc. sending a Facility Modification Notice, Customer may substitute collateral; provided that for substitutions of rehypothecated collateral, such collateral shall be returned by BNPP PB, Inc. for substitution within a reasonable period (in any event no sooner than the standard settlement period applicable to such collateral).

 

10.

Collateral Delivery -

If notice of a Collateral Requirement is sent to Customer (if such notice is by telephone and Customer does not answer, then BNPP PB, Inc. shall send notice by electronic mail to the address specified by Customer): (a) on or before 10:00 a.m. on any Business Day, then Customer shall deliver all required Collateral no later than the close of business on such Business Day, and (b) after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, then Customer shall deliver all required Collateral no later than the close of business on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

11.

Representations and Warranties -

Customer hereby makes all the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Account Agreement, which are deemed to refer to this Agreement.

 

12.

Financial Information -

Customer shall provide BNPP PB, Inc. with copies of –

 

  (a)

the most recent annual report of Customer containing financial statements certified by independent certified public accountants and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as soon as available and in any event within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of Customer;

 

  (b)

the most recent monthly financial statement of Customer, including performance returns and net asset value of Customer, as soon as available and in any event within 30 calendar days after the end of each month; and

 

  (c)

the estimated net asset value statement of Customer as of any Business Day, upon request by BNPP PB, Inc.

 

13.

Termination -

 

  (a)

Upon the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event, this Agreement automatically terminates; provided, however, that if there occurs a Facility Termination Event under Sections 13(d)(ii)(A) or 13(d)(iii), this Agreement shall not automatically terminate, but instead the notice period with respect to a Facility Modification Notice referred to in Section 6 shall be reduced from 180 calendar days to 30 calendar days, notwithstanding any other provision herein.

 

  (b)

Upon the occurrence of a Default, the BNPP Entities may terminate any of the 40 Act Financing Agreements and take Default Action.

 

  (c)

Each of the following events constitutes a “ Default ”:

 

  i.

Customer fails to meet the Collateral Requirements within the time periods set forth in Section 10 and such failure has not been remedied within one Business Day;

 

  ii.

Customer fails to deliver the financial information within the time periods set forth in Section 12 and such failure, in respect of Sections 12(a) and (b), has not been remedied within five Business Days and, in respect of Section 12(c), has not been remedied within one Business Day;

 

4


  iii.

the Net Asset Value of Customer declines below the Net Asset Value Floor;

 

  iv.

any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Customer to BNPP PB, Inc. under any 40 Act Financing Agreements (including under Section 11) proves false or misleading when made or deemed made;

 

  v.

Customer fails to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation under this Agreement or the other 40 Act Financing Agreements (other than those covered by Section 13(c)(i) or (ii));

 

  vi.

Customer becomes bankrupt, insolvent, or subject to any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding or all or substantially all its assets become subject to a suit, levy, enforcement, or other legal process where a secured party maintains possession of such assets, has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger), seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets, or takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

 

  vii.

the occurrence of a repudiation, material breach or the occurrence of a default, termination event or similar condition (howsoever characterized, which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event under an ISDA Master Agreement) by Customer under any contract with a BNPP Entity or affiliate of a BNPP Entity that causes the indebtedness thereunder to be accelerated and become due, or permits the holder thereof to cause such indebtedness to be accelerated and become due under any contract with a BNPP Entity or affiliate of a BNPP Entity.

 

  (d)

Each of the following events constitutes a “ Facility Termination Event ”:

 

  i.

the occurrence of a repudiation, material breach, or the occurrence of a default, termination event or similar condition (howsoever characterized, which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event under an ISDA Master Agreement) by Customer under any contract that causes the indebtedness thereunder to be accelerated and become due, or permits the holder thereof to cause such indebtedness to be accelerated and become due under any contract with a third party entity (that is not a BNPP Entity or affiliate of a BNPP Entity), where the aggregate principal amount of any such contract (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes any obligations with respect to borrowed money or other assets in connection with such contract) is not less than $10,000,000;

 

  ii.

there occurs any change in BNPP PB, Inc. ”s interpretation of any Applicable Law based on the opinion of nationally recognized counsel or the adoption of or any changes in the same that, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to BNPP PB, Inc., has the effect with regard to BNPP PB, Inc. of (A) impeding or (B) prohibiting the arrangements under the 40 Act Financing Agreements (including, but not limited to, imposing or adversely modifying or affecting the amount of regulatory capital to be maintained by BNPP PB, Inc.);

 

  iii.

(A) the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the close of business on the last Business Day of any calendar month declines by thirty percent (30%) or more from the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately preceding calendar month, (B) the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the close of business on the last Business Day of any calendar month declines by forty percent (40%) or more from the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the close of

 

5


 

business on the last Business Day of the calendar month three months prior, or (C) the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the close of business on the last Business Day of any calendar month declines by fifty percent (50%) or more from the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the calendar month twelve months prior (for purposes of (A), (B) and (C) above, any decline in Net Asset Value shall not take into account any positive or negative change caused by capital transfers, such as redemptions, withdrawals, subscriptions, contributions, dividends or investments, howsoever characterized, nor any amounts set forth in redemption notices received by or on behalf of Customer);

 

  iv.

the investment management agreement between Customer and its investment advisor (“ Advisor ”) is terminated or the Advisor otherwise ceases to act as investment advisor of Customer; provided, however , that such termination or cessation shall not constitute a Facility Termination Event if there is a replacement investment advisor appointed immediately who is acceptable to BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion;

 

  v.

the asset coverage for all borrowings constituting “senior securities” (as defined for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act) of Customer falls below the minimum required by Section 18 of the 1940 Act or such other minimum percentage as may be approved by U.S. governmental authorities from time to time under applicable U.S. securities law ( provided that , for purposes of this provision, such minimum percentage cannot be lower than 200%);

 

  vi.

Customer fails to make any filing necessary to comply with the rules of any exchange in which its shares are listed and such failure continues for at least five Business Days, provided, however, that such additional five Business Day period shall not apply in respect of any filing failure which has a material adverse effect on Customer ’s business;

 

  vii.

Customer ’s classification under the 1940 Act becomes something other than a “closed-end company” as defined under Section 5 of the 1940 Act;

 

  viii.

without BNPP PB, Inc. ’s written consent, Customer enters into any additional indebtedness with a party other than a BNPP Entity or its affiliates beyond the financing provided hereunder through the 40 Act Financing Agreements, including without limitation any further borrowings constituting “senior securities ” (as defined for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act) or any promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness, whether with a bank or any other person; provided, however , that pledges by Customer of assets under a Credit Support Annex to an ISDA Master Agreement or in connection with listed call options transactions pursuant to Customer ’s investment portfolio activities shall be permissible additional indebtedness;

 

  ix.

Customer changes its fundamental investment policies without BNPP PB, Inc. ’s consent; or

 

  x.

Customer pledges to any other party, other than a BNPP Entity or its affiliates, any securities owned or held by Customer over which Custodian has a lien; provided, however , that pledges by Customer of assets under a Credit Support Annex to an ISDA Master Agreement or in connection with listed call options transactions pursuant to Customer ’s investment portfolio activities shall be permissible.

 

  (e)

Upon 180 calendar days ’ prior written notice, Customer may terminate this Agreement.

 

6


14.

Notices -

Notices under this Agreement shall be provided pursuant to Section 12(a) of the Account Agreement.

 

15.

Renewal -

 

  (a)

If Customer elects to renew this Agreement, it must pay the renewal fee as specified in Appendix B attached hereto.

 

  (b)

If Customer does not pay the renewal fee as specified in Appendix B attached hereto on any Renewal Due Date, then (i) this Agreement will automatically terminate (without any further need for notice) 180 calendar days following such Renewal Due Date and (ii) Customer shall not be obligated to pay the renewal fee related to such Renewal Due Date. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section shall affect the ability of BNPP PB, Inc. to terminate this Agreement pursuant to a Facility Modification Notice, or otherwise as permitted hereunder, earlier than the automatic termination provided herein.

 

16.

Compliance with Applicable Law -

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if required by Applicable Law –

 

  i.

the BNPP Entities may terminate any 40 Act Financing Agreement and any Contract;

 

  ii.

BNPP PB, Inc. may recall or cause repayment of any outstanding loan under the 40 Act Financing Agreements;

 

  iii.

BNPP PB, Inc. may modify the Collateral Requirements; and

 

  iv.

the BNPP Entities may take Default Action.

 

  (b)

This Agreement will not limit the ability of BNPP PB, Inc. to change the product provided under this Agreement and the 40 Act Financing Agreements as necessary to comply with Applicable Law.

 

17.

Miscellaneous -

 

  (a)

In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the other 40 Act Financing Agreements, this Agreement prevails.

 

  (b)

This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws doctrine.

 

  (c)

Section 16(c) of the Account Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement to the same extent as if such provision had been set forth in full herein.

 

  (d)

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original instrument and all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of November 9, 2010.

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

By:

 

/s/ Lauren E. Johnson

 

Name: Lauren E. Johnson

 

Title: Treasurer

BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Lowe

 

Name: Jeffrey Lowe

 

Title: Managing Director

 

8


Execution Version

Appendix A – Collateral Requirements

 

 

THIS APPENDIX forms a part of the Committed Facility Agreement entered into between BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“ BNPP PB, Inc. ”) and Reaves Utility Income Fund (“ Customer ”) (the “ Committed Facility Agreement ”).

 

1.

Collateral Requirements -

The Collateral Requirements in relation to all positions held in the accounts established pursuant to the 40 Act Financing Agreements (the “ Positions ”) shall be the greatest of:

(a) the aggregate product of (x) the Collateral Percentage applicable to such Positions and (y) the Current Market Value of such respective Positions;

(b) the sum of the collateral requirements of such Positions as per Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time;

(c) the sum of the collateral requirements of such Positions as per New York Stock Exchange Rule 431, as amended from time to time; or

(d) 50% of the Portfolio Gross Market Value.

 

2.

Eligible Securities -

 

  (a)

Positions in the following eligible security types (“ Eligible Securities ”) are covered under the Committed Facility Agreement:

 

  i. USD denominated common stock traded on the following U.S. exchanges: the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ, NYSE Arca, and NYSE Amex Equities;

 

  ii. convertible and non-convertible preferred securities and corporate bonds denominated in USD; provided such securities are issued by an issuer incorporated in one of the following countries: USA, Canada, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Spain, Italy, The Netherlands, Finland, Belgium, Japan, Australia or Portugal;

 

  iii. non-USD common stock, provided such stock is (A) listed in the FTSE World Index, (B) traded on a major exchange in one of the following countries: Canada, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Switzerland, Austria, Spain, Italy, The Netherlands, Finland, Belgium, Japan, Australia, or Portugal and (C) denominated in one of the following currencies: CAD, GBP, EUR, CHF, JPY, AUD or SEK; and

 

  iv. U.S. Government Securities.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be part of the collateral commitment and shall have no collateral value:

 

  i.

any security type not covered above, as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion;

 

  ii.

any short security position;

 

  iii.

any security offered through a private placement or any restricted securities;

 

1


  iv.

any security (besides U.S. Government Securities) that is not maintained as a book-entry security on a major depository, such as The Depository Trust Company;

 

  v.

any equity securities for which Customer (A) is an Affiliate of the issuer of the relevant equity securities or (B) beneficially owns more than 9% of either (I) the voting interests of the issuer or (II) any voting class of equity securities of the issuer (in each case, whether such positions are held in accounts established pursuant to the 40 Act Financing Agreements or otherwise);

 

  vi.

any securities that are municipal securities, asset-backed securities, mortgage securities, or Structured Securities (notwithstanding the fact that such securities would otherwise be covered);

 

  vii.

to the extent 30% of the Eligible Collateral’s Current Market Value consists of non-investment grade bonds and/or preferred securities (for the avoidance of doubt, unrated securities are considered to be non-investment grade), any non-investment grade bonds and preferred securities in excess of such 30%; or

 

  viii.

to the extent 50% of the Eligible Collateral’s Current Market Value consists of securities denominated in any non-USD currency, any non-USD-denominated securities in excess of such 50%.

 

3.

Equity Securities Collateral Percentage -

The Collateral Percentage for a Position consisting of applicable Eligible Securities shall be:

 

  i.

subject to paragraph ii below, the sum of (A) the Equity Core Collateral Rate and (B) the product of (I) the Equity Core Collateral Rate and (II) the sum of the Equity Concentration Factor, the Equity Liquidity Factor, and the Equity Volatility Factor, or

 

  ii.

100% if (A) the product determined under paragraph i above is greater than 100%, (B) the market capitalization of the Issuer of the relevant Eligible Securities is less than USD $300,000,000, or (C) if Section 3(a), (b) or (c) so provides.

 

  (a)

Equity Concentration Factor.

The “ Equity Concentration Factor ” shall be determined pursuant to the following table, provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Appendix, the Collateral Percentage shall be 100% with respect to the relevant Position to the extent that the Issuer Position Concentration is equal to or greater than 10% of the Portfolio Gross Market Value.

 

Issuer Position Concentration

 

Equity Concentration Factor

Equal to or greater than 5% and less than 10%   0.5

 

  (b)

Equity Liquidity Factor.

The “ Equity Liquidity Factor ” shall be determined pursuant to the following table; provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Appendix, the Collateral Percentage shall be 100% with respect to the relevant Position if the Days of Trading Volume is equal to or greater than 10.

 

2


Days of Trading Volume

  

Equity Liquidity Factor

Less than 2    0
Equal to or greater than 2 and less than 5    1
Equal to or greater than 5 and less than 7    2
Equal to or greater than 7 and less than 10    3

 

  (c)

Equity Volatility Factor.

The “ Equity Volatility Factor ” shall be determined pursuant to the following table, provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Appendix, the Collateral Percentage shall be 100% with respect to the relevant Position if the Equity Volatility is equal to or greater than 100%.

 

Equity Volatility

  

Equity Volatility Factor

Less than 20%    -0.15
Equal to or greater than 20% and less than 35%    0
Equal to or greater than 35% and less than 50%    0.5
Equal to or greater than 50% and less than 75%    1
Equal to or greater than 75% and less than 100%    2

 

4.

Debt Securities Collateral Percentage -

The Collateral Percentage for a Position consisting of (a) U.S. Government Securities shall be 6% and (b) all other applicable Debt Securities shall be the sum of (i) the Debt Core Collateral Rate and (ii) the product of (A) the Debt Core Collateral Rate and (B) the sum of the Debt Concentration Factor and the Debt Liquidity Adjustment; provided that the Collateral Percentage for any debt security which trades below 40% of its nominal value shall be 100%.

 

  (a)

Debt Core Collateral Rate.

The “ Debt Core Collateral Rate ” shall be determined pursuant to the following table, based on the credit rating of the Issuer, using the lower of the S&P or Moody’s rating; provided that, if there is only one such rating, then the Debt Core Collateral Rate corresponding to such rating shall be used.

 

S&P’s Rating

  

Moody’s Rating

  

Debt Core Collateral Rate

 
AAA to A-    Aaa to A3      30
BBB+ to BBB-    Baa1 to Baa3      40
BB+ to B- / NR    Ba1 to B3 / NR      60
CCC+ to CCC-    Caa1 to Caa3      100
Below CCC- or defaulted    Below Caa3 or defaulted      100

 

  (b)

Debt Concentration Factor.

The “ Debt Concentration Factor ” shall be determined pursuant to the following table, provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Annex, the Collateral Percentage shall be 100% with respect to the relevant Position to the extent that the Issuer Position Concentration is equal to or greater than 10% of the Portfolio Gross Market Value.

 

3


Issuer Position Concentration

  

Debt Concentration Factor

Equal to or greater than 5% and less than 10%    0.5

 

  (c)

Debt Liquidity Adjustment.

The “ Debt Liquidity Adjustment ” shall be determined pursuant to the following table; provided that , notwithstanding any other provision of this Annex, the Collateral Percentage shall be 100% with respect to the relevant Position if its Percentage of Issue Size is equal to or greater than 10%.

 

Percentage of Issue Size

  

Debt Liquidity Adjustment

Less than 10%    0

 

5.

Positions Outside the Scope of this Appendix -

For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Requirements set forth herein are limited to the types and sizes of securities specified herein. The Collateral Requirement for any Position or part of a Position not covered by the terms of this Appendix shall be determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion.

 

6.

One-off Collateral Requirements -

From time to time BNPP PB, Inc. may, at its sole discretion, agree to a different Collateral Requirement than the Collateral Requirement determined by this Appendix for a particular Position; provided that , for the avoidance of doubt, the commitment in Section 6(a) of the Committed Facility Agreement shall apply only with respect to the Collateral Requirements based upon the Collateral Percentage determined pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof and BNPP PB, Inc. shall have the right at any time to increase the Collateral Requirement for such Position up to the Collateral Requirement that would be required as determined in accordance to Sections 3 and 4 hereof.

 

7.

Certain Definitions -

 

  (a)

Affiliate ” means an affiliate as defined in Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

  (b)

Bloomberg ” means the Bloomberg Professional service.

 

  (c)

Collateral Percentage ” means the percentage as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. according to this Appendix A.

 

  (d)

Current Market Value ” means with respect to a Position, an amount equal to the product of (i) the number of the relevant security and (ii) the price per unit of the relevant security (determined by BNPP PB, Inc.).

 

  (e)

Days of Trading Volume ” means with respect to an equity security, an amount equal to the quotient of (i) the number of shares of such security constituting the Position, as numerator and (ii) the 90-day average daily trading volume of such security as shown on Bloomberg (or, if the 90-day average daily trading volume of such security is unavailable, the 30-day average daily trading volume of such security, as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion), as denominator.

 

  (f)

Debt Security ” means convertible and non-convertible preferred securities and bonds and U.S. Government Securities.

 

4


  (g)

Equity Core Collateral Rate ” means 15%.

 

  (h)

Equity Volatility ” means with respect to an equity security, the 90-day historical volatility of such security as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion or, if the 90-day historical price volatility of such security is unavailable, the 30-day historical price volatility of such security as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion.

 

  (i)

Gross Market Value ” of one or more Positions means an amount equal to the sum of all Current Market Values of all such Positions, where, for the avoidance of doubt, the Current Market Value of each Position is expressed as a positive number whether or not such Position is held long.

 

  (j)

Issuer ” means, with respect to a Debt Security or Equity Security, the ultimate parent company or similar term as used by Bloomberg; provided that , if the relevant security was issued by a company or a subsidiary of a company that has issued common stock, the Issuer shall be deemed to be the entity that has issued common stock; provided further that , with respect to any exchange-traded funds, the Issuer of such securities shall be the index to which the relevant securities relate, if any.

 

  (k)

Issue Size ” means with respect to a Position in a Debt Security of an Issuer, the aggregate Current Market Value of all such Debt Security issued by the Issuer and still outstanding.

 

  (l)

Issuer Position Concentration ” means with respect to a Position issued by an Issuer, an amount equal to the quotient of (i) the absolute value of the Current Market Value of all Positions (whether debt or equity) issued by the same Issuer and (ii) absolute value of the Gross Market Value of all of Customer’s Positions, expressed as a percentage.

 

  (m)

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

  (n)

Percentage of Issue Size ” means the quotient of (i) the Current Market Value of the Aggregate Positions in a specific issue and (ii) the Issue Size, expressed as a percentage.

 

  (o)

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

 

  (p)

Structured Securities ” means any security (i) the payment to a holder of which is linked to a different security; provided that such different security is issued by a different issuer or (ii) structured in such a manner that the credit risk of acquiring the security is primarily related to an entity other than the issuer of the security itself.

 

  (q)

U.S. Government Securities ” means any U.S. Treasury bills, notes, bonds and TIPS issued by the U.S. Treasury Department with a maturity of less than 30 years from the date of determination.

 

5


Execution Version

Appendix B

Pricing

Reaves Utility Income Fund

Financing Rate

Customer Debit Rate

1M LIBOR + 110 bps

ISO Code

USD

Arrangement Fee

Customer shall pay an arrangement fee equal to the product of the Maximum Commitment Financing and 25 bps, to be paid on the Closing Date.

Commitment Fee

Customer shall pay a commitment fee equal to 100 bps on the amount of undrawn Maximum Commitment Financing, to be paid when the amount calculated under the Financing Rate above is due.

Renewal Fee

If the Customer elects to renew this Agreement, a renewal fee equal to the product of the Maximum Commitment Financing and 25 bps shall be due to BNPP PB, Inc. on each 540 th calendar day following the date of this Agreement (each such 540 th calendar day, a “ Renewal Due Date ”), and shall be payable to BNPP PB, Inc. on the related Renewal Due Date.

Execution Version

Rehypothecation Side Letter

This Rehypothecation Side Letter (the “ Side Letter ”) is entered into between REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND (“ Customer ”) and BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. (“ Counterparty ”), on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities.

WHEREAS, Customer and Counterparty entered into a U.S. PB Agreement on November 9, 2010 (the “ US PB Agreement ”) setting forth the terms and conditions on which Counterparty would open and maintain accounts for cash loans and other products or services and otherwise transact business with Customer;

WHEREAS, Customer, Counterparty and the Bank of New York (the “ Custodian ”) entered into a Special Custody and Pledge Agreement on November 9, 2010 (the “ Custody Agreement ”; together with the US PB Agreement, the “ Account Documents ”) appointing Custodian as custodian for Collateral pledged pursuant to the US PB Agreement;

WHEREAS, Customer and Counterparty desire to supplement the US PB Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in connection with and in consideration of the Account Documents and the promises and mutual covenants herein and therein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned (in the case of Counterparty on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities) hereby agree as follows:

 

  1.

Definitions. The definitions contained in the Account Documents specified above are incorporated into this Side Letter. Any capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Account Documents. In the event of any inconsistency between those definitions and definitions contained in this Side Letter, the definitions contained in this Side Letter will govern.

 

  2.

Representations. The representations contained in the Account Documents are hereby repeated by each of the parties on any day when any such loan is outstanding. In addition, each party represents that it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations hereunder. Further, each party has duly executed and delivered this Side Letter to the other, and the Side Letter constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of each party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

  3.

Rehypothecation.

 

  a.

Customer expressly grants the BNPP Entities the right, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, to transfer the Collateral to their accounts (the “ Hypothecated Securities ”) along with all of the incidents of ownership, including the right to transfer the Collateral to others. For the


 

purposes of the return of any Hypothecated Securities to Customer, the BNPP Entities’ return obligations shall be satisfied by delivering securities or other financial assets of the same issuer, class and quantity, and having the same CUSIP number, as the Collateral initially transferred (such securities or financial assets, “ Equivalent Securities ”) to the Customer. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer hereby grants the BNPP Entities its consent to hypothecate its securities for the purposes of Rule 15c2-1(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), subject to the limits of this Side Letter. Counterparty acknowledges that Customer may treat the delivery of the Hypothecated Securities to the BNPP Entities as a securities loan with the cash delivered by Counterparty to Customer under the US PB Agreement as the collateral for such loan.

 

  b.

All Collateral shall be held by the Custodian pursuant to the Custody Agreement, and shall be transferred to Counterparty for purposes of rehypothecation only against a written (which may, for the avoidance of doubt, include electronic mail) request from Counterparty to Custodian for release of Collateral (“ Hypothecation Request ”) that meets the following requirements:

(1) The Hypothecation Request is issued by a duly authorized representative of Counterparty in accordance with the requirements for instructions set forth for in the Custody Agreement.

(2) Subject to Section 4(c)(ii), the fair market value of the securities which are subject to the Hypothecation Request, together with the value of any outstanding Hypothecated Securities, shall not exceed the value of the loan against which the Collateral was pledged (“ Hypothecation Limit ”); provided that the fair market value of the securities which are subject to the Hypothecation Request, together with the value of any outstanding Hypothecated Securities, shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Hypothecation Limit or (ii) thirty-three and one-third percent (331/3% ) of the total assets of the Customer based on the most recent financial information provided by the Customer.

(3) The securities which are subject to the Hypothecation Request shall not represent the entire position of such security held by Customer.

(4) The securities which are subject to the Hypothecation Request are not Ineligible Securities (as defined below) and have not been recalled by Customer, or if the securities which are subject to the Hypothecation Request were recalled by Customer other than for the purpose of selling the securities, the record date that was the reason for the recall or event has passed.

 

  4.

Eligibility; Recall Rights

 

  a.

Customer shall have the right, in its sole discretion and without condition, to designate any Collateral as ineligible for rehypothecation for any valid business reason including an imminent sale, dividend declaration or other corporate action

 

2


 

(“ Ineligible Securities ”); provided that the amount of Ineligible Securities designated by Customer cannot cause the Hypothecation Limit to be below the Outstanding Debit Financing (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement between the parties). Except as limited herein, Customer shall have the right, upon demand and without condition or penalty of any kind, to recall any or all Hypothecated Securities for any reason (including but not limited to the need to recall the securities in order to vote proxies solicited on such securities) upon notice to Counterparty. Upon recall, Counterparty shall return such Hypothecated Security or Equivalent Security to the account of Customer’s custodian (the “ Special Custody Account ”) within the normal settlement period for such security (which shall be the lesser of five (5) Business Days or the standard market settlement time in the principal market in which the Hypothecated Securities are traded). Counterparty unconditionally agrees that it will promptly return Hypothecated Securities upon Customer’s declaration of an Event of Default (as defined below).

 

  b.

Customer shall provide, or cause the Custodian to provide, a daily report to Counterparty of portfolio transactions relating to securities in the Special Custody Account. With respect to any Hypothecated Security that is the subject of a sell order, on the date such report is delivered to Counterparty, Counterparty shall, without any further action by Customer, return such security or an Equivalent Security to the Special Custody Account of Customer’s custodian within the normal settlement period for such security (which shall be the lesser of five (5) Business Days or the standard market settlement time in the principal market in which the Hypothecated Securities are traded).

 

  c.

If as of the close of business on any Business Day the value of all outstanding Hypothecated Securities exceeds the Hypothecation Limit (such excess amount, the “ Rehypothecation Excess ”), Counterparty shall, at its option, either (i) reduce the amount of outstanding Hypothecated Securities so that the total value of such securities does not exceed the Hypothecation Limit or (ii) deliver to, and maintain within, the Special Custody Account at Customer’s custodian an amount of cash at least equal to any Rehypothecation Excess (for the avoidance of doubt, if there is no Rehypothecation Excess, Counterparty can recall any cash delivered hereunder).

 

  5.

Corporate Actions

 

  a.

Income Payments . Customer shall be entitled to receive with respect to any Hypothecated Security, an amount equal to any principal thereof and all interest, dividends or other distributions paid or distributed on or in respect of the Hypothecated Securities (“ Income ”) that is not otherwise received by Customer. Counterparty shall, on the date such Income is paid or distributed either transfer to or credit to the Special Custody Account at Customer’s custodian such Income with respect to any Hypothecated Securities.

 

3


  b.

Income in the Form of Securities . Where Income in the form of securities is paid in relation to any Hypothecated Securities, such securities shall be delivered to the Special Custody Account of Customer’s custodian.

 

  c.

Other Corporate Actions . Where, in respect of any Hypothecated Securities, any rights relating to conversion, sub-division, consolidation, pre-emption, rights arising under a takeover offer, rights to receive securities or a certificate which may at a future date be exchanged for securities or other rights, including those requiring election by the record holder of such Securities at the time of the relevant election, become exercisable prior to the redelivery of Equivalent Securities, then Customer may, within a reasonable time before the latest time for the exercise of the right or option give written notice to Counterparty that on redelivery of Equivalent Securities, it wishes to receive Equivalent Securities in such form as will arise if the right is exercised or, in the case of a right which may be exercised in more than one manner, is exercised as is specified in such written notice, and Counterparty shall, to the extent commercially reasonable under the circumstances, return such Hypothecated Security or an Equivalent Security to the Special Custody Account of Customer’s custodian within the normal settlement period for such security (which shall be the lesser of five (5) Business Days or the standard market settlement time in the principal market in which the Hypothecated Securities are traded).

 

  6.

Segregation of Hypothecated Securities. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, any transfer of Hypothecated Securities to the Customer or any transfer of cash pursuant to Sections 4 or 5 shall be effected by delivery or other transfer to or credit to the Special Custody Account with Customer’s custodian. Counterparty expressly acknowledges that all cash and securities that it is obligated to transfer hereunder shall be transferred to the Special Custody Account at Customer’s custodian and shall not be held by Counterparty.

 

  7.

Mark-to-Market; Return Failure. In the event of the failure of Counterparty to return Hypothecated Securities or Equivalent Securities in a timely fashion, Counterparty shall remain liable to Customer’s custodian for the ultimate delivery of such Hypothecated Securities or Equivalent Securities by the Customer’s custodian to the executing broker and for any buy-in costs that the executing broker may impose with respect to the failure to deliver. Hypothecated Securities shall be marked-to-market daily and valued in accordance with the Account Documents and notwithstanding the prior sentence, Customer shall have a right of offset against any amounts owed to Counterparty under the Account Documents in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the then-current fair market value of Hypothecated Securities as reasonably agreed to between the parties (“ Margin Credit Amount ”). Upon the failure of Counterparty to return Hypothecated Securities or Equivalent Securities pursuant to this Side Letter or Applicable Law, Customer shall be entitled, upon notice to Counterparty, to reduce the then-outstanding amount of the loan against which the Collateral was pledged by the Margin Credit Amount without any fee or penalty; provided, however, that the terms of the Committed Facility Agreement shall not change.

 

4


  8.

Failure to Process Instructions. If (i) Customer provides Counterparty with instructions in respect of corporate actions on the Hypothecated Securities (excluding any exercise of voting rights) which do not require Customer to be a record holder at the time of exercise, (ii) Customer provides at least five (5) Business Days notice prior to the relevant exercise deadline, and (iii) Counterparty fails to process Customer’s instructions in a commercially reasonable manner, Counterparty shall provide Customer the cash equivalent of payments or distributions actually made but which Customer did not receive due to Counterparty’s failure.

 

  9.

Fees. Counterparty agrees to pay Customer a rehypothecation fee (the “ Rehypothecation Fee ”), computed daily at a rate as set forth in Schedule A, as modified from time to time by mutual agreement of the parties. Except as Counterparty and Customer may otherwise agree, the Rehypothecation Fee shall accrue from and including the date on which the BNPP Entities rehypothecate Collateral to, but excluding, the date on which securities or other financial assets of the same issuer and class as the Collateral initially rehypothecated are returned to Customer’s Special Custody Account. Unless otherwise agreed, any Rehypothecation Fee payable hereunder shall be payable upon the earlier of (i) the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the calendar month end in the month in which such fee was incurred (the “ Scheduled Payment Date ”) or (ii) the termination of the US PB Agreement (the “ Termination Payment Date ”) (or, if such Scheduled Payment Date or Termination Payment Date, as the case may be, is not a Business Day, the next Business Day.

For the avoidance of doubt, each payment of the Rehypothecation Fee on a Scheduled Payment Date shall be payment for the monthly period from three (3) Business Days prior to a calendar month end to three (3) Business Days prior to the next succeeding calendar month end.

 

  10.

Miscellaneous.

 

  a.

This Side Letter shall be deemed to supplement and, to the extent inconsistent with the US PB Agreement, amend and supersede the US PB Agreement.

 

  b.

This Side Letter shall be governed by, and the rights of the parties arising hereunder construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

 

  c.

This Side Letter is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

  d.

No waiver of any provision of this Side Letter shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision, or a continuing waiver of the provision or provisions so waived.

 

  e.

All waivers and modifications hereto must be in writing signed by the party against whom it is to be enforced.

 

5


  f.

The Side Letter may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall, however, constitute the same document.

 

  g.

Event of Default: Upon the occurrence of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”), Customer shall have the right to demand immediate return of all Hypothecated Securities and Counterparty shall immediately deliver all Hypothecated Securities or Equivalent Securities to Customer (and to the extent such securities are not returned within the timeframes set forth in the Custody Agreement, the Customer shall have all of the rights and remedies described in Section 7 hereof); and Customer shall have the right to exercise any and all other remedies provided to it under Applicable Law:

Counterparty (1) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

  h.

Notification: Counterparty will, to the extent permissible by Applicable Law and as soon as practicable under the circumstances, give Customer notice:

(i) if at any time there is entered against Counterparty any order, decree, determination or instruction issued on the authority of any rule, regulation or proceeding of any governmental commission, bureau or other administrative agency or self-regulatory organization, including the SEC and the NYSE, which could have a material adverse effect on the ability of Counterparty to perform its

 

6


obligations under this Side Letter or to carry on its business as conducted at the date of this Side Letter or which would prohibit expansion or require reduction of the business of Counterparty as conducted at the date of this Side Letter or which might adversely affect the rehypothecation of securities by Counterparty,

(ii) if at any time any litigation, arbitration or similar proceeding against or affecting Counterparty is commenced which could have a material adverse effect on the ability of Counterparty to perform its obligations under this Side Letter or to carry on its business as conducted at the date of this Side Letter or which might adversely affect the rehypothecation of securities by Counterparty,

(iii) if at any time Counterparty shall receive information that the SEC or any self-regulatory organization, including the NYSE, has notified the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“ SIPC ”) pursuant to Section 5(a) (1) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (“ SIPC Act ”) of facts which indicate that Counterparty is in or is approaching financial difficulty, or

(iv) if at any time SIPC shall file an application for a protective decree with respect to Counterparty under Section 5(a) (3) of the SIPC Act.

Any such notice shall, to the extent permissible by Applicable Law, set forth in reasonable detail a description of the event which has occurred and of the action, if any, which Counterparty proposes to take with respect thereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ON THE NEXT PAGE]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Side Letter to be duly executed and delivered as of November 9, 2010.

BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Lowe

 

    Name: Jeffrey Lowe

 

    Title: Managing Director

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

By:

 

/s/ Lauren E. Johnson

 

    Name: Lauren E. Johnson

 

    Title: Treasurer

 

8


Schedule A

Fees

70% of the difference between the fair market rate (as determined by Counterparty) and Fed Funds Open. To the extent the fair market rate (as determined by Counterparty) is in excess of Fed Funds Open, a minimum fee of 5 bps annualized will be paid to Customer on the market value of the Hypothecated Securities.

 

9

Execution Version

 

SPECIAL CUSTODY and PLEDGE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, (hereinafter “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 9, 2010 among Reaves Utility Income Fund (“ Customer ”), BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“ Counterparty ”) and The Bank of New York Mellon as Custodian hereunder (“ Custodian ”).

WHEREAS , Customer and Counterparty have entered into a Committed Facility Agreement and attachments thereto of even date (as amended from time to time, the “ Committed Facility Agreement ”) and a U.S. PB Agreement and attachments thereto of even date (as amended from time to time, the “ U.S. PB Agreement ”, and collectively with the Committed Facility Agreement, the “ 40 Act Financing Agreements ”), and Counterparty has agreed to provide secured financing to Customer pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Committed Facility Agreement (to the extent the Committed Facility Agreement has not been terminated or the commitment has not expired) and the U.S. PB Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is not a committed facility); and

WHEREAS, Customer will provide pledged collateral to Counterparty and has opened an account with Counterparty (the “ Account ”) and for those purposes has entered into an account agreement with Counterparty as part of the U.S. PB Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time the “ Account Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, Counterparty is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to extensions of credit and borrowing securities, including the margin regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and of any relevant securities exchanges and other self-regulatory associations (the “ Margin Rules ”) and Counterparty’s internal policies; and

WHEREAS, to facilitate extensions of credit and borrowing of securities from the Counterparty, Customer and Counterparty desire to establish procedures for compliance with the Margin Rules; and

WHEREAS, Custodian, as custodian of certain assets of the Customer pursuant to a custody agreement (the “ Custody Agreement ”) is prepared to act as custodian for Collateral (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, be it agreed as follows:

(1) As used herein, capitalized terms have the following meanings unless otherwise defined herein:

Adequate Performance Assurance ” shall mean such Collateral held in the Special Custody Account (as such term is hereinafter defined) as is adequate under the Margin Rules and as set forth in the Account Agreement.

 

1


Execution Version

 

Advice from Counterparty ” means a notice or entitlement order (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC (as defined herein)) delivered by Counterparty to Customer or Custodian, as applicable hereunder, communicated: (a) in writing; (b) by a facsimile-sending device; or (c) in cases of calls for additional Collateral (as such term is hereinafter defined) or notices referred to in Section 8 hereof, by telephone to a person designated by Customer or Custodian in writing as authorized to receive such advice or, in the event that no such person is available, to any officer of the Customer or Custodian.

Business Day ” means a day on which Custodian, Customer and Counterparty are open for business.

Collateral ” means U.S. cash, U.S. Government securities or other margin-eligible securities acceptable to Counterparty which are pledged to Counterparty as provided herein.

Depository ” shall mean the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System maintained at The Federal Reserve Bank of New York for receiving and delivering securities, The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing corporation within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC or otherwise authorized to act as a securities depository or clearing agency, and their respective successors and nominees.

Instructions from Customer ” means a request, direction or certification in writing signed in the name of the Customer by a person authorized by Customer and delivered to Custodian or transmitted to it by a facsimile-sending device, except that instructions to pledge initial or additional Collateral may be given by telephone and thereafter confirmed in a writing signed in the name of Customer by a person authorized in writing by Customer within one Business Day.

Short Sales ” shall mean the sale by Customer of securities which Customer does not own, and which is consummated by the delivery of securities borrowed from or through the facilities of Counterparty, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Margin Rules, particularly Sections 220.10 and 220.12 of Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.

(2) (a) Custodian, in its capacity as a Securities Intermediary as defined in Revised Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of New York (the “ UCC ”), to the extent the same may be applicable, or in applicable federal law or regulations, shall segregate Collateral from the custody account established by Custodian solely for the benefit of Customer pursuant to the Custody Agreement (“ Custody Account ”) on its books and records as an account for Counterparty entitled “BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc., Pledgee of Reaves Utility Income Fund” (“ Special Custody Account ”) and shall hold therein for Counterparty as pledgee upon the terms of this Agreement all Collateral delivered to Custodian for credit to the Special Custody Account and all monies or other property paid or distributed with respect thereto. The Custodian hereby agrees that any Collateral except U.S. cash held in the Special Custody Account shall be treated as a financial asset for purposes of Revised Article 8 of the UCC to the extent the same may be applicable, and Custodian shall elect to hold such collateral that is U.S. cash as a deposit in its capacity as a “bank” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(8) of the UCC, which deposit account shall constitute part of, and be maintained in the same manner as, the Special Custody Account. Customer agrees

 

2


Execution Version

 

to instruct Custodian in Instructions from Customer as to the cash and specific securities which Custodian is to identify on its books and records as pledged to Counterparty as Collateral in the Special Custody Account.

(b) Customer agrees to provide and at all times maintain Adequate Performance Assurance in the Special Custody Account pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Custodian will maintain accounts and records for the Collateral in the Special Custody Account separate from the accounts and records of any other property of the Customer which may be held by Custodian, subject to the interest therein of Counterparty as the pledgee thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Interest, dividends or proceeds attributable to Collateral shall be credited to the Special Custody Account as additional Collateral and shall be held in the Special Custody Account as Collateral until released therefrom or withdrawn in accordance with this Agreement.

(c) Customer, Counterparty and Custodian agree that (i) Collateral will be held for Counterparty in the Special Custody Account by Custodian as agent of Counterparty, (ii) the Custodian will take such actions with respect to any Collateral (including without limitation the delivery thereof) as Counterparty shall direct in an Advice from Counterparty, (iii) in its capacity as a bank, Custodian shall comply with instructions originated by Counterparty directing the disposition of cash in the Special Custody Account, (iv) in no event shall any consent of Customer be required for the taking of any such action by Custodian and (v) in no event shall Custodian permit any withdrawal or release of Collateral otherwise than pursuant to an Advice from Counterparty.

(d) Customer hereby grants a continuing security interest to Counterparty: (i) in Collateral and any proceeds thereof; (ii) all other property in the Account and the Special Custody Account; and (iii) in its accounts (including the Account) with Counterparty and the Special Custody Account, to secure Customer’s obligations to Counterparty hereunder and under the Account Agreement; provided that Collateral or any proceeds thereof released pursuant to Section (4) below shall not be subject to a continuing security interest. Custodian shall have no responsibility for the validity or enforceability of such security interest.

(3) Custodian will confirm in writing to Counterparty and Customer, within one Business Day of its obtaining actual knowledge, or receipt of notice of all pledges, releases or substitutions of Collateral and will supply Counterparty and Customer with a monthly statement of Collateral in the Special Custody Account and transactions in the Special Custody Account during the preceding month. Custodian will also advise Counterparty or Customer upon request, at any time, of the holdings and cash balances in the Special Custody Account.

(4) Custodian agrees to release Collateral to Customer from the pledge hereunder only upon receipt of an Advice from Counterparty. Counterparty agrees, upon request of Customer, to provide such an Advice from Counterparty with respect to Collateral selected by Customer: (a) if said Collateral represents an excess in value of the Collateral necessary to constitute Adequate Performance Assurance at that time; (b) against receipt in the Special Custody Account of substitute Collateral having a value at least equal (with any remaining Collateral) to Adequate Performance Assurance; or (c) upon termination of Customer’s accounts with Counterparty including the Account and settlement in full of all transactions

 

3


Execution Version

 

therein and any amounts owed to Counterparty with respect thereto. It is understood that Counterparty will be responsible for valuing Collateral; Custodian at no time has any responsibility for determining whether the value of Collateral is equal in value to Adequate Performance Assurance.

(5) Customer represents and warrants to Counterparty that securities pledged to Counterparty shall be in good deliverable form (or Custodian shall have the unrestricted power to put such securities into good deliverable form), and that Collateral will not be subject to any liens or encumbrances other than the lien in favor of Counterparty contemplated hereby.

(6) Collateral shall at all times remain the property of the Customer subject only to the extent of the interest and rights therein of Counterparty as the pledgee and secured party thereof. Custodian represents that Collateral is not subject to any other lien, charge, security interest or other right or claim of the Custodian or any person claiming through Custodian, and Custodian hereby waives any right, charge, security interest, lien or right of set off of any kind which it may have or acquire with respect to the Collateral. Custodian shall use its best efforts to notify the Counterparty and Customer as soon as possible if any notice of levy, lien, court order or other process purporting to affect the Collateral. If there shall arise for any reason an overdraft in the Special Custody Account, whether in connection with an advance by Custodian to settle a transaction involving the Special Custody Account or reversing any provisional credit to the Account, or if such overdraft shall otherwise arise, such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed an overdraft or indebtedness within the meaning of the Custody Agreement and Custodian shall have all the rights and remedies available to it thereunder, solely as related to the assets held in the Custody Account, and for the avoidance of doubt not the Collateral in the Special Custody Account.

(7) The Counterparty shall, on each Business Day, compute the aggregate net credit or debit balance under the Account Agreement, and advise the Customer by 10:00 A.M. New York time of the amount of the net debit or credit, as the case may be. If a net debit balance exists on such day, the Customer will cause, by the close of business on such day, an amount of Collateral to be deposited in the Special Custody Account to provide Adequate Performance Assurance related to such net debit balance. Counterparty will charge interest on debit balances in accordance with Counterparty’s policies as set forth in the Account Agreement and Counterparty will not pay interest on credit balances. Balances will be appropriately adjusted when extensions of credit are closed out.

(8) The occurrence of any of the following constitutes a “ Customer Default ” hereunder:

(a) any Event of Default as defined in the Account Agreement or Default as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement; or

(b) failure by Customer to perform any obligation hereunder or under the Account Agreement or Committed Facility Agreement including, without limitation, its obligation to maintain Adequate Performance Assurance as herein provided.

 

4


Execution Version

 

Upon Counterparty’s determination that a Customer Default has occurred, if Counterparty wishes to declare such default, Counterparty shall notify the Customer in an Advice from Counterparty of such Customer Default. After transmittal by Counterparty of such Advice from Counterparty, Counterparty may thereupon take Default Action (as defined in the 40 Act Financing Agreements) or any other action permitted pursuant to the 40 Act Financing Agreements, including without limitation, the conversion of any convertible securities or exercise of Customer’s rights in warrants (if any) held in the Account and the Special Custody Account, the buy-in of any securities of which the Account may be short, and the sale of any or all property or securities in the Account and the Special Custody Account to the extent necessary to satisfy Customer’s obligations to Counterparty (in which event such Collateral shall be delivered to Counterparty as directed in an Advice from Counterparty). Any sale of Collateral made hereunder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the New York Uniform Commercial Code. Customer shall be liable to Counterparty for any deficiency which may exist after the exercise by Counterparty of its rights and remedies as aforesaid. Any surplus resulting from the sale of Collateral shall be transmitted to Custodian. Counterparty shall notify Customer of any deficiency remaining thereafter in an Advice from Counterparty. Any such sale of Collateral held in the Special Custody Account shall be made only after such Collateral has been withdrawn from the Special Custody Account by Counterparty.

(9) Counterparty hereby covenants, for the benefit of Customer, that Counterparty will not instruct Custodian to deliver Collateral free of payment with respect to any sale of Collateral pursuant to Section 8 until after the occurrence of the events described in Section 8. The foregoing covenant is for the benefit of Customer only and shall in no way be deemed to constitute a limitation on Counterparty’s right at any time to instruct Custodian pursuant to an Advice of Counterparty and Custodian’s right and obligation to act upon such instructions. Custodian shall not be required to make any determination as to whether such delivery is made in accordance with any provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between Counterparty and Customer. Custodian will, however, endeavor to provide telephone notice by placing a call to the number specified in Section 15(b) below, as promptly as practicable under the circumstances, to an officer of Customer of receipt by Custodian of an Advice from Counterparty to deliver Collateral.

(10) It is understood that all determinations and directions for obtaining extensions of credit and effecting Short Sales for the account of the Customer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made by Customer. The Customer is not relying upon Counterparty to make recommendations with respect thereto.

(11) Custodian’s duties and responsibilities are set forth in this Agreement. Custodian shall act only upon receipt of an Advice from Counterparty regarding release of Collateral. Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorney’s fees (“ Losses ”) incurred by or asserted against Customer or Counterparty, except those Losses arising out of its negligence or willful misconduct of or by Custodian. Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depository; provided that, to the extent that there is some Loss of Counterparty that results from some action or inaction of any Depository and Custodian is reimbursed for such Loss by the relevant Depository or any other party, Custodian agrees to compensate Counterparty for such Loss to the extent of the relevant reimbursement. In no event shall Custodian or Counterparty be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising

 

5


Execution Version

 

in connection with this Agreement. In matters concerning or relating to this Agreement, Custodian shall not be responsible for compliance with any applicable Margin Rules. Custodian shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any of the other parties to this Agreement.

Customer agrees to indemnify and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by either party; provided that Custodian shall not be indemnified for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of Customer and its respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

Counterparty agrees to indemnify Custodian from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder pursuant to an Advice from Counterparty which it believes in good faith to be genuine and authorized; provided that Custodian shall not be indemnified for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for, any Losses incurred by Customer, Counterparty or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Collateral, or Collateral which otherwise is not freely transferrable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market.

Neither Counterparty nor Custodian shall be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents (any such event, a “ Force Majeure Event ”); provided that the Custodian or Counterparty, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume normal performance as soon as is practicable under the circumstances; provided further that , should any Force Majeure Event occur with respect to Custodian and such event (a) prevents or would prevent Custodian from releasing the Collateral to Counterparty upon an Advice from Counterparty directing such release or (b) would inhibit Counterparty’s ability to monitor the amount of Collateral in the Special Custody Account (each of (a) and (b), a “ Custodian Failure Event ”), then during the period from the day on which the Force Majeure Event begins (the “ Force Majeure Event Day ”) up to the day on which the relevant Custodian Failure Event is no longer occurring, for purposes of determining whether Customer has met its obligation to provide and maintain Adequate Performance Assurance under this Agreement or to meet the Collateral Requirements (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement), Counterparty shall take account only of the Collateral that was in the Special Custody Account on the Business Day immediately prior to the Force Majeure Event Day.

 

6


Execution Version

 

Customer and Counterparty hereby agree that, notwithstanding references to any agreements in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the 40 Act Financing Agreements, Custodian has no interest in, and no duty, responsibility or obligation with respect to, such agreement or transaction or the Account (including without limitation, no duty, responsibility or obligation to monitor compliance with any of the same or to know the terms thereof.

Custodian shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Collateral in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.

Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.

(12) All charges for Custodian’s services under this Agreement shall be paid by Customer.

(13) Counterparty shall not be liable for any losses, costs, damages, liabilities or expenses suffered or incurred by Customer as a result of any transaction executed hereunder, or any other action taken or not taken by Counterparty hereunder for Customer’s account at Customer’s direction or otherwise, except to the extent that such loss, cost, damage, liability or expense is the result of Counterparty’s own negligence, gross negligence, recklessness, willful misconduct or bad faith.

(14) No amendment of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a general partner of Counterparty and by an authorized officer of each of Customer and Custodian.

(15) Written communications hereunder, other than an Advice from Counterparty, shall be sent by facsimile-sending device or telegraphed when required herein, hand delivered or mailed first class postage prepaid, except that written notice of termination shall be sent by certified mail, in any such case addressed:

 

(a)    if to Custodian, to:    The Bank of New York Mellon
      Attention:
      Fax No.:
      Phone No.:
(b)    if to Customer, to:    Reaves Utility Income Fund
      c/o ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
      1290 Broadway, 11 th Floor
      Denver, CO 80203
      Attention: Secretary
      Phone No.: 303-623-2577
      Fax No.: 303-623-7850
      Email: Tison.Cory@alpsinc.com

 

7


Execution Version

 

      and
      Reaves Utility Income Fund
      c/o W.H. Reaves & Co., Inc.
      10 Exchange Place, 18 th Floor
      Jersey City, NJ 07302
      Attention: Louis Cimino, Treasurer
      Phone No.: 201-332-4596
      Fax No.: 201-332-8593
      Email: LCimino@WHReaves.com
(c)    if to Counterparty, to:    BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc.
      787 Seventh Avenue
      New York, NY 10019
      Attention: Tomer Seifan
      Fax No.: 201-850-4602
      Phone No.: 212-471-6565
      Attention: Alex Bergelson
      Fax No.: 201-850-4601
      Phone No.: 212-471-6533
   With a copy to:    BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc.
      525 Washington Blvd
      Jersey City, New Jersey 07310
      Attention: David Koppel
      Fax No.: 201-850-4618
      Phone No.: 201-850-5391

(16) Any of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the other parties hereto; provided, however, that the status of any Collateral pledged to Counterparty at the time of such notice shall not be affected by such termination until the release of such pledge pursuant to the terms of the Account Agreement and any applicable Margin Rules.

(17) Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Counterparty, Customer or Custodian from entering into similar agreements with others in order to facilitate options transactions.

(18) Each of Customer, Custodian and Counterparty agrees that any litigation between any of them hereunder must be instituted in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Supreme Court of New York for the County of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such courts. Each party hereby agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS HEREBY WAIVED BY ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT. Customer

 

8


Execution Version

 

hereby consents to process being served by Counterparty on Customer in any suit, action or proceeding referred to above by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid to Customer at the address set forth above. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

(19) If any provision or condition of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court, or regulatory or self-regulatory agency or body, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or condition. The validity of the remaining provisions and conditions shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision or condition were not contained herein.

(20) All references herein to times of day shall mean the time in New York, New York, U.S.A.

(21) This Agreement and its enforcement (including, without limitation, the establishment and maintenance of the Special Custody Account and all interests, duties and obligations related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of law rules and the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” within the meaning of the UCC for purposes of this Agreement is the State of New York. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and any successor organizations thereof irrespective of any change or changes in personnel thereof.

(22) Counterparty may, upon notice to Customer and Custodian, assign its rights or any interest under this Agreement to BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd.

(23) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, (a) Counterparty may request release of Collateral from Custodian through an Advice from Counterparty for purposes of rehypothecation under the Account Agreement and Custodian agrees to release such Collateral to Counterparty upon receipt of such Advice from Counterparty, though Custodian shall at no time have responsibility for determining whether Counterparty is in compliance with permissible purposes under the Account Agreement or any other agreement between Customer and Counterparty and (b) any cash or securities delivered by Counterparty to the Special Custody Account shall be considered pledged to Counterparty as Collateral in the Special Custody Account.

 

9


Execution Version

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND
By:  

/s/ Lauren E. Johnson

Title:   Treasurer
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Lowe

Title:   Managing Director
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
By:  

/s/ Andrew Pfeifer

Name:   Andrew Pfeifer

Title:

  Vice President

 

10

Execution Version

 

LOGO

 

 

U.S. PB Agreement

This U.S. PB Agreement (including all terms, schedules, supplements and exhibits attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into between the customer specified below (“ Customer ”) and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“ BNPP PB, Inc. ”) on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities (as defined in the Account Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto). The Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions on which BNPP PB, Inc. will transact business with Customer. Customer and BNPP PB, Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities, have also entered into the Account Agreement.

All terms, provisions and agreements set forth in the agreements listed below are hereby incorporated herein by reference with the same force and effect as though fully set forth herein, all of which taken together shall constitute a single, integrated agreement. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Account Agreement.

 

(a)

Account Agreement , attached as Exhibit A hereto;

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this U.S. PB Agreement Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of November 9, 2010.

 

BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. for

itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Lowe

Name:

  Jeffrey Lowe
Title:  

Managing Director


Execution Version

 

LOGO

 

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND
 

Name of Customer

 

By:/s/ Lauren E. Johnson

 

 Name: Lauren E. Johnson

 Title:   Treasurer

 

Jurisdiction of organization

 

Type of organization

 

Place of business / chief executive office

 

Organizational identification number

Addresses for Notices to Customer

Reaves Utility Income Fund

c/o ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

1290 Broadway, 11 th Floor

Denver, CO 80203

Attention: Secretary

Telephone: (303) 623-2577

Fax: (303) 623-7850

Email: Tison.Cory@alpsinc.com

And

Reaves Utility Income Fund

c/o W.H. Reaves & Co., Inc.

10 Exchange Place, 18 th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: Louis Cimino, Treasurer

Telephone: (201) 332-4596

Fax: (201) 332-8593

Email: LCimino@WHReaves.com


Exhibit A to U.S. PB Agreement – Account Agreement

 

 

This account agreement (including all schedules attached hereto, this “ Account Agreement ”) is entered into between Customer and BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. (“ BNPP PB, Inc .”), on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities. This Account Agreement is incorporated as an exhibit to the U.S. PB Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) and sets forth the terms and conditions on which BNPP PB, Inc. will open and maintain accounts (the “ Accounts ”) for cash loans and other products or services and otherwise transact business with Customer . Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 18.

 

1.

Collateral Maintenance, Repayment of Financing -

The provisions of this Subsection shall apply except to the extent any such provisions contravene the Committed Facility Agreement and such Committed Facility Agreement has not been terminated or the commitment therein has not otherwise expired. Customer will at all times maintain in, and upon written or oral demand furnish to, the Accounts, or otherwise provide to the BNPP Entities in a manner satisfactory to the BNPP Entities, assets of the types and in the amounts required by the BNPP Entities in light of outstanding Contracts (“ Deliverable Collateral ”). Immediately upon written or oral demand by BNPP PB, Inc., Customer shall pay to BNPP PB, Inc. in immediately available U.S. funds any principal balance of, accrued unpaid interest on, and any other Obligation owing in respect of, any Account.

 

2.

Security Interest -

 

  (a)

Grant of Security Interest. Customer hereby assigns and pledges to the BNPP Entities all Collateral, and Customer hereby grants a continuing first priority security interest therein, a lien thereon and a right of set off against any Collateral, and all such Collateral shall be subject to a general lien and a continuing first security interest and fixed charge, in each case securing the discharge of all Obligations, Contracts with BNPP Entities and liabilities of Customer to the BNPP Entities hereunder and thereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising and irrespective of whether or not the BNPP Entities have made advances in connection with such Collateral, and irrespective of the number of accounts Customer may have with the BNPP Entities, and of which BNPP Entity holds such Collateral.

 

  (b)

No other Liens. All Collateral delivered to a BNPP Entity shall be free and clear of all prior liens, claims and encumbrances (other than liens solely in favor of the BNPP Entities), and Customer will not cause or allow any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be or become subject to any liens, security interests, mortgages or encumbrances of any nature other than security interests solely in the BNPP Entities’ favor. Furthermore, Collateral consisting of securities shall be delivered in good deliverable form (or the BNPP Entities shall have the power to place such securities in good deliverable form) in accordance with the requirements of the primary market or markets for such securities.

 

  (c)

Perfection. Customer shall execute such documents and take such other actions as the BNPP Entities shall reasonably request in order to perfect the BNPP Entities’ rights with respect to any such Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer agrees to record the security interests granted hereunder in any

 

internal or external register of mortgages and charges maintained by or with respect to Customer under Applicable Law. Customer shall pay the fees for any filing, registration, recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated by this Agreement and pay, or cause to be paid, from the Accounts any and all Taxes imposed on the Collateral by any authority. In addition, Customer appoints the BNPP Entities as Customer’s attorney-in-fact to act on Customer’s behalf to sign, seal, execute and deliver all documents, and do all acts, as may be required, or as a BNPP Entity shall determine to be advisable, to perfect the security interests created hereunder in, provide for a BNPP Entity to have control of, or realize upon any rights of a BNPP Entity in, any or all of the Collateral. The BNPP Entities and Customer each acknowledge and agree that each account maintained by a BNPP Entity to which any Collateral is credited is a “securities account” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the State of New York (the “ NYUCC ”), and all property and assets held in or credited from time to time to such an account (other than any commodity contract (as defined in Section 9-115 of the NYUCC) shall be treated as a “financial asset” for purposes of Article 8 of the NYUCC, provided that any such account may also be a “deposit account” (within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(29) of the NYUCC) or a “commodity account” (within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(14) of the NYUCC). Each BNPP Entity represents and warrants that it is a “securities intermediary” within the meaning of Article 8 of the NYUCC and is acting in such capacity with respect to each such account maintained by it.

 

  (d)

Effect of Security Interest. The BNPP Entities’ security interest in the Collateral shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the payment and performance in full of Customer’s Obligations, (ii) be binding upon Customer, its successors and permitted assigns, and (iii) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the BNPP Entities and their respective successors, transferees and assigns.

 

  (e)

Contract Status. The parties acknowledge that this Agreement and each Contract entered into pursuant to this Agreement are each a “securities contract”, “swap agreement,” “forward contract,” or “commodity contract” within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) and that each delivery, transfer, payment and grant of a security interest made or required to be made hereunder or thereunder or contemplated hereby or thereby or made, required to be made or contemplated in connection herewith or therewith is a “transfer” and a “margin payment” or a

 


 

“settlement payment” within the meaning of Sections 362(b)(6),(7),(17) and/or (27) and Sections 546(e), (f), (g) and/or (j) of the Bankruptcy Code. The parties further acknowledge that this Agreement is a “master netting agreement” within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and a “netting contract” within the meaning of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.

 

3.

Maintenance of Collateral -

 

  (a)

General. Each BNPP Entity that holds Collateral holds such Collateral for itself and also as agent and bailee for any other applicable BNPP Entity. Except where otherwise required by Applicable Law or where adverse regulatory capital, reserve or other similar costs (“ Adverse Costs ”) would thereby arise, the security interests of the BNPP Entities in any Collateral shall rank in such order of priority as the BNPP Entities may agree from time to time; provided, however, that BNPP PB, Inc. shall have first priority interest in the assets that it holds other than assets held in a cash account. In the event that a BNPP Entity is obliged by Applicable Law to maintain a first priority lien, or where such BNPP Entity would suffer Adverse Costs if it did not maintain a first priority lien, such BNPP Entity’s interest in the applicable Collateral shall have priority over that of any other BNPP Entity to the extent required to satisfy the requirements of Applicable Law or avoid such Adverse Costs. In the event that all BNPP Entities are so obliged to maintain a first priority lien, or would suffer Adverse Costs if they did not maintain a first priority lien, the BNPP Entities shall determine among themselves the priority of their respective interests in the relevant Collateral. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise agreed among the BNPP Entities, the security interest of the BNPP Entities in any Collateral consisting of the Customer’s right, title or interest in, to or under any Contract shall be subject to any enforceable right of setoff or netting (including, without limitation, any such right granted pursuant to Section 8 hereof) that a BNPP Entity that is party to such Contract may have with respect to the obligations of the Customer to such BNPP Entity (whether arising under such Contract or any other Contract).

 

  (b)

Transfers of Collateral between Accounts. Customer agrees that the BNPP Entities, at any time, at any BNPP Entity’s discretion and without prior notice to Customer, may use, apply, or transfer any and all Collateral interchangeably between the BNPP Entities in any accounts in which Customer has an interest. With respect to Collateral pledged principally to secure Obligations under any Contract, the BNPP Entities shall have the right, but in no event the obligation, to apply all or any portion of such Collateral to Customer’s Obligations to either of the BNPP Entities under any other Contract, to transfer all or any portion of such Collateral to secure Customer’s Obligations to either of the BNPP Entities under any other Contract or to release any such Collateral; provided that , notwithstanding the above, no BNPP Entity shall have any right to sell Collateral or otherwise take any enforcement action with respect to any Collateral other than following the

 

occurrence of an Event of Default which has not been waived by the BNPP Entities. Under no circumstances shall any Collateral pledged principally to secure Obligations to either of the BNPP Entities under any Contract be required to be applied or transferred to secure Obligations to either of the other BNPP Entities or to be released if (i) any BNPP Entity determines that such transfer would render it undersecured with respect to any Obligations, (ii) an event of default has occurred with respect to Customer under any Contract or Obligation or (iii) any such application, transfer or release would be contrary to Applicable Law.

 

  (c)

Control by BNPP Entities. Each BNPP Entity that (i) is the securities intermediary in respect of any securities account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried, agrees that it will comply with entitlement orders originated by any other BNPP Entity with respect to any such securities account or Collateral without any further consent by Customer, (ii) is the bank in respect of any deposit account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried, agrees with Customer and each other BNPP Entity (which so agrees with it) that it will comply with instructions originated by any other BNPP Entity directing disposition of the funds in such deposit account without further consent by Customer and (iii) is the commodity intermediary in respect of any commodity contract or commodity account constituting Collateral, or any commodity account to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried, agrees with Customer and each other BNPP Entity (each of whom so agrees with it) that it will apply any value on account of any such Collateral as directed by any other BNPP Entity without further consent by Customer. Customer hereby consents to the foregoing agreements of the BNPP Entities. Each of the BNPP Entities that is the securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or bank with respect to any such securities, commodity or deposit account or any such commodity contract represents and warrants that it has not, and agrees that it will not, agree to comply with entitlement orders, directions or instructions concerning any such account or any security entitlements, financial assets, commodity contracts or funds credited thereto or held or carried thereon that are originated by any person other than (i) a BNPP Entity or (ii) (until a BNPP Entity shall have given a “notice of sole control”) Customer. Each BNPP Entity hereby notifies each other BNPP Entity of its security interest in, and the assignment by way of security to it of, the Collateral. Each BNPP Entity acknowledges such notice from each other BNPP Entity and each BNPP Entity and Customer consent to the security interest granted by this Section.

 

4.

Reserved.

 

5.

Representations and Warranties of Customer - Customer (and, if an entity is signing this Agreement on behalf of Customer, such entity on behalf of Customer) hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof, which representations and warranties will be deemed repeated on each date on which this Agreement is in effect, that:

 


  (a)

Due Organization; Organizational Information. Customer is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; Customer’s jurisdiction of organization, type of organization, place of business (if it has only one place of business) or chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business) and organizational identification number are, in each case as set forth on the cover page hereof or as shall have been notified to BNPP PB, Inc. not less than 30 days prior to any change of such information; and unless Customer otherwise informs BNPP PB, Inc. in writing, Customer does not have any place of business in the United Kingdom.

 

  (b)

Non-Contravention; Compliance with Applicable Laws. Customer is and will at all times be, in compliance with (i) Applicable Law that relates to (A) felonies, (B) fraud, (C) activities related to the conduct of Customer’s business or (D) activities related to the securities industry (except in the case of (C) or (D), where the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as reasonably determined by the BNPP Entities), (ii) all orders and awards binding on Customer or its property, (iii) Customer’s internal documents and policies (including organizational documents) (except where such failure would not have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as reasonably determined by the BNPP Entities), and (iv) all material contracts (including this Agreement) or other instruments binding on or affecting Customer or any of its property. Further, Customer maintains adequate controls to be reasonably assured of such compliance. Except as previously disclosed in Customer’s public filings, there are and have been no criminal or governmental enforcement proceedings, investigations, or other litigation pending or threatened which relate to (a) felonies, (b) fraud, (c) activities related to the conduct of Customer’s business or, to Customer’s knowledge, the business of Customer’s investment advisers or (d) activities related to the security industry to which Customer or any Related Person is a party or to which any of the properties of Customer or any Related Person is subject. Further, the education, employment and other qualifications for the officers for Customer in the most recent annual report or proxy statement provided to any investors, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise made available by Customer are correct and complete.

 

  (c)

Full Power. Customer has full power and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Customer has full power to enter into and engage in any and all transactions (i) in any Account with a BNPP Entity or (ii) that is subject to this Agreement. Further, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Customer, and constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of Customer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

  (d)

No Consent. No consent of any person and no authorization or other action by, and no notice to, or filing with, any governmental authority or any other person is required that has not already been obtained (i) for the due execution, delivery and performance by Customer of this Agreement; or (ii) for the enforcement by the BNPP Entities of the rights or remedies provided for in this Agreement, including rights and remedies in respect of the Collateral, in each case except where the failure to comply has no material impact on Customer’s ability to perform its Obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (e)

No Prior Lien. Customer is the lawful owner of all Collateral, free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances and transfer restrictions, except such as are created under this Agreement, other liens in favor of a BNPP Entity, and Customer will not cause or allow any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be or become subject to any liens, security interests, mortgages or encumbrances of any nature other than those in favor of the BNPP Entities. No person (other than a BNPP Entity) has an interest in any Account or any other accounts of Customer with the BNPP Entities, any Collateral or other assets or property held therein or credited thereto or any other Collateral. Unless Customer has notified BNPP PB, Inc. to the contrary, none of the Collateral are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

  (f)

ERISA. The assets of Customer are not and, throughout the term of this Agreement, will not be assets of (i) an “employee benefit plan” that is subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), (ii) a “plan” within the meaning of and subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (iii) a person or entity the underlying assets of which include plan assets by reason of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3- 101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, or (iv) a “governmental plan” as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA or a “church plan” as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA that is subject to any federal, state or local law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

  (g)

Market Timing. Customer does not presently engage in and will not engage in any Market-Timing Trading Activity, and Customer will not use the proceeds of any financing in furtherance of any Market-Timing Trading Activity. Customer does not presently engage in and will not engage in any transactions and does not and will not cause any person to engage in any transactions, that would constitute, for any party to such transactions, a violation of (i) Rule 22c-1 of the Investment Company Act or (ii) analogous Applicable Law relating to the timing of purchases, sales and exchanges of non-U.S. mutual funds, non-U.S. unit trusts or analogous non-U.S. investment vehicles. Customer will not use the proceeds of any financing to invest, whether directly or

 


 

indirectly, in Market-Timing Investment Entities and Customer is, and at all times will be, in compliance with (i) Investment Company Act Rule 22c-1 in connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of all U.S. mutual funds and (ii) all analogous Applicable Law relating to the timing of purchases, sales and exchanges of non-U.S. mutual funds, non-U.S. unit trusts or analogous non-U.S. investment vehicles. To the extent that Customer learns that Customer has invested in a Market-Timing Investment Entity, Customer shall immediately notify BNPP PB, Inc. of such investment, including the name of each such Market-Timing Investment Entity and the amount of the investment, as well as Customer’s plan to divest Customer’s investment in such entity in a timely manner, and Customer shall immediately commence such divestment and complete the same in a timely manner.

 

  (h)

Information Provided by Customer; Financial Statements. Any information provided by Customer to a BNPP Entity in writing (which may include, for the avoidance of doubt, electronic mail) in connection with this Agreement is correct and complete in all material respects, and Customer agrees promptly to notify the relevant BNPP Entity if there is any material change with respect to any such information. Customer’s financial statements or similar documents previously or hereafter provided to the BNPP Entities (i) do or will fairly present the financial condition of Customer as of the date of such financial statements and the results of its operations for the period for which such financial statements are applicable, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and, (iii) if audited, have been certified without reservation by a firm of independent public accountants. Customer will promptly furnish to the relevant BNPP Entity any information (including financial information) about Customer upon such BNPP Entity’s reasonable request.

 

  (i)

Anti-Money Laundering. To the best of Customer’s knowledge, none of Customer, any person controlling or controlled by Customer, any person having a beneficial interest in Customer, or any person for whom Customer acts as agent or nominee in connection herewith is:(i) an individual or entity, country or territory, that is named on a list issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), or an individual or entity that resides, is organized or chartered, or has a place of business, in a country or territory subject to OFAC’s various sanctions/embargo programs; (ii) a resident in, or organized or chartered under the laws of (A) a jurisdiction that has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures and/or as being of primary money laundering concern, or (B) a jurisdiction that has been designated as non-cooperative with international anti-money laundering principles by a multinational or inter-governmental group such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (“ FATF ”) of which the United States is a member; (iii) a financial institution that has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as

 

warranting special measures and/or as being of primary money laundering concern; (iv) a “senior foreign political figure,” or any “immediate family” member or “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure, in each case within the meaning of Section 5318(i) of Title 31 of the United States Code or regulations issued thereunder; or (v) a prohibited “foreign shell bank” as defined in Section 5318(j) of Title 31 of the United States Code or regulations issued thereunder, or a U.S. financial institution that has established, maintains, administers or manages an account in the U.S. for, or on behalf of, a prohibited “foreign shell bank.”

 

6.

Short Sales - Customer agrees to comply with Applicable Law relating to short sales, including but not limited to any requirement that Customer designate a sale as “long” or “short”.

 

7.

No Obligation - Customer agrees that BNPP PB, Inc. shall be under no obligation to effect or settle any trade on behalf of Customer and that BNPP PB, Inc. reserves the right at any time to place a limit on the type or size of transactions which are to be settled and cleared by BNPP PB, Inc. For the avoidance of doubt, no BNPP Entity is required to extend, renew or “roll-over” any Contract or transaction including, but not limited to, any Contract executed on an “open” basis or demand basis with Customer, notwithstanding past practice or market custom.

 

8.

Events of Default; Setoff -

 

  (a)

Events of Default. The following Events of Default shall apply only to the extent the Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired. (i) In the event of default by Customer on any Obligation under any transaction or contract or a default, event of default, declaration of default, termination event, exercise of default remedies, or other similar condition or event under any transaction or contract (howsoever characterized, which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event or Specified Condition under an ISDA Master Agreement between Customer and a BNPP Entity, affiliate of a BNPP Entity or a third party entity, if applicable) in respect of Customer or any guarantor or credit support provider of Customer, (ii) if Customer shall become bankrupt, insolvent, or subject to any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding or all or substantially all its assets become subject to a suit, levy, enforcement, or other legal process where a secured party maintains possession of such assets, has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger), seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets, or takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts or (iii) if any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Customer under the Agreement proves false or misleading

 


 

when made or deemed made (each of the foregoing, an “ Event of Default ”), the BNPP Entities are hereby authorized, in their discretion, to take Default Action. If a BNPP Entity elects to sell any Collateral, buy in any property, or cancel any orders upon an Event of Default, such sale, purchase or cancellation may be made on the exchange or other market where such business is then usually transacted, or at public auction or at private sale, without advertising the same and without any notice of the time or place of sale to Customer or to the personal representatives of Customer, and without prior tender, demand or call of any kind upon Customer or upon the personal representatives of Customer, all of which are expressly waived; provided, however, that any such sale or liquidation shall be in conformity with the New York Uniform Commercial Code. The BNPP Entities may purchase or sell the property to or from a BNPP Entity or third parties in whole or in any part thereof free from any right of redemption, and Customer shall remain liable for any deficiency. A prior tender, demand or call of any kind from the BNPP Entities, or prior notice from the BNPP Entities, of the time and place of such sale or purchase shall not be considered a waiver of the BNPP Entities’ right to sell or buy any Collateral at any time as provided herein.

 

  (b)

Close-out. Upon the Close-out of any Contract, the Close-out Amount for such Contract shall be due. If, however, Applicable Law would stay or otherwise impair the enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement or any Contract upon the occurrence of an insolvency related Close-out or Event of Default, then Close-out shall automatically occur immediately prior to the occurrence of such insolvency related Close-out or Event of Default.

 

  (c)

Setoff. At any time and from time to time, the BNPP Entities are hereby authorized, in their discretion, to set off and otherwise apply any and all of the obligations of a BNPP Entity then due to Customer against any and all Obligations of Customer then due to the BNPP Entities (whether at maturity, upon acceleration or termination or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the occurrence of the Close-out of any Contract, each BNPP Entity shall have the right to net the Close-out Amounts due from it to Customer and from Customer to it, so that a single settlement payment (the “ Net Payment ”) shall be payable by one party to the other, which Net Payment shall be immediately due and payable (subject to the other provisions hereof and of any Contract); provided that, if any Close-out Amounts may not be netted against all other Close-out Amounts, such excluded Close-out Amounts shall be netted among themselves to the fullest extent permitted under Applicable Law. Upon the occurrence of a Close-out, each BNPP Entity may also (i) liquidate, apply and set off any or all Collateral against any Net Payment, payment, or Obligation owed to it or any other BNPP Entity under any Contract and (ii) set off and net any Net Payment, payment or obligation owed by it or any other BNPP Entity to Customer under any Contract against (x) any or all collateral or margin (or the Cash value thereof) posted by it or any other BNPP Entity to Customer under any

 

Contract and (y) any Net Payment, payment or Obligation owed by Customer to a BNPP Entity (whether mature or unmatured, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated).

 

  (d)

Reinstatement of Obligations. If the exercise of any right to reduce and set-off pursuant to this Agreement shall be avoided or set aside by a court or shall be restrained, stayed or enjoined under Applicable Law, the obligations in respect thereof shall be reinstated or, in the event of restraint, stay or injunction, preserved in at least the amounts as of the date of restraint, stay or injunction between the BNPP Entities on the one hand, and Customer on the other, until such time as such restraint, stay or injunction shall no longer prohibit exercise of such right.

 

  (e)

BNPP Entity Consent. No BNPP Entity shall make any payment to Customer in respect of a Close-Out Amount without the consent of each other BNPP Entity that has a security interest in such Close-Out Amount.

 

9.

Indemnity -

 

  (a)

General. Customer agrees to indemnify and hold the BNPP Entities harmless from and fully reimburse the BNPP Entities for any Indemnified Losses. The indemnities under this Section 9 shall be separate from and in addition to any other indemnity under any Contract.

 

  (b)

Delivery Failures. In case of the sale of any security, commodity, or other property by the BNPP Entities at the direction of Customer and the BNPP Entities’ inability to deliver the same to the purchaser by reason of failure of Customer to supply the BNPP Entities therewith, Customer authorizes the BNPP Entities to borrow or purchase any such security, commodity, or other property necessary to make delivery thereof. Customer hereby agrees to be responsible for any cost, expense or loss which the BNPP Entities may sustain thereby.

 

10.

Limitation of Liability -

 

  (a)

General. No BNPP Entity, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or counsel, shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them hereunder or in connection herewith except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable BNPP Entity. No BNPP Entity shall be liable for any error of judgment made by it in good faith. The BNPP Entities may consult with legal counsel and any action taken or suffered in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel shall be full justification and protection to them.

 

  (b)

Third Parties. The BNPP Entities may execute any of their duties and exercise their rights hereunder by or through agents (which may include affiliates) or employees. No BNPP Entity shall be liable for the acts or omissions of any subcustodian or other agent selected by it with reasonable care. All transactions effected with a third party for Customer shall be for the account of Customer and the BNPP Entities shall have no responsibility to Customer or such third party with respect thereto. Nothing in this Agreement shall create, or be deemed to create, any third party

 


 

beneficiary rights in any person or entity (including any investor or adviser of Customer), other than the BNPP Entities.

 

  (c)

No Liability for Indirect, Consequential, Exemplary, Special or Punitive Damages; Force Majeure. In no event shall the BNPP Entities or Customer be held liable for indirect, consequential, exemplary, special or punitive damages. In no event shall the BNPP Entities be held liable for any loss of any kind caused, directly or indirectly, by any Force Majeure Event.

 

11.

Taxes -

 

  (a)

Withholding Tax. Except as required by Applicable Law, each payment by Customer and all deliveries of Deliverable Collateral or Collateral under this Agreement shall be made, and the value of any Deliverable Collateral or Collateral shall be calculated, without withholding or deducting any Taxes. If any Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted, Customer shall pay such additional amounts as necessary to ensure that the actual net amount received by the BNPP Entities is equal to the amount that the BNPP Entities would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required; provided, however, that Customer shall not be required to pay any such additional amounts to any of the BNPP Entities with respect to any Taxes (i) that are attributable to the BNPP Entities’ failure to comply with the requirements set out in the succeeding sentence, (ii) that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to the BNPP Entities and that would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement to the extent such compliance is required by Applicable Law as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes or (iii) that are income taxes on net income of a BNPP Entity. The BNPP Entities, if requested by Customer, shall promptly deliver such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by Customer as will enable Customer to determine whether or not the BNPP Entities are subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Customer will provide the BNPP Entities with any forms or documentation reasonably requested by the BNPP Entities in order to reduce or eliminate withholding tax on payments made to Customer with respect to this Agreement. The BNPP Entities are hereby authorized to withhold Taxes from any payment in delivery made hereunder and remit such Taxes to the relevant taxing authorities to the extent required by Applicable Law.

 

  (b)

Qualified Dividends. Customer acknowledges that, with respect to the reduced U.S. federal income tax rate that applies to dividends received from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations by individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States, (i) the individual must satisfy applicable holding period requirements in order to be eligible for the reduced tax rate; (ii) the reduced tax rate does not apply to substitute or ‘in lieu’ dividend payments paid to

shareholders by broker-dealers under cash lending or securities lending arrangements which permit the broker-dealers to borrow securities from investors; and (iii) the reduced tax rate may not apply to dividends received from certain corporations, including money market funds, bond mutual funds, and Real Estate Investment Trusts. Customer further acknowledges that although Customer may receive from BNPP PB, Inc. a Form 1099-DIV indicating which dividends may qualify for the reduced tax rate, as required by applicable rules, Customer is responsible for determining which dividends qualify for the reduced tax rate based on Customer’s own tax situation.

 

12.

Notices; Instructions -

 

  (a)

Notices. All notices and other communications provided hereunder shall be (i) in writing and delivered to the address of the intended recipient specified on the cover page hereof or to such other address as such intended recipient may provide or (ii) posted onto the website maintained by the BNPP Entities for Customer or (iii) in such other form agreed to by the parties. All communications sent to Customer or the BNPP Entities, shall be deemed delivered to Customer or the BNPP Entities, as applicable, as of (x) the date sent, if sent via facsimile, email or posted onto the Internet, (y) the date the messenger arrives at Customer’s or the applicable BNPP Entity’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, if sent via messenger; or (z) the next Business Day if sent via overnight courier, in each case, whether actually received or not.

 

  (b)

Instructions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Customer agrees that the BNPP Entities may rely upon any authorized instructions or any notice, request, waiver, consent, receipt or other document which the BNPP Entities reasonably believe to be genuine and transmitted by authorized persons.

 

13.

BNPP Entities Are Not Advisers or Fiduciaries - Customer represents that it is capable of assessing the merits (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and any transaction it may undertake with the BNPP Entities. Customer acknowledges that (a) no BNPP Entity is (i) acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to Customer in respect of this Agreement or any transaction it may undertake with the BNPP Entities; (ii) advising it, performing any analysis, or making any judgment on any matters pertaining to the suitability of any transaction, or (iii) offering any opinion, judgment or other type of information pertaining to the nature, value, potential or suitability of any particular investment or transaction, (b) the BNPP Entities do not guarantee or warrant the accuracy, reliability or timeliness of any information that the BNPP Entities may from time to time provide or make available to Customer and (c) the BNPP Entities may take positions in financial instruments discussed in the information provided Customer (which positions may be inconsistent with the information provided) and may execute transactions for themselves or others in those instruments and may provide investment banking and other services to the issuers of those instruments or with respect to those

 


 

instruments. Customer agrees that (x) it is solely responsible for monitoring compliance with its own internal restrictions and procedures governing investments, trading limits and manner of authorizing investments, and with the Applicable Law affecting its authority and ability to trade and invest and (y) in no event shall any BNPP Entity undertake to assess whether a Contract or transaction is appropriate or legal for Customer.

 

14.

Litigation in Court, Sovereign Immunity, Service -

 

  (a)

ANY LITIGATION BETWEEN CUSTOMER AND THE BNPP ENTITIES OR INVOLVING THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY MUST BE INSTITUTED IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK OR THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH COURTS. EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES THAT A JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH DISPUTE MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

 

  (b)

ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IS HEREBY WAIVED BY ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

  (c)

EACH PARTY HERETO, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF AND ITS REVENUES AND ASSETS (IRRESPECTIVE OF THEIR USE OR INTENDED USE) ALL IMMUNITY ON THE GROUNDS OF SOVEREIGNTY OR SIMILAR GROUNDS FROM (I) SUIT, (II) JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT, (III) RELIEF BY WAY OF INJUNCTION, ORDER FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, OR RECOVERY OF PROPERTY, (IV) ATTACHMENT OF ITS ASSETS (WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER JUDGMENT) AND (V) EXECUTION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT TO WHICH IT OR ITS REVENUES OR ASSETS MIGHT OTHERWISE BE ENTITLED IN ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN SUCH COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT CLAIM SUCH IMMUNITY IN ANY SUCH ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS.

 

  (d)

CUSTOMER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED BY ANY BNPP ENTITY ON CUSTOMER IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF THE NATURE SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (a) ABOVE BY THE MAILING OF A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED AIRMAIL, POSTAGE PRE-PAID, TO CUSTOMER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH AFTER CUSTOMER’S SIGNATURE BELOW; SUCH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED AND EFFECTIVE AS FROM 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

15.

Applicable Law, Enforceability - THIS AGREEMENT, ITS ENFORCEMENT, ANY CONTRACT (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY THEREIN), AND ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE BNPP ENTITIES AND CUSTOMER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO CUSTOMER’S ACCOUNTS OR OTHERWISE INCIDENTAL TO SUCH ACCOUNTS OR THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The parties hereto further agree that (i) the securities intermediary’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 8-110(e) of the NYUCC, in respect of any securities account constituting Collateral or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried and in respect of any Collateral consisting of security entitlements; (ii) the bank’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 9- 304(b) of the NYUCC, in respect of any deposit account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried; and (iii) the commodity intermediary’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 9-305(b) of the NYUCC, in respect of any commodity account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried and in respect of any Collateral consisting of commodity contracts, is the State of New York and agree that none of them has or will enter into any agreement to the contrary. Customer and BNPP PB, Inc. agree that, in respect of any Account maintained by BNPP PB, Inc., the law applicable to all the issues specified in Article 2(1) of the “Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary (Hague Securities Convention)” is the law in force in the State of New York and agree that none of them has or will enter into any agreement to the contrary.

 

16.

Modification; Termination; Assignment -

 

  (a)

Modification. Any modification of the terms of this Agreement must be made in writing and executed by the parties to this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Termination. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, either BNPP PB, Inc. or Customer may terminate this Agreement upon delivery of written notice to the other party, provided that Customer’s termination notice is only effective if it is accompanied by instructions as to the transfer of all property held in the Accounts. Sections 2, 3, 8 and each representation made hereunder shall survive any termination until Customer removes all Collateral from the Accounts and the Special Custody Account (as defined in the Special Custody and Pledge Agreement between BNPP PB, Inc., Customer and Custodian). Sections 9, 10, 14 and 15 shall survive any termination.

 

  (c)

Assignment. BNPP PB, Inc. may assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein or under any other Contract to any affiliate and otherwise on thirty days prior written notice to an unaffiliated entity. Customer may not assign its rights under or any interest in (i) any Contract without the prior written consent of each BNPP Entity that is a party

 


 

thereto or (ii) this Agreement, including without limitation its right to any Close-Out Amount, without the prior written consent of each BNPP Entity. Any attempted assignment by Customer in violation of this Agreement shall be null, void and without effect.

 

17.

Miscellaneous -

 

  (a)

Fees. The provisions of this Subsection shall apply except to the extent any such provisions contravene the Committed Facility Agreement. Customer agrees to pay all brokerage commissions, markups or markdowns in connection with the execution of transactions and other fees for custody and other services rendered to Customer as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. Customer authorizes the BNPP Entities to pay themselves or others for fees, commissions, markups and other charges, expenses and Obligations from any Account.

 

  (b)

Contingency. Unless otherwise specifically set forth in any Contract, the fulfillment of the obligations of a BNPP Entity to Customer under any Contract is contingent upon there being no Default (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement) or, if there is no Committed Facility Agreement, no Event of Default as defined herein.

 

  (c)

Conversion of Currencies. The BNPP Entities shall have the right to convert currencies in connection with the effecting of transactions and the exercise of any of their rights hereunder in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

  (d)

Truth-in-Lending Statement. Customer hereby acknowledges receipt of a Truth-in-Lending disclosure statement. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, interest will be charged on any debit balances in the Accounts in accordance with the methods described in such statement or in any amendment or revision thereto which may be provided to Customer. Any debit balance which is not paid at the close of an interest period will be added to the opening balance for the next interest period.

 

  (e)

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, transactions hereunder and funds held in the Accounts (i) are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any government agency, (ii) are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed by, BNP Paribas or any other bank; and (iii) involve market and investment risks, including possible loss of the principal amount invested.

 

  (f)

USA Patriot Act Disclosure. BNPP PB, Inc., like all financial institutions, is required by Federal law to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each customer who opens an account with BNPP PB, Inc. When Customer opens an account with BNPP PB, Inc., BNPP PB, Inc. will ask for Customer’s name, address, date of birth, government-issued identification number and/or other information that will allow BNPP PB, Inc. to form a reasonable belief as to Customer’s identity, such as documents that establish legal status.

 

  (g)

Anti-Money Laundering. Customer understands and acknowledges that the BNPP Entities are, or may in the future become, subject to money

 

laundering statutes, regulations and conventions of the United States or other international jurisdictions, and Customer agrees to execute instruments, provide information, or perform any other acts as may reasonably be requested by a BNPP Entity for the purpose of carrying out due diligence as may be required by Applicable Law. Customer agrees that it will provide the BNPP Entities with such information as a BNPP Entity may reasonably require to comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws or regulations. Customer understands, acknowledges and agrees that to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, a BNPP Entity may provide information, including confidential information, to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or any other agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, in connection with a request for information on behalf of a U.S. federal law enforcement agency investigating terrorist activity or money laundering.

 

  (h)

Money Market Funds. Customer agrees that with respect to transactions effected in shares of any money market fund and any other transactions listed in Rule 10b-10(b)(1) of the Exchange Act, BNPP PB, Inc. or another BNPP Entity may provide Customer with a monthly or quarterly written statement pursuant to Rule 10b-10(b) of the Exchange Act in lieu of an immediate confirmation.

 

  (i)

No Waivers. No failure or delay in exercising any right, or any partial exercise of a right will operate as a waiver of the full exercise of that right. The rights provided in the Contracts are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights provided by law.

 

  (j)

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be an original, but all of which counterparts will together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  (k)

Integration; Severability. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements as to matters within its scope. To the extent this Agreement contains any provision which is inconsistent with provisions in any other Contract or agreement between Customer and the BNPP Entities, or of which Customer is a beneficiary, the provisions of this Agreement shall control except if this Agreement expressly states otherwise or such other Contract explicitly states that it is intended to supersede this Agreement by name, in which case such other Contract shall prevail. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes inconsistent with Applicable Law, that provision will be deemed modified or, if necessary, rescinded in order to comply with such Applicable Law. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. To the extent that this Agreement is not enforceable as to any Contract, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be enforceable in accordance with its terms as to all other Contracts.

 

  (l)

Master Agreement. This Agreement, together with each Contract and any supplements, modifications or amendments hereto or thereto, shall constitute

 


 

a single business and contractual relationship among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

  (m)

Captions. Section designations and captions are provided for convenience of reference, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and are not to be considered in its interpretation.

 

  (n)

Recording of Conversations. Customer is aware that the BNPP Entities may record conversations between any of them and Customer or Customer’s representatives relating to the matters referred to in this Agreement and Customer has no objection and hereby agrees to such recording.

 

  (o)

Proxy Disclosures. Any attempt to vote securities will be void to the extent that such securities are not in the possession or control of a BNPP Entity, including (i) securities not yet delivered to a BNPP Entity and (ii) securities purchased and not paid for by settlement date. Please be advised that for the purposes of proxy voting, Customer will not be notified that the securities are not in a BNPP Entity’s possession or control. Furthermore, no BNPP Entity will notify Customer that a vote was void.

 

  (p)

SIPC. BNPP PB, Inc. is a member of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“ SIPC ”) through which customer accounts are protected in the event of a broker-dealer’s insolvency up to $500,000, including a maximum of $100,000 for free cash balances. Neither SIPC nor the additional coverage is the same as or a substitute for FDIC deposit insurance, and they do not protect against declines in the market value of your securities. If you would like to contact the SIPC to obtain a SIPC brochure or to obtain other information about SIPC, you may call SIPC directly at (202) 371-8300 or visit the SIPC website at www.sipc.org .

 

18.

Certain Definitions -

 

  (a)

Applicable Law ” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and customs, including, without limitation, those of all U.S. and non-U.S., federal, state and local governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations, markets, exchanges and clearing facilities, in all cases where applicable.

 

  (b)

BNPP Entities ” means BNP Paribas, BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd. and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc.

 

  (c)

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the New York Stock Exchange does not open for business.

 

  (d)

Close-out ” means the termination, cancellation, liquidation, acceleration, or other similar action with respect to all transactions under one or more Contracts.

 

  (e)

Close-out Amount ” means with respect to each Contract, the amount (expressed in U.S. Dollars or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent) calculated as payable by one party to the other upon Close-out of such Contract determined in accordance with the provisions of such Contract, or if no such provisions are specified, by following such procedures as the BNPP Entities determine in good faith are commercially reasonable and in accordance with industry practice.

  (f)

Collateral ” means all right, title and interest of Customer in and to (i) each deposit, custody, securities, commodity or other account maintained by Customer with a BNPP Entity (including, but not limited to, any or all Accounts); (ii) any cash, securities, commodity contracts, general intangibles and other property which may from time to time be deposited, credited, held or carried in any such account, that is due to Customer from a BNPP Entity, or that is delivered to or in the possession or control of a BNPP Entity or any of the BNPP Entities’ agents and all security entitlements with respect to any of the foregoing; (iii) all of Customer’s right, title or interest in, to or under any Contract, including obligations owed by a BNPP Entity (after any netting or set off, in each case to the extent enforceable, of amounts owed under such Contract); (iv) all of Customer’s security interests (or similar interests) in any property of a BNPP Entity securing a BNPP Entity’s obligations to Customer under any Contract; (v) any property of Customer in which the BNPP Entities is granted a security interest under any Contract or otherwise (howsoever held); (vi) all income and profits on any of the foregoing, all dividends, interest and other payments and distributions with respect to any of the foregoing, all other rights and privileges appurtenant to any of the foregoing, including any voting rights and any redemption rights, and any substitutions for any of the foregoing; and (vii) all proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case whether now existing or owned by Customer or hereafter arising or acquired.

 

  (g)

Contract ” means this Agreement, the Special Custody and Pledge Agreement between Customer, BNPP PB, Inc. and Custodian and the Committed Facility Agreement (“ Committed Facility Agreement ”) between Customer and one or more of the BNPP Entities dated the date hereof, including in each case, the schedules, exhibits, and appendices thereto.

 

  (h)

Custodian ” means Bank of New York Mellon.

 

  (i)

Default Action ” means (i) to terminate, liquidate and accelerate any Contract, (ii) to exercise any right under any security relating to any Contract, (iii) to net or set off payments which may arise under any Contract or other agreement or under Applicable Law, (iv) to cancel any outstanding orders for the purchase, sale , borrowing or lending of any securities or other property, (v) to sell, apply or collect on any or all of the Collateral (either individually or jointly with others), (vi) to buy in any securities, commodities or other property of which any Account of Customer may be short, and (vii) to exercise any rights and remedies available to a secured creditor under any Applicable Law or under the NYUCC (whether or not the NYUCC is otherwise applicable in the relevant jurisdiction).

 

  (j)

Force Majeure Event ” means government restrictions, exchange or market actions or rulings, suspension of trading, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorist acts, insurrection, riots, fires, floods, strikes, failure of utility or similar services, accidents, adverse weather or other events of

 


 

nature (including but not limited to earthquakes, hurricanes and tornadoes) and any other conditions beyond the BNPP Entities’ control and any event where any communications network, data processing system or computer system used by the BNPP Entities or Customer or by market participants is rendered wholly or partially inoperable.

 

  (k)

Indemnified Losses ” means any loss, claim, damage, liability, penalty, fine or excise tax (including any reasonable legal fees and expenses relating to any action, proceeding, investigation and preparation therefor) when and as incurred by the BNPP Entities (i) pursuant to authorized instructions received by the BNPP Entities’ from Customer or its agents, (ii) as a consequence of a breach by Customer of any covenant, representation or warranty hereunder, (iii) in settlement of any claim or litigation relating to BNPP Entities’ acting as agent for Customer or (iv) in connection with or related to any Account, this Agreement, any Contract, any transactions hereunder or thereunder, any activities or services of the BNPP Entities in connection with this Agreement or otherwise (including, without limitation, (A) any technology services, reporting, trading, research or capital introduction services or (B) any DK or disaffirmance of any transaction hereunder). “Indemnified Losses” shall (x) include without limitation any damage, loss, cost and expense that is incurred to put the BNPP Entities in the same economic position as they would have been in had a default (howsoever defined) under any Contract not occurred, or that arises out of any other commitment a BNPP Entity has entered into in connection with or as a hedge in connection with any transaction or in an effort to mitigate any resulting loss to which a BNPP Entity is exposed because of a default (howsoever defined) under any Contract and (y) not include any losses of a BNPP Entity resulting directly from such BNPP Entity’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  (l)

Market-Timing Investment Entities ” means hedge funds, private investment funds or other companies or partnerships that engage in Market Timing Trading Activity.

 

  (m)

Market-Timing Trading Activity ” means (i) purchasing and selling, or exchanging, mutual fund or similar investment units to exploit short-term differentials in the prices of such funds or similar units and their underlying assets, and similar trading strategies or (ii) purchasing and selling, or exchanging mutual fund or similar investment units more than twice within a thirty- day period. Notwithstanding the above, the following shall not constitute “Market-Timing Trading Activity”: (x) trading of money market funds, short-term bond funds or exchange-traded funds or (y) trading of mutual funds in the manner consistent with such fund’s prospectus or other offering documents.

 

  (n)

Obligations ” means any and all obligations of Customer to a BNPP Entity arising at any time and from time to time under or in connection with any Contract (including but not limited to obligations to deliver or return Deliverable Collateral or other assets or property (howsoever described) under or

 

in connection with any such Contract), in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether or not mature or contingent.

 

  (o)

Related Person ” means principals, directors and officers (in such official capacity as principal, director or officer, as the case may be) of (i) Customer, (ii) Customer’s affiliates or (iii) Customer’s investment manager.

 

  (p)

Taxes ” means any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, assessments or fees of any nature, including interest, penalties and additions thereto that are imposed by any taxing authority.

 

  (q)

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” of an amount, as of any date, means: in respect of any amount denominated in a currency, including a composite currency, other than U.S. Dollars (an “ Other Currency ”), the amount expressed in U.S. Dollars, as determined by the BNPP Entities, that would be required to purchase such amount (where the BNPP Entities would require Customer to deliver such Other Currency in connection with a Contract) or would be received for the sale of such amount of such Other Currency (where the BNPP Entities would deliver such Other Currency to Customer in connection with a Contract), as of such date at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of a foreign exchange agent (selected in good faith by the BNPP Entities) at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) or such later time as the BNPP Entities in their reasonable discretion shall determine.

 

19.

Software -

 

  (a)

License; Use. Upon a BNPP Entity’s delivering to Customer, or making available for use by Customer, any computer software or application, as such may be delivered, made available, and modified by a BNPP Entity from time to time in its sole discretion (the “ Software ”), the BNPP Entities grant to Customer a personal, non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use the Software solely for Customer’s own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau or other business outside of or in addition to Customer’s ordinary course of business. The Software includes all associated “Information” as that term is used in this Section. The Software may include trade blotter functions, capital accounting functions, interfaces with other systems and accounting functions, a Customer website, and other software or communication or encryption systems that may be developed from time to time. Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to Customer with respect to the Software.

 

  (b)

Ownership. Customer acknowledges that the BNPP Entities and their suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof. Customer further acknowledges that all or a part of the

 


 

Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefore) by a BNPP Entity or its suppliers. Customer may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software. Customer shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments.

 

  (c)

Limitation on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly. Customer shall not, nor shall it attempt to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, modify, or create derivative works from the Software.

 

  (d)

Transfer. Customer may not, directly or indirectly, sell, rent, lease or lend the Software or provide any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without the BNPP Entities’ prior written consent. Customer may not copy or reproduce except to create a backup copy or to move the Software to a different computer.

 

  (e)

Upgrades. The Software includes all updates or supplements to the Software and this Section 19 applies to all such updates or supplements, unless the BNPP Entities provide other terms along with the update or supplement.

 

  (f)

Equipment. Customer shall obtain and shall maintain all equipment, software and services, including but not limited to computer equipment and telecommunications services, necessary for it to use the Software, and the BNPP Entities shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment, software or services.

 

  (g)

Proprietary Information. The Software, any database and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to Customer (other than those that are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the “ Information ”), are the exclusive and confidential property of the BNPP Entities or their suppliers. Customer shall keep the Information confidential by using the same care and discretion that Customer uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care. Upon termination of the Account Agreement, the PB Terms or the Software license granted herein for any reason, Customer shall return to the BNPP Entities any and all copies of the Information that are in its possession or under its control.

 

  (h)

Support Services. Other than the assistance provided in the Information, the BNPP Entities do not offer any support services in connection with the Software.

 

  (i)

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE BNPP ENTITIES AND THEIR SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE TO CUSTOMER, AND ANY (IF ANY) SUPPORT SERVICES RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE AS IS AND WITH ALL FAULTS; AND THE BNPP ENTITIES AND THEIR SUPPLIERS HEREBY

 

DISCLAIM WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE AND SUPPORT SERVICES ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY (IF ANY) WARRANTIES, DUTIES OR CONDITIONS OF OR RELATED TO: MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, LACK OF VIRUSES, ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF RESPONSES, RESULTS, WORKMANLIKE EFFORT AND LACK OF NEGLIGENCE. ALSO THERE IS NO WARRANTY, DUTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET POSSESSION, CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. THE ENTIRE RISK ARISING OUT OF USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE AND ANY SUPPORT SERVICES REMAINS WITH CUSTOMER.

 

  (j)

EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL AND CERTAIN OTHER DAMAGES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE BNPP ENTITIES OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OR CONFIDENTIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION, FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, FOR PERSONAL INJURY, FOR LOSS OF PRIVACY, FOR FAILURE TO MEET ANY DUTY INCLUDING OF GOOD FAITH OR OF REASONABLE CARE, FOR NEGLIGENCE, AND FOR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY OR OTHER LOSS WHATSOEVER) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, OR OTHERWISE UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 19, EVEN IN THE EVENT OF THE FAULT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF CONTRACT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY OF THE BNPP ENTITIES OR ANY SUPPLIER, AND EVEN IF THE BNPP ENTITIES OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY BNPP ENTITY OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, ACTS OF WAR OR TERRORISM, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.

 

  (k)

Security; Reliance; Unauthorized Use. Customer will cause all persons using the Software to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and Customer will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to duly authorized persons only. No BNPP Entity shall be liable or responsible to Customer or any third party for any unauthorized use of the Software or of the user

 


 

and authorization codes, passwords and authentications keys that may be used in connection with the Software.

 

  (l)

Encryption. Customer acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for any or all data or communications between Customer and a BNPP Entity. Customer agrees that a BNPP Entity may, at any time, deactivate any encryption features such BNPP Entity may in its sole discretion provide, without notice or liability to Customer.

 

  (m)

Termination. Customer acknowledges and agrees that a BNPP Entity may, in its sole discretion, at any time, and without any notice or liability to Customer, suspend or terminate this license of the Software to Customer and deny Customer’s access to and use of the Software.

  (n)

Other Terms and Conditions. Customer shall comply with all other terms and conditions that may be posted by a BNPP Entity on any website or web page through which Customer accesses or uses the Software or that may otherwise be delivered in any form to Customer in connection with its use of the Software. The use by Customer of the Software constitutes Customer’s acceptance of and agreement to be bound by all such other terms and conditions.

 

  (o)

Compliance with Law. Customer shall comply with all Applicable Law applicable to Customer’s use of the Software.

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of our report dated December 28, 2011, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights of Reaves Utility Income Fund (the “Fund”), appearing in the Annual Report on Form N-CSR of the Fund for the year ended October 31, 2011, and to the references to us under the headings “Financial Highlights” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Prospectus and “ Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm “ and “Financial Statements” in the Statement of Additional Information, which are part of such Registration Statement.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

May 17, 2012

Denver, Colorado

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

(the “Company”)

CODE OF ETHICS

 

I. Purpose of the Code of Ethics

This code is based on the principle that, you as an access person of the Company, will conduct your personal investment activities in accordance with:

 

   

the duty at all times to place the interests of the Company’s shareholders first;

 

   

the requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted consistent with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and

 

   

the fundamental standard that Company personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

In view of the foregoing, the Company has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) to specify a code of conduct for certain types of personal securities transactions which may involve conflicts of interest or an appearance of impropriety and to establish reporting requirements and enforcement procedures.

 

II. Legal Requirement

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”), it is unlawful for any Access Person to:

 

   

employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Company;

 

   

make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Company or fail to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Company, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

   

engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Company; or

 

   

engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Company,

in connection with the purchase or sale (directly or indirectly) by such Access Person of a security “held or to be acquired” by the Company.


III. Definitions - All definitions shall have the same meaning as explained in Rule 17j-1 or Section 2(a) of the Act and are summarized below.

Access Person means - Any director, officer, general partner, or Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with her/her regular functions or duties, makes participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.

For purposes of this Code of Ethics, an “Access Person” does not include any person who is subject to the securities pre-clearance requirements and securities transaction reporting requirements of the Code of Ethics adopted by the Fund’s investment adviser or principal underwriter in compliance with rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and rule 204A-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 of Section 15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as applicable.

Automatic Investment Plan – A program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Rule 17j-1 of the Act.

Beneficial ownership shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Control shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act.

Covered Security – shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act except that it does not include:

 

(i) Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

(ii) Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

 

(iii) Shares issued by open-end Funds (excluding open-end exchange traded funds).

Exchange Traded Fund means an open-end registered investment company that is not a unit investment trust, and that operates pursuant to an order from the SEC exempting it from certain provisions of the Investment Company Act permitting it to issue securities that trade on the secondary market. Examples of open-end exchange-traded funds include, but are not limited to: Select Sector SPDRS; iShares; PowerShares; etc.

Fund means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.


An Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act.

A Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

Purchase or Sale of a Covered Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

Security held or to be Acquired by a Fund means:

 

(i) Any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:

 

(A) Is or has been held by the Fund; or

 

(B) Is being or has been considered by the Fund or its investment advisor for purchase by the Fund; and

 

(ii) Any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security.

 

IV. Policies of the Company Regarding Personal Securities Transactions

General

No Access Person of the Company shall engage in any act, practice or course of business that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1 as set forth above, or in connection with any personal investment activity, engage in conduct inconsistent with this Code.

Specific Policies

No Access Person shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security in which he/she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which he/she knows or should have known at the time of such purchase or sale:

 

   

is being considered for purchase or sale by the Company; or

 

   

is being purchased or sold by the Company.

Pre-approval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings

Access Persons must obtain approval from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in an initial public offering or in a private placement or other limited offering.


V. Reporting Procedures

The Company shall notify each person (annually in January of each year), considered to be an Access Person of the Company that he/she is subject to the reporting requirements detailed in Sections (a), (b) and (c) below and shall deliver a copy of this Code to such Access Person.

In order to provide the Company with information to enable it to determine with reasonable assurance whether the provisions of this Code are being observed, every Access Person of the Company must report to the Company the following:

a) Initial Holdings Reports . Every Access Person must report on Exhibit A, attached hereto, no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, the following information:

 

   

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

 

   

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

 

   

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

This information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an access person.

b) Quarterly Transaction Reports . Every Access Person must report on Exhibit B, attached hereto, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, the following information with respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

   

The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable),the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

 

   

The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

   

The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

   

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and


   

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

Furthermore, an Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under section V.b of this Code of Ethics with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.

With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, each Access Person must report on Exhibit B, attached hereto, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter the following information:

 

   

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

 

   

The date the account was established; and

 

   

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

c) Annual Holdings Reports . Every Access Person must report on Exhibit C, attached hereto, annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):

 

   

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

   

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

 

   

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

d) Exceptions from Reporting Requirements. Each trustee who is not an “interested person” of the Trust need not make an initial or annual holdings report but shall submit the same quarterly report as required under paragraph V.b. to the administrator, but only for a transaction in a Covered Security where he or she knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee or officer, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such Covered Security is or was purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, by the Trust.

These exception do not exclude the Trustee from reporting any holdings or transactions in shares of the fund in the reports under sections V.a, V.b, or V.c of this Code of Ethics.


VI. Review of Reports

The Legal Department of ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc., the administrator to the Company, (“ALPS”) shall be responsible for reviewing the reports received, maintaining a record of the names of the persons responsible for reviewing these reports, and as appropriate, comparing the reports with this Code, and reporting to ALPS’ senior management:

 

   

any transaction that appears to evidence a possible violation of this Code; and

 

   

apparent violations of the reporting requirements stated herein.

ALPS’ senior management shall review the reports made to them hereunder and shall determine whether the policies established in Sections IV and V of this Code have been violated, and what sanctions, if any, should be imposed on the violator. Sanctions include but are not limited to a letter of censure, suspension or termination of the employment of the violator, or the unwinding of the transaction and the disgorgement of any profits.

ALPS’ senior management and the board of trustees of the Company shall review the operation of this Code at least annually. All material violations of this Code and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto shall periodically be reported to the board of trustees of the Company with respect to the securities being considered for purchase or sale by, or held or to be acquired by the Company.

 

VII. Certification

Each Access Person will be required to certify annually that he/she has read and understood the provisions of this Code and will abide by them. Each Access Person will further certify that he/she has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be reported under the Code. A form of such certification is attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Before the Board of Trustees of the Company may approve the code of ethics, the Company must certify to the Board that the Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating its Code of Ethics. Such certification shall be submitted to the Board of Trustees at least annually.

Sources:

Section 17j-1 (as amended) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”);


Section 16 (as amended) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”);

The “Report of the Advisory Group on Personal Investing” issued by the Investment Company Institute on May 9, 1994; and,

The Securities and Exchange Commission’s September 1994 Report on “Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel.”

 

Dated:    February 20, 2004
Revised:    November 19, 2004
Revised:    March 14, 2006


EXHIBIT A

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT

To: ALPS Mutual Funds Services, as Administrator of the Reaves Utility Income Fund (the “Trust”)

At the time I became an Access Person, I had a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest in the securities listed below which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Trust:

 

Security

  

Number of Shares

  

Principal Amount

 

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom I maintain an account in which my securities are held for my direct or indirect benefit are as follows:

This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities listed above. I understand that this information must be reported no later than ten (10) days after I became an Access Person.

 

 

   

 

Date     Print Name
   

 

    Signature


EXHIBIT B

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

Quarterly Transaction Report

For the Calendar Quarter Ended                     

To: ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc. as Administrator of the above listed Trust

 

A. Securities Transactions . During the quarter referred to above, the following transactions were effected in securities of which I had, or by reason of such transactions acquired, direct or indirect beneficial ownership, and which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Trust. I understand that this information must be reported no later than             .

 

Title of

Security

   Date of
Transaction
   Number of
Shares or
Principal
Amount
   Dollar
Amount of
Transaction
   Interest Rate
and Maturity
Date (if
applicable)
   Nature of
Transaction
(Purchase,
Sale, Other)
   Price    Broker/Dealer
or Bank
Through
Whom
Effected

 

 

* Transactions that are asterisked indicate transactions in a security where I knew at the time of the transaction or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling my official duties as a trustee or officer, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such security was purchased or sold, or such security was being considered for purchase or sale by the Trust.

B. New Brokerage Accounts . During the quarter referred to above, I established the following accounts in which securities were held during the quarter for my direct or indirect benefit:

 

Name of Broker, Dealer or Bank

  

Date Account Was Established:

C. Other Matters . This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities listed above.

 

Date:  

 

    Signature:  

 

      Print Name:  

 


EXHIBIT C

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT

For the following period: January 1, 200[  ] – December 31, 200[  ]

To: ALPS Mutual Funds Services, Inc. as Administrator of the above listed Trust

As of the period referred to above, I have a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest in the securities listed below which are required to be reported pursuant to the Code of Ethics of the Trust:

 

Security

  

Number of Shares

  

Principal Amount

 

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom I maintain an account in which my securities are held for my direct or indirect benefit are as follows:

This report (i) excludes transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (ii) excludes other transactions not required to be reported, and (iii) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities listed above.

 

 

   

 

Date     Print Name
   

 

    Signature


EXHIBIT D

REAVES UTILITY INCOME FUND

ANNUAL CERTIFICATE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Ethics of the Reaves Utility Income Fund, the undersigned hereby certifies as follows:

 

  1. I have read the Trust’s Code of Ethics.

 

  2. I understand the Code of Ethics and acknowledge that I am subject to it.

 

  3. Since the date of the last Annual Certificate (if any) given pursuant to the Code of Ethics, I have reported all personal securities transactions and provided any securities holding reports required to be reported under the requirements of the Code of Ethics.

 

 

   

 

Date     Print Name
   

 

    Signature

W. H. REAVES & CO., INC.

CODE OF ETHICS – Dated: 07/18/2011

All employees of our Firm must, at all times:

 

1. Place the interests of our clients first. The employees of W. H. Reaves & Co., Inc. must scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the interests of our clients. Employees may not induce or cause a client to take action, or not to take action, for personal benefit, rather than for the benefit of the client reflecting our Firm”s and each employee”s fiduciary responsibility to our clients.

 

2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position. The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts from persons seeking business with W. H. Reaves & Co., Inc. or their clients could call into question the exercise of an employee”s independent judgment. Employees may not, for example, use their knowledge of portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of such transactions.

 

3. Conduct all “personal” or “related” account securities transactions in full compliance with this code and our Employee Trading Rules. This includes, but is not limited to:

 

  a) Disclosing all investment holdings at the time of employment;

 

  b) Obtaining pre-approval on trades when necessary

 

  c) Having copies of all confirms and statements sent to WHR”s compliance department. All security transactions are subject to post-trade review.

 

  d) Disclosing any positions held on any board of directors/trustees.

 

4. All investment personnel must adhere to all applicable laws and regulations.

 

5. All employees must report any violations of this code or applicable law or regulation to the Firm”s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee.

 

6. All research personnel are subject to the additional standards as stated in the attached excerpt from the CFA Institute”s Code of Ethics

All employees will be required to sign an acknowledgement of receipt of this Code of Ethics at the time they are hired, and at least annually, as well as when amended versions are given to an employee.

 

1


CFA Institute’s Code of Ethics EXCERPT

 

 

Act with integrity, competence, diligence, respect, and in an ethical manner with the public, clients, prospective clients, employers, employees, colleagues in the investment profession, and other participants in the global capital markets.

 

 

Place the integrity of the investment profession and the interests of clients above their own personal interests.

 

 

Use reasonable care and exercise independent professional judgment when conducting investment analysis, making investment recommendations, taking investment actions, and engaging in other professional activities.

 

 

Practice and encourage others to practice in a professional and ethical manner that will reflect credit on themselves and the profession.

 

 

Promote the integrity of, and uphold the rules governing, capital markets.

 

 

Maintain and improve their professional competence and strive to maintain and improve the competence of other investment professionals.

 

2


EMPLOYEE TRADING RULES – Dated: 07/18/2011

 

A.

Introduction

Our Firm’s reputation can only be maintained if every employee observes the highest standards of ethical conduct. Complying with the Firm’s rules on employee trading activities is an essential part of good business conduct. It is important to avoid any dealings that could give rise to criticism harmful to the Firm’s reputation. The following Employee Trading Rules are designed for that purpose. They may be added to or revised at any time, in which case you will receive notice of any such change before its effective date.

Full compliance with the Firm’s policies and procedures and all applicable S.E.C. rules and regulations, federal and state laws and self-regulatory organization requirements, is of fundamental importance and is dealt with throughout our Compliance Manual. In addition to the Employee Trading Rules discussed in this section, particular attention is directed to the sections on Controlling “Inside” Information.

 

B.

Dispensation

No rules can anticipate satisfactorily all circumstances; thus, any employee can seek a dispensation from any particular requirement of the Firm”s rules, whether generally or for a particular transaction or circumstance. Request for any such dispensation should be directed to the Compliance Department.

 

C.

Personal and Related Accounts

The Employee Trading Rules apply to all securities and commodities transactions by or for an employee’s “Personal Account” or “Related Account”. These terms are defined as follows:

“Personal Accounts” include without limitation, securities or commodities accounts carried by a broker-dealer or other financial institution including, but not limited to, a domestic or foreign broker-dealer, an investment adviser or a bank; limited or general partnership interests in investment partnerships; direct and indirect participation in joint accounts; and legal interest in trust accounts.

“Related Accounts” are any accounts, other than a personal account, in which an employee has an interest or has the power, directly or indirectly, to make investment decisions. They include, but are not limited to, “family member” accounts, which include accounts of an employee’s spouse, children of employees and the children’s spouses, provided that they reside in the same household with, or are financially dependent upon the employee, any other related individual over whose account the employee has control, and any other individual over whose account the employee has control and to whose financial support the employee materially contributes.

 

3


D.

General Constraints on Trading

 

  1.

Trading on Inside Information

Firm employees are prohibited under all circumstances from using inside information to trade for their personal accounts or any related accounts, a Firm proprietary account, or the account of a customer or any other person, whatsoever.

 

  2.

Firm Trading Restrictions

The Firm reserves the right, without prior notice, to prohibit or restrict trading in any particular security or type of security and related financial instruments without being required to give any reason for so doing.

 

E.

Opening Personal & Related Trading Accounts

 

  1.

All personal and related accounts shall be maintained at this Firm (W. H. Reaves as an introducing Broker-Dealer to Pershing, LLC.) or with an approved outside brokerage firm.

 

  2.

Upon approval from the Compliance Department, an employee may establish or maintain a brokerage account with another broker-dealer or other financial institution. In such cases, copies of confirmation and statements must be sent directly to WHR”s compliance department by that institution.

It is each employee”s responsibility to make sure the broker-dealer being used has coded their account for copies of confirmation and statements to the attention of our Firm”s compliance department.

Applicable rules, including NYSE Rule 407, and Firm policy, require all employees to obtain the written consent of this Firm prior to opening a securities or commodities account or placing an initial order with another broker-dealer or other financial institution (executing broker) and to notify the executing broker of the employment relationship that exists with this Firm. This rule also applies to the broker-dealer opening the account; that firm must receive approval from the employee”s broker-dealer employer prior to the opening of any such account. In connection with the prior approval requirement, employees must arrange for duplicate confirmations and monthly statements to be sent to this Firm’s Compliance Department. These requirements apply to both personal accounts and related accounts. NASD Rule 3050 requires the disclosure of any outside brokerage account.

 

F.

Time and Price Preference: Priority of a Trade

It is Firm policy that client accounts receive preferential treatment over employee’s personal and related accounts with respect to both time and price. Generally, this policy is applicable in situations where trades in the same security in client and personal or related accounts are executed at or around the same time. Any questions concerning the propriety of a trade should be referred to the Compliance Department. This does NOT prohibit employee trades executed at the same price as client trades (see H-5 to follow).

 

4


G.

Purchases or Sales by OTC Traders of Securities in

which the Firm is a Registered Market Maker

An employee who is a trader in a stock in which the firm is a market maker (OTC trader) may not purchase or sell, for his or her personal account or for any related account, any security in which he or she makes a market or any related financial instrument (e.g., options). Currently WHR does not make a market in any issue.

 

H. Trade Execution

1) Trades for all personal and related accounts must be approved on a trade-by-trade basis prior to the order being placed. Whenever possible, requests to the Compliance Department should be made via email.

The Compliance Dept. is authorized to approve such trades. When necessary, the Trading Desk can approve a trade when the Compliance Department is unavailable.

An approval e-mail will be sent by the appropriate person. An Employee Trade Approval log will also be maintained showing all such approvals.

2) ALL Trades to be executed for employees, and related accounts of W. H. Reaves (this does NOT include the W. H. Reaves Profit Sharing Trust) must be pre-approved except for trades in the following instruments (these trades will be subject to post-trade review).

 

a) US Government Issued Bonds, Notes & Bills

 

b) Municipal Bonds

 

c) Money Market Instruments

 

d) Certificates of Deposit

3) For personal trades involving securities held in or being considered for any of our investment advisory client accounts, factors considered for approval include, but are not limited to:

 

a) Advisory accounts: Recent activity, current positions, anticipated desired positions (short term and long-term) and any known future investment plans.

 

b) Market conditions for the specific stock, in general.

 

c) The Capitalization of the specific stock issue.

3.1) Other factors to be taken into account prior to any employee trade approval include but are not limited to:

 

  a. Role of the employee in the investment process (i.e.: Portfolio Manager, Analyst, Support staff);

 

5


  b. Nature of the investment (securities that are or may be considered for an investment advisory client versus securities that would not be considered for a W. H. Reaves investment advisory client)

 

  c. Any negative impact trading may have on each employee”s fiduciary responsibility (see Section 1 above)

 

  d. Volume of trades by the employee (reviews will be conducted as to the number of securities invested in and the volume of said transactions taking into account “a”, “b” & “c” above)

 

  e. Employees will be required to hold a position (long or short) for a minimum of 60 calendar days, except as provided by 3.1(f) to follow. This minimum holding period will only be waived in the case of financial hardship and/or extreme market conditions for the particular security, as determined by WHR”s compliance department.

 

  f. Employees may request a Stop-Loss order to be approved with such execution occurring less than 60 days following the establishment of the position under the following circumstances:

 

  i) The request is received within 5 business days of the position being established;

 

  ii) The stop-loss order is entered at a price at least 10% lower than the original purchase price (or a price 10% higher to buy-cover an established sold-short position)

4) “Sell-Short” transactions should be done in “outside accounts” only, with the prior approval of the Compliance Department.

5) For personal trades where WHR is acting as the introducing broker (clearing thru Pershing, LLC.), upon the close of the market, trading room personnel will compare personal or related account execution to advisory account execution. If the personal or related account did not receive a better price relative to the advisory accounts average price the actual trade executed will be processed. However, if the personal or related account did receive a better execution that trade will be combined with the total executed for advisory accounts. The average price will be recalculated and the personal or related account will be allocated the number of shares executed for it at the revised average price (THIS APPLIES TO “IN-HOUSE” ACCOUNT TRANSACTIONS ONLY)

6) With respect to portfolio managers and research analysts, same direction transactions for their personal or related accounts (within his or her sector of responsibility) within seven calendar days of the establishment or liquidation of a position in the same security (or equivalent security) by an advisory account is prohibited. Exceptions may be made if ALL advisory holdings have been liquidated in advance of the employee trade request, depending on the specific circumstances of the liquidations.

 

6


Restrictions and Reporting Requirements Regarding Political Contributions

Pursuant to recent legislative (“Dodd-Frank”) and regulatory initiatives (known as “Pay to Play”), investment advisory firms are prohibited from entering into advisory relationships if any political contributions are made by, or caused to be made by, the Firm or any covered employee, in amounts greater than newly established thresholds to:

 

  a) Any incumbent or candidate for an office that directly or indirectly can influence the selection of an Investment Adviser including the ability to appoint an individual who would have such influence

 

  b) This does not cover a federal incumbents or candidates unless they were a local official during the covered period

A political contribution that would prohibit the Firm from engaging in business with any government entity or investment pool (which would include a mutual fund) into which a government entity invests or offers as an option in a government plan (including all Public Pension Funds), cannot have taken place within two (2) years of the start, during, or for two (2) years after, any such business relationship (prohibited contributions made before, during or after the end of the business relationship would result in the forfeiture of any fees received during the advisory relationship).

As such, W. H. Reaves has established restrictions, using the guidelines as established by the S.E.C., on political contributions by the Firm or its employees as follows:

Contribution Amount Limitations:

 

  a)

$350 per election, per candidate, for whom the covered person (the contributor) is entitled to vote.

 

  b)

$150 per election, per candidate, for whom the covered person is NOT entitled to vote

Note: Per election includes the entire election cycle including the period up to and including any primaries AND general elections, which can last more than 1 year.

Covered (types of) Contributions:

 

  a)

Direct political contributions (of cash or other assets)

 

  b)

Contributions to Inaugural expenses including the purchase of inaugural party/ball tickets

 

  c)

Indirect” contributions such as to Party Committees and associated Political Action Groups (PACs)

 

7


Political Contributions (continued)

 

Covered Employees

As a matter of Firm policy, all employees will be subject to these provisions and restrictions. The reasons that all employees are to be covered include, but are not limited to, the following factors:

 

  a)

The roles of each employee can and have changed from time to time. While an employee may not currently have a role that would be applicable to these rules and regulations, any employees role may change. Given the 2-year look back provision on all applicable contributions, an employee”s current actions could impact future business activities. (Note: The 2-year look back also includes an individual”s political contribution activity prior to joining our Firm).

 

  b)

Provisions of this regulation prevent the Firm, or any covered individual from not just making a contribution, but causing it to be made. Applying these provisions to all employees avoids the appearance, to any client or perspective client, of any circumvention of these regulations.

 

  c)

Uniform application of all Code of Ethic issues promotes the Firm”s longstanding goal of putting our clients first and acting to the highest standards of our fiduciary responsibilities to our clients.

Reporting:

All employees will be required to disclose any political contribution within seven (7) days of making such a contribution.

The compliance department will send quarterly reminders to all employees regarding disclosures of political contributions.

Political contribution questions will also be included in each employee’s annual compliance disclosure/certification questionnaire.

It will be the responsibility of each employee to disclose all political contributions to the compliance department. Such disclosures will be kept in the strictest confidence by the compliance department and will not be shared with others, unless subsequently required by regulation or law.

 

8


Gift (Giving and Receiving) Policy

FINRA regulations, including FINRA Rule 3220, and Firm policy limit the value of any gift or gratuity to be given or received to an agent or employee of a broker-dealer to $100.00 per year.

This does not include a business dinner or business entertainment where the paying party is also in attendance with the receiving party.

All business gifts, given or received, must be reported to the Firm”s compliance department.

RESTRICTIONS REGARDING SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYMENT

FINRA Rule 3270 prohibits any registered person from being an employee, independent contractor, sole proprietor, officer, director or partner of another person, or being compensated, or having the reasonable expectation of compensation, from another person as a result of any business activity outside the scope of the relationship with his or her member firm, unless he or she has provided prior written notice to the firm. This includes, owning any stock or having directly or indirectly, any financial interest in any other organization engaged in any securities, financial or kindred business.

Regulatory and Firm policy requires the Firm”s approval before entering into any such activity.

 

9

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned Trustees of the Reaves Utility Income Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), do hereby severally constitute and appoint Jeremy O. May and J. Tison Cory with full power of substitution, and with full power to sign for him/her and in her/her name in the appropriate capacities, any Registration Statements on Form N-2 filed by the Trust, including any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to such registration statements and supplements and other instruments in connection therewith, and generally to do all such things in our names and behalf in connection therewith as said attorney-in-fact, either collectively or individually, deems necessary or appropriate, to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and all related requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF we have hereunto set our hands on the dates set opposite our respective signatures.

 

Signature

       

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mary K. Anstine

Mary K. Anstine

     

Trustee

 

May 11, 2012

 

Jeremy W. Deems

     

Trustee

 

 

Michael F. Holland

     

Trustee

 

 

E. Wayne Nordberg

     

Trustee

 

 

Larry W. Papasan

     

Trustee

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned Trustees of the Reaves Utility Income Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), do hereby severally constitute and appoint Jeremy O. May and J. Tison Cory with full power of substitution, and with full power to sign for him/her and in her/her name in the appropriate capacities, any Registration Statements on Form N-2 filed by the Trust, including any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to such registration statements and supplements and other instruments in connection therewith, and generally to do all such things in our names and behalf in connection therewith as said attorney-in-fact, either collectively or individually, deems necessary or appropriate, to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and all related requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF we have hereunto set our hands on the dates set opposite our respective signatures.

 

Signature

       

Title

 

Date

 

Mary K. Anstine

     

Trustee

 

/s/ Jeremy W. Deems

Jeremy W. Deems

     

Trustee

 

May 11, 2012

 

Michael F. Holland

     

Trustee

 

 

E. Wayne Nordberg

     

Trustee

 

 

Larry W. Papasan

     

Trustee

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned Trustees of the Reaves Utility Income Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), do hereby severally constitute and appoint Jeremy O. May and J. Tison Cory with full power of substitution, and with full power to sign for him/her and in her/her name in the appropriate capacities, any Registration Statements on Form N-2 filed by the Trust, including any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to such registration statements and supplements and other instruments in connection therewith, and generally to do all such things in our names and behalf in connection therewith as said attorney-in-fact, either collectively or individually, deems necessary or appropriate, to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and all related requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF we have hereunto set our hands on the dates set opposite our respective signatures.

 

Signature

       

Title

 

Date

 

Mary K. Anstine

     

Trustee

 

 

Jeremy W. Deems

     

Trustee

 

/s/ Michael F. Holland

Michael F. Holland

     

Trustee

 

May 11, 2012

 

E. Wayne Nordberg

     

Trustee

 

 

Larry W. Papasan

     

Trustee

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned Trustees of the Reaves Utility Income Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), do hereby severally constitute and appoint Jeremy O. May and J. Tison Cory with full power of substitution, and with full power to sign for him/her and in her/her name in the appropriate capacities, any Registration Statements on Form N-2 filed by the Trust, including any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to such registration statements and supplements and other instruments in connection therewith, and generally to do all such things in our names and behalf in connection therewith as said attorney-in-fact, either collectively or individually, deems necessary or appropriate, to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and all related requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF we have hereunto set our hands on the dates set opposite our respective signatures.

 

Signature

       

Title

 

Date

 

Mary K. Anstine

     

Trustee

 

 

Jeremy W. Deems

     

Trustee

 

 

Michael F. Holland

     

Trustee

 

/s/ E. Wayne Nordberg

E. Wayne Nordberg

     

Trustee

 

May 11, 2012

 

Larry W. Papasan

     

Trustee